Toyota Mcv10 Users Manual
SXV10 to the manual b9e9f06c-02b3-47a6-8fa5-afd7be128262
2015-01-26
: Toyota Toyota-Mcv10-Users-Manual-338443 toyota-mcv10-users-manual-338443 toyota pdf
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 307
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide information on the electrical system of the 1994 TOYOTA CAMRY. Applicable models: SXV10 Series MCV10 Series For service specifications and repair procedures of the above models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the following manuals; Pub. No. Manual Name 1994 CAMRY Repair Manual Volume 1 Volume 2 1994 Model New Car Features RM361U1 RM361U2 NCF099U All information in this manual is based on the latest product information at the time of publication. However, specifications and procedures are subject to change without notice. TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION NOTICE When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal, installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repair manuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraint system malfunction. 1 INTRODUCTION This manual consists of the following 11 sections: No. Section Description INDEX Index of the contents of this manual. INTRODUCTION Brief explanation of each section. B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Instructions on how to use this manual. C TROUBLE– SHOOTING Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits. D ABBREVIATIONS Defines the abbreviations used in this manual. E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS Defines the symbols and functions of major parts. F RELAY LOCATIONS Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit. G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit. H POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical loads. INDEX Index of the system circuits. SYSTEM CIRCUITS Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the section, “How to use this manual”). The “System Outline” and “Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also contained in this section. J GROUND POINTS Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual. K OVERALL WIRING DIAGRAM Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections. A I 2 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by dividing them into a circuit for each system. The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power source is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.) When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation. When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wire Routing sections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection within a junction block. Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from , to ). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Wiring Diagram at the end of this manual. 3 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL * The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION. 4 A : System Title B : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B. Example: C J : Indicates the wiring color. Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code. Indicates Relay Block No. 1. : Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the numeral indicates the pin No.) B = Black L BR = Brown LG = Light Green V G = Green O = Orange W = White P = Pink Y GR = Gray Explanation of pin use. = Blue = Violet = Yellow The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the second letter indicates the color of the stripe. Example: L–Y (Blue) The pins shown are only for the highest grade, or only include those in the specification. D R = Red K : Connector Color (Yellow) : Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are “E” for the Engine Room, “I” for the Instrument Panel, and “B” for the Body). Example: Connectors not indicated are milky white in color. E F G : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different. : Indicates related system. : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is shown with arrows ( ). The Location of Splice Point I 5 is indicated by the shaded section. Outside numerals are pin numbers. The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and wiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and Surrounding area. When more than one code has the first and second letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g., IH1, IH2), this indicates the same type of wiring harness and wiring harness connector. H : Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The code is the same as the code used in parts position. I : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No. and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for further clarification). L : Page No. M : Indicates a shielded cable. N : Indicates a ground point. The first letter of the code for each ground point(s) indicates the component’s location, e.g., “E” for the Engine Compartment, “I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and “B” for the Body and Surrounding area. O : Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for female and male connectors. Example: Numbered in order from upper left to lower right Numbered in order from upper right to lower left Example: 3B indicates that it is inside Junction Block No. 3. P : When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the parts connector name used in the wire routing section is shown in square brackets [ ]. 5 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Q SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY AND TERMINAL 8 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW THROUGH THE DOOR FUSE. 1. DRIVER’S WINDOW “MANUAL UP” OPERATION BY MASTER SW HOLDING MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION LOCATED IN POWER WINDOW MASTER SW, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 2 TO OPERATE A POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR TURNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND THE WINDOWS CAN STOP AT WILL POINT. (FOR THE “MANUAL DOWN” OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED). 2. DRIVER’S WINDOW “AUTO DOWN” OPERATION BY MASTER SW ONCE THE “AUTO DOWN” BUTTON OF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED, THE CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY THROUGH TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINALS 8 AND 9 TO OPERATE THE RELAY. THUS THE CURRENT INSIDE THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY TERMINAL 3 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR CONTINUES THE ROTATION ENABLING TO DESCENT THE WINDOW. THE WINDOW DESCENDS TO THE END POSITION. THE CURRENT WILL BE CUT OFF TO RELEASE THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION BASED ON THE INCREASING CURRENT BETWEEN TERMINAL 2 OF THE RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 IN RELAY. 3. DRIVER’S WINDOW AUTO DOWN RELEASE OPERATION BY MASTER SW HOLDING THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) ON “UP” POSITION IN OPERATING AUTO DOWN. THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 2 FLOWS TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY AND RELEASES THE AUTO DOWN FUNCTION IN THE POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY. RELEASING THE HAND FROM SW, WINDOW STOPS AND CONTINUING ON TOUCHING SW, THE FUNCTION SWITCHES TO MANUAL UP OPERATION. 4. PASSENGER’S WINDOW UP OPERATION (MASTER SW) AND WINDOW LOCK SW OPERATION HOLDING PASSENGER’S WINDOW SW (MASTER SW) ON “UP”, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE MASTER SW PASSING TERMINAL 6 TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) TERMINAL 4 TERMINAL 2 OF THE MOTOR TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 9 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW TERMINAL 7 TERMINAL 1 OF THE MASTER SW TERMINAL 4 TO GROUND. THE MOTOR RUNS TO ASCENT THE WINDOW. RELEASING THIS SW, THE ROTATION OF MOTOR IS STOPPED AND WINDOW CAN STOP AT WILL PLACE. SWITCHING THE WINDOW LOCK SW IN “LOCK” POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS OPENED AND STOPPED THE MOTOR ROTATION. (FOR THE DOWN OPERATION, CURRENT FLOWS IN THE REVERSE DIRECTION BECAUSE THE TERMINALS WHERE IT FLOWS ARE CHANGED). R SERVICE HINTS P2 POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY 3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 2–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT UP POSITION 8–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT AUTO DOWN POSITION 9–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND MASTER SW AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION P 4 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 4–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY 3–GROUND: APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION WINDOW LOCK SW OPEN WITH WINDOW LOCK SW AT LOCK POSITION S : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE SEE PAGE 21 P4 21 P3 21 P5 21 T : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE 1 U 16 RELAY BLOCK (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 3B SEE PAGE 14 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) J/B NO. 3 AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT SIDE) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS V CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ID1 26 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) IH1 26 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) : GROUND POINTS W CODE IC X SEE PAGE 24 GROUND POINT LOCATION COWL LEFT : SPLICE POINTS CODE I5 6 CODE P2 SEE PAGE 24 WIRE HARNESSES WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE P6 SEE PAGE 21 Q : Explains the system outline. R : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting. S : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit. Example: Part “P4” (Power Window Master SW) is on page 21 of the manual. * The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in parts starting with that letter. Example: P 4 Part is 4th in order Power Window Master SW T : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the system circuit. Example: Connector “1” is described on page 16 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the instrument panel. U : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system circuit. Example: Connector “3B” connects the Cowl Wire and J/B No. 3. It is described on page 14 of this manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side. V : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness). Example: Connector “ID1” connects the front door RH wire (female) and cowl wire (male). It is described on page 26 of this manual, and is installed on the right side kick panel. W : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle. Example: Ground point “IC” is described on page 24 of this manual and is installed on the cowl left side. X : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle. Example: Splice point “I 5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 24 of this manual. HINT: Junction connector (code: J1, J2, J3, J4, J5, J6, J7) in this manual include a short terminal which is connected to a number of wire harnesses. Always perform inspection with the short terminal installed. (When installing the wire harnesses, the harnesses can be connected to any position within the short terminal grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, the same wire harness from a different part.) Wire harness sharing the same short terminal grouping have the same color. 7 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL The “Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers) transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood. POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts. The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current. POWER SOURCE 8 * The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION. The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( , , and shown below) can also be checked this way. GROUND POINT * The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION. 9 TROUBLESHOOTING VOLTAGE CHECK (a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the check point. Example: (b) – Ignition SW on – Ignition SW and SW 1 on – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good ground point or negative battery terminal, and the positive lead to the connector or component terminal. This check can be done with a test light instead of a voltmeter. CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK (a) (b) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no voltage between the check points. Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the check points. If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check again. When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be continuity. When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no continuity. (c) 10 Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit. FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT (a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the fuse. (b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse. (c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on. Example: – Ignition SW on – Ignition SW and SW 1 on – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2) (d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watching the test light. The short lies between the connector where the test light stays lit and the connector where the light goes out. (e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking the problem wire along the body. CAUTION (a) (b) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched, the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.) When replacing the internet mechanism (ECU part) of the digital meter, be careful that no part of your body or clothing comes in contact with the terminals of leads from the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part). DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE CONNECTORS To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wire harness. HINT: Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting before pulling apart. 11 TROUBLESHOOTING HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL (with terminal retainer or secondary locking device) 1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL HINT: To remove the terminal from the connector, please construct and use the special tool or like object shown on the left. 2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR 3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR TERMINAL RETAINER. (a) (b) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminal locking clip can be released and the terminal removed from the connector. Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the secondary locking device or terminal retainer. NOTICE: Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body. For Non–Waterproof Type Connector HINT: The needle insertion position varies according to the connector’s shape (number of terminals etc.), so check the position before inserting it. “Case 1” Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position. “Case 2” Open the secondary locking device. 12 For Waterproof Type Connector HINT: Terminal retainer color is according to connector body. different Example: Terminal Retainer: Connector Body Black or White : Gray Black or White : Dark Gray Gray or White : Black “Case 1” Type where terminal retainer is pulled up to the temporary lock position (Pull Type). Insert the special tool into the terminal retainer access hole ( Mark) and pull the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position. HINT: The needle insertion position varies according to the connector’s shape (Number of terminals, etc.), so check the position before inserting it. “Case 2” Type which cannot be pulled as far as Power Lock insert the tool straight into the access hole of terminal retainer as shown. 13 TROUBLESHOOTING Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock position. (c) 4. Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the terminal out from rear. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR (a) Insert the terminal. HINT: 1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly. 2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly. 3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the temporary lock position. (b) 5. 14 Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer in to the full lock position. CONNECT CONNECTOR ABBREVIATIONS ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations are used in this manual. ABS ACIS A/C A/T COMB. C/P ECU EFI EGR ESA Ex. FL IAC ISC J/B LH MFI M/T O/D R/B RH RPM S/D SFI SRS SW TEMP. VSV W/G w/ w/o * = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = = Anti–Lock Brake System Acoustic Control Induction System Air Conditioning Automatic Transmission Combination Coupe Electronic Control Unit Electronic Fuel Injection Exhaust Gas Recirculation Electronic Spark Advance Except Fusible Link Idle Air Control Idle Speed Control Junction Block Left-Hand Multiport Fuel Injection Manual Transmission Overdrive Relay Block Right–Hand Engine Speed Sedan Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection Supplemental Restraint System Switch Temperature Vacuum Switching Valve Wagon With Without The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated as being abbreviations. 15 GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS BATTERY Stores chemical energy and converts it into electrical energy. Provides DC current for the auto’s various electrical circuits. CAPACITOR (Condenser) A small holding unit for temporary storage of electrical voltage. HEADLIGHTS Current flow causes a headlight filament to heat up and emit light. 1. SINGLE A headlight may have either a FILAMENT single (1) filament or a double (2) filament. 2. DOUBLE FILAMENT HORN An electric device which sounds a loud audible signal. CIGARETTE LIGHTER An electric resistance heating element. CIRCUIT BREAKER Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit breaker will heat and open if too much current flows through it. Some units automatically reset when cool, others must be manually reset. IGNITION COIL Converts low–voltage DC current into high–voltage ignition current for firing the spark plugs. DIODE A semiconductor which allows current flow in only one direction. (for Medium Current Fuse) (for High Current Fuse or Fusible Link.) 16 DIODE, ZENER A diode which allows current flow in one direction but blocks reverse flow only up to a specific voltage. Above that potential, it passes the excess voltage. This acts as a simple voltage regulator. LIGHT Current flow through a filament causes the filament to heat up and emit light. DISTRIBUTOR, IIA Channels high–voltage current from the ignition coil to the individual spark plugs. LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) Upon current flow, these diodes emit light without producing the heat of a comparable light. FUSE A thin metal strip which burns through when too much current flows through it, thereby stopping current flow and protecting a circuit from damage. METER, ANALOG Current flow activates a magnetic coil which causes a needle to move, thereby providing a relative display against a background calibration. FUSIBLE LINK A heavy–gauge wire placed in high amperage circuits which burns through on overloads, thereby protecting the circuit. The numbers indicate the cross– section surface area of the wires. GROUND The point at which wiring attaches to the Body, thereby providing a return path for an electrical circuit; without a ground, current cannot flow. FUEL M METER, DIGITAL Current flow activates one or many LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescent displays, which provide a relative or digital display. MOTOR A power unit which converts electrical energy into mechanical energy, especially rotary motion. RELAY 1. NORMALLY CLOSED 2. NORMALLY OPEN Basically, an electrically operated switch which may be normally closed (1) or open (2). Current flow through a small coil creates a magnetic field which either opens or closes an attached switch. RELAY, DOUBLE THROW A relay which passes current through one set of contacts or the other. SPEAKER An electromechanical device which creates sound waves from current flow. SWITCH, MANUAL 1. NORMALLY OPEN 2. NORMALLY CLOSED Opens and closes circuits, thereby stopping (1) or allowing (2) current flow. RESISTOR An electrical component with a fixed resistance, placed in a circuit to reduce voltage to a specific value. SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW A switch which continuously passes current through one set of contacts or the other. RESISTOR, TAPPED A resistor which supplies two or more different non adjustable resistance values. SWITCH, IGNITION A key operated switch with several positions which allows various circuits, particularly the primary ignition circuit, to become operational. RESISTOR, VARIABLE or RHEOSTAT A controllable resistor with a variable rate of resistance. Also called a potentiometer or rheostat. SENSOR (Thermistor) A resistor which varies its resistance with temperature. SWITCH, WIPER PARK Automatically returns wipers to the stop position when the wiper switch is turned off. SENSOR, ANALOG SPEED Uses magnetic impulses to open and close a switch to create a signal for activation of other components. TRANSISTOR A solidstate device typically used as an electronic relay; stops or passes current depending on the voltage applied at “base.” SHORT PIN Used to provide an unbroken connection within a junction block. SOLENOID An electromagnetic coil which forms a magnetic field when current flows, to move a plunger, etc. WIRES Wires are always (1) NOT CONNECTED drawn as straight lines on wiring diagrams. Crossed wires (1) without a black dot at the junction are not joined; crossed wires (2) with a black dot or octagonal ( ) mark at the junction are spliced (2) SPLICED (joined) connections. 17 RELAY LOCATIONS [Engine Compartment] [Instrument Panel] 18 [Body] [Sedan] [Coupe] [Wagon] 19 RELAY LOCATIONS ,,, ,,, ,,,: J/B No. 1 20 Instrument Panel Left (See Page 18) [J/B No. 1 Inner Circuit] 21 RELAY LOCATIONS ,,, ,,, ,,,: J/B No. 2 22 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18) [J/B No. 2 Inner Circuit] 23 RELAY LOCATIONS ,,, ,,, ,,,: J/B No. 3 Behind Combination Meter [J/B No. 3 Inner Circuit] 24 (See Page 18) 1 : R/B No. 1 Left Kick Panel (See Page 18) 4 : R/B No. 4 Right Kick Panel (See Page 18) 25 RELAY LOCATIONS 5 : R/B No. 5 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18) Behind Glove Box (See Page 18) (for 1MZ–FE) 6 : J/B No. 6 (for 5S–FE) 26 7 : R/B No. 7 Near The Battery (See Page 18) 27 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Engine Compartment [1MZ–FE] A A A A A A A A 2 A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW) 3 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor 4 ABS Actuator 5 ABS Actuator 6 ABS Relay 7 ABS Relay 8 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH B 2 Brake Fluid Level SW C C C 2 Cruise Control Actuator 17 Camshaft Position Sensor 18 Crankshaft Position Sensor D D 1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) 2 Distributor E E E 1 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor 2 Electronic Controlled Transmission Solenoid 4 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (EFI Water Temp. Sensor) 5 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (Water Temp. Sensor) (for Cooling Fan) E 28 F 1 Front Airbag Sensor LH F 2 Front Airbag Sensor RH F 3 Front Clearance Light LH F 4 Front Clearance Light RH F 5 Front Side Marker LH F 6 Front Side Marker RH F 7 Front Turn Signal Light LH F 8 Front Turn Signal Light RH F 9 Front Wiper Motor F 10 Fuse Box F 16 Fuse Box F 18 Fuse Box G G 1 Generator (Alternator) 2 Generator (Alternator) H 1 H 2 H 3 H 4 H 5 H 6 H 11 H 12 Headlight Hi LH Headlight Hi RH Headlight Lo LH Headlight Lo RH Horn LH Horn RH Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1) Position of Parts in Engine Compartment [1MZ–FE] I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve) Igniter Injector No. 1 Injector No. 2 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 4 Injector No. 5 Injector No. 6 Igniter Ignition Coil No. 1 Ignition Coil No. 2 Ignition Coil No. 3 Ignition Coil No. 4 Ignition Coil No. 5 Ignition Coil No. 6 J 6 Junction Connector K K 1 Knock Sensor 1 2 Knock Sensor 2 M 6 Mass Air Flow (Air Flow Meter) N 1 Noise Filter (for Ignition System) O O 1 Oil Pressure SW 6 O/D Direct Clutch Speed Sensor P 1 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW) (A/T) S S S 1 Solenoid Valve (for Hydrauric Motor) 3 Starter 4 Starter T 1 Throttle Position Sensor V V V V V 1 2 3 4 5 W W 1 Washer Motor 2 Water Temp. Sender VSV (for A/C Idle–Up) VSV (for EGR System) VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up) VSV (for Intake Air Control) Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) 29 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Engine Compartment [5S–FE] A A A A A A A A A 1 A/C Condenser Fan Motor 2 A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW) 3 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor 4 ABS Actuator 5 ABS Actuator 6 ABS Relay 7 ABS Relay 8 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH B B 1 Back–Up Light SW (M/T) 2 Brake Fluid Level SW C 2 Cruise Control Actuator D D 1 Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) 2 Distributor E E E E E F F F F F F F F F F F F F G G 30 1 2 3 4 EGR Gas Temp. Sensor Electronic Controlled Transmission Solenoid Electronic Controlled Transmission Solenoid Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (EFI Water Temp. Sensor) 5 Water Temp. SW (for Cooling Fan) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 16 17 18 Front Airbag Sensor LH Front Airbag Sensor RH Front Clearance Light LH Front Clearance Light RH Front Side Marker LH Front Side Marker RH Front Turn Signal Light LH Front Turn Signal Light RH Front Wiper Motor Fuse Box Fuse Box Fuse Box Fuse Box 1 Generator (Alternator) 2 Generator (Alternator) Position of Parts in Engine Compartment [5S–FE] H H H H H H 1 2 3 4 5 6 I I I I I I I I 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 Headlight Hi LH Headlight Hi RH Headlight Lo LH Headlight Lo RH Horn LH Horn RH Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve) Igniter Ignition Coil Injector No. 1 Injector No. 2 Injector No. 3 Injector No. 4 Intake Air Temp. Sensor (In–Air Temp. Sensor) K 1 Knock Sensor M 1 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (Vacuum Sensor) N 1 Noise Filter (for Ignition System) O O O 1 Oil Pressure SW 2 Oxygen Sensor (Sub) 3 Oxygen Sensor (Main) P 1 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW) (A/T) R 1 Radiator Fan Motor S S 3 Starter 4 Starter T 1 Throttle Position Sensor V V V V 1 2 3 5 W W 1 Washer Motor 2 Water Temp. Sender VSV (for A/C Idle–Up) VSV (for EGR System) VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up) Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) 31 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Instrument Panel A A A A A A A A A A 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 A/C Amplifier A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor A/C SW ABS ECU ABS ECU Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad) Air Inlet Control Servo Motor Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor Ashtray Illumination Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly) B B B B B B B 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 Back Door Lock Control SW Blower Motor Blower Resistor Blower SW Buckle SW LH (w/ Power Seat) Buckle SW LH (w/o Power Seat) Buckle SW RH C C C C C C C C C 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Cigarette Lighter Cigarette Lighter Illumination Clock Clutch Start SW (M/T) Combination Meter Combination Meter Combination Meter Combination Meter 32 C C C C C 12 13 14 15 16 D 3 Data Lik Connector 2 (TDCL (Toyota Diagnostic Communication Link)) 4 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main) 5 Diode (for Cruise Control) 6 Diode (for Idle–Up) 7 Diode (for Courtesy) 8 Door Lock Control Relay) 24 Date Link Connector 3 25 Diode (for Tension Reducer) D D D D D D D E E E E E E E E Combination SW Combination SW Cooling Fan ECU Cruise Control Clutch SW (M/T) Cruise Control ECU 6 Electronic Controlled Transmission Pattern Select SW 7 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) (A/T) 8 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) (A/T) 9 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) (A/T) 10 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) (A/T) 11 Engine Control Module (Engine ECU) (M/T) 12 Engine Control Module (Engine ECU) (M/T) 14 Engine Control Module (Engine ECU) (M/T) Position of Parts in Instrument Panel G G 3 Glove Box Light 4 Glove Box Light SW H H 7 Hazard SW 8 Heater Control SW (for Push Control SW Type) or Air Vent Mode Control SW (for Lever Control SW Type) 9 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) H I I I 11 Ignition Key Cylinder Light 12 Ignition SW and Unlock Warning SW 13 Integration Relay J J J J J 1 2 3 4 7 Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector (for SRS System) Junction Connector K 3 Key Interlock Solenoid N N 2 Noise Filter (for Stop Light) 3 Noise Filter (for Stop Light) O 5 O/D Main SW and A/T Indicator Light (Shift Lever) P P P P P P P 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Parking Brake SW (for 1MZ–FE) Parking Brake SW (for 5S–FE) Power Seat Control SW Power Seat Motor (for Front Vertical Control) Power Seat Motor (for Rear Vertical Control) Power Seat Motor (for Reclining Control) Power Seat Motor (for Slide Control) R R R R R R 2 3 4 5 6 7 Radio and Player (w/ CD Player) Radio and Player (w/o CD Player) Radio and Player (w/o CD Player) Rear Window Defogger SW Remote Control Mirror SW Rheostat S 5 S 8 S 9 S 10 Shift Lock ECU Stereo Component Amplifier Stereo Component Amplifier Stop Light SW 33 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Body [Sedan] A A A 19 20 21 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH Auto Antenna Motor and Relay D D D D D D D D D D D 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 D 21 D D 22 23 Door Courtesy Light Front LH Door Courtesy Light Front RH Door Courtesy SW Front LH Door Courtesy SW Front RH Door Courtesy SW Rear LH Door Courtesy SW Rear RH Door Key Cylinder Light and SW Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH Door Lock Control SW RH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH Door Lock Motor Rear LH Door Lock Motor Rear RH F F F F F 11 12 13 14 15 Front Door Speaker LH Front Door Speaker RH Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH Fuel Pump and Sender H 10 High Mount Stop Light I 14 Interior Light L L 1 2 34 License Plate Light Light Failure Sensor L L 3 4 Luggage Compartment Light Luggage Compartment Light SW M M 2 3 M M 4 5 Moon Roof Control Relay Moon Roof Control SW and Personal Light (w/ Moon Roof) Moon Roof Limit SW Moon Roof Motor P P P P 9 10 11 12 P P P P 13 14 15 16 Power Window Control SW Front RH Power Window Control SW Rear LH Power Window Control SW Rear RH Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control SW LH Power Window Motor Front LH Power Window Motor Front RH Power Window Motor Rear LH Power Window Motor Rear RH R R R R R R R R R R 8 9 10 11 12 13 16 17 20 21 Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Speaker LH Rear Speaker RH Rear Window Defogger (+) Rear Window Defogger (–) Remote Control Mirror LH Remote Control Mirror RH V V 8 9 Vanity Light LH Vanity Light RH Position of Parts in Body [Coupe] A A A 19 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH 20 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH 21 Auto Antenna Motor and Relay D D D D D D D 10 11 12 13 16 19 26 D Door Courtesy Light Front LH Door Courtesy Light Front RH Door Courtesy SW Front LH Door Courtesy SW Front RH Door Key Cylinder Light and SW Door Lock Control SW RH Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock Detection SW Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH 27 Door Lock Motor, Door Unlock Detection SW Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH 28 Door Lock Control SW LH (w/o Power Window) F F F F F 11 12 13 14 15 H 10 High Mount Stop Light I 14 Interior Light D L L L L 1 2 3 4 Front Door Speaker LH Front Door Speaker RH Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH Fuel Pump and Sender License Plate Light Light Failure Sensor Luggage Compartment Light Luggage Compartment Light SW M M M M 2 Moon Roof Control Relay 3 Moon Roof Control SW and Personal Light (w/ Moon Roof) 4 Moon Roof Limit SW 5 Moon Roof Motor P 9 Power Window Control SW Front RH P 12 Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control SW LH P 13 Power Window Motor Front LH P 14 Power Window Motor Front RH R R R R R R R R R R 8 9 10 11 12 13 16 17 20 21 Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Speaker LH Rear Speaker RH Rear Window Defogger (+) Rear Window Defogger (–) Remote Control Mirror LH Remote Control Mirror RH T T 2 Tension Reducer Solenoid LH 3 Tension Reducer Solenoid RH V V 8 Vanity Light LH 9 Vanity Light RH 35 ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM Position of Parts in Body [Wagon] A A A 19 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH 20 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH 21 Auto Antenna Motor and Relay F F F D D D D D D D D D D D 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 H 10 High Mount Stop Light D D Door Courtesy Light Front LH Door Courtesy Light Front RH Door Courtesy SW Front LH Door Courtesy SW Front RH Door Courtesy SW Rear LH Door Courtesy SW Rear RH Door Key Cylinder Light and SW Door Key Lock and Unlock SW LH Door Key Lock and Unlock SW RH Door Lock Control SW RH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH 21 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH 22 Door Lock Motor Rear LH 23 Door Lock Motor Rear RH F F 11 Front Door Speaker LH 12 Front Door Speaker RH D 36 I 13 Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH 14 Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH 15 Fuel Pump and Sender 14 Interior Light L L L L 1 2 3 4 M M 2 Moon Roof Control Relay 3 Moon Roof Control SW and Personal Light (w/ Moon Roof) 4 Moon Roof Limit SW 5 Moon Roof Motor M M License Plate Light Light Failure Sensor Luggage Compartment Light Luggage Compartment Light SW 9 Power Window Control SW Front RH P 10 Power Window Control SW Rear LH P P P P P 11 Power Window Control SW Rear RH 12 Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control SW LH 13 Power Window Motor Front LH 14 Power Window Motor Front RH 15 Power Window Motor Rear LH 16 Power Window Motor Rear RH R R R R R R R R R R 8 9 10 11 12 13 16 17 20 21 P Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Speaker LH Rear Speaker RH Rear Window Defogger (+) Rear Window Defogger (–) Remote Control Mirror LH Remote Control Mirror RH P V V 8 Vanity Light LH 9 Vanity Light RH ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM -Memo ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points [1MZ–FE] : Location of Splice Points [1MZ–FE] 38 Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) EB1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND RELAY WIRE (UNDER THE R/B NO. 5) EC1 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1) ED1 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1) EE1 SENSOR WIRE AND ENGINE WIRE (SIDE OF FRONT CYLINDER HEAD) EF1 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER) 39 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points [5S–FE] : Location of Splice Points [5S–FE] 40 Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) EA1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE (RADIATOR FAN SHROUD) EB1 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND RELAY WIRE (UNDER THE R/B NO. 5) EC1 ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1) ED1 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE (UNDER THE J/B NO. 1) EF1 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (NEAR THE BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER) 41 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points 42 Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness CODE IG1 IH1 IH2 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) II1 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) II2 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) IJ1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IK1 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE (NEAR THE RADIO AND PLAYER) IL1 COWL WIRE AND SERVO MOTOR SUB WIRE (BEHIND RADIO AND PLAYER) IM1 IM2 IN1 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE (NEAR THE RADIO AND PLAYER) INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND SWITCH WIRE (UNDER THE INSTRUMENT PANEL CENTER) 43 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Splice Points 44 Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness CODE IO1 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE (UNDER THE DRIVER’S SEAT) IP1 IP2 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) IP3 IQ1 IR1 IR2 IS1 IT1 IT2 IU1 IV1 IV2 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (UNDER THE GLOVE BOX) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE (INSTRUMENT PANEL RIGHT) 45 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points [Sedan] : Location of Splice Points [Sedan] 46 Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) BW1 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) BX1 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE REAR SEAT CUSHION) BY1 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR) BZ1 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT) Ba1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR) 47 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points [Coupe] : Location of Splice Points [Coupe] 48 Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) BX1 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE REAR SEAT CUSHION) BZ1 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT) Ba1 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR) 49 ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points [Wagon] : Location of Splice Points [Wagon] 50 Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness CODE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) BW1 REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT CENTER PILLAR) BX1 FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (UNDER THE REAR SEAT CUSHION) BY1 REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE (RIGHT CENTER PILLAR) Bb1 LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LEFT) Bc1 Bc2 BACK DOOR NO. 1 (WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER TRIM INNER) Bc3 Bd1 Bd2 BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT) Bd3 Be1 REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT) 51 POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts. The next page and following pages show the parts to which each electrical source outputs current. Ignition SW (AM2) 30A AM2 Headlight Relay (Point Side) Headlight Relay (Coil Side) 40A MAIN Starter Relay (Point Side) 7.5A SRS 15A STOP 60A ABS Generator (Alternator) Battery FL MAIN 2.0L Taillight Relay (Coil Side) 100A ALT 7.5A OBD 40A DEFOG 7.5A ALT–S Starter 10A HAZ 40A HEATER 10A HORN Taillight Relay (Point Side) 15A ECU–B 15A EFI Engine Main Relay (Point Side) 15A TEL (5S–FE) 20A DOME 30A POWER 40A AM1 Daytime Running Light Relay No. 2 (Coil Side) Daytime Running Light Relay (Main) (Canada) Daytime Running Light Relay No. 2 (Point Side) [LOCATION] (1) (3) 52 : J/B No. 1 (See page 20 20) : R/B No. 1 (See page 25 20) (2) (7) 15A HEAD (UPR–LH) 15A HEAD (UPR–RH) : J/B No. 2 (See page22 19) : R/B No. 7 (See page 27 19) 7.5A IGN (USA) 15A HEAD (LH) 15A HEAD (RH) (Canada) Daytime Running Light Relay (Main) 7.5A DRL Dimmer SW [Comb. SW] Integration Relay 15A HEAD (LWR–LH) 15A HEAD (LWR–RH) Light Control SW [Comb. SW] (Canada) 10A STARTER (TMM Made) Starter ABS Actuator and ECU ABS Relay ABS Actuator ABS ECU (TMC Made) ABS Relay Integration Relay Light Control SW [Comb. SW] Defogger Relay (Point Side) 10A MIR HTR Heater Relay (Point Side) 10A A/C (M/T) 15A TAIL 30A RDI FAN 30A CDS FAN Power Main Relay (Point Side) Ignition SW (AM1) Starter Relay (Coil Side) Clutch Start SW (A/T) Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW) Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) 7.5A TURN 10A GAUGE 15A ECU–IG 15A CIG/RADIO 20A WIPER * These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here. (4) : R/B No. 4 (See page25 20) (5) : R/B No. 5 (See page 26 19) (6) R/B No. 6 (See Page26 ) 53 POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) 40A AM1 15A CIG/RADIO 40A DEFOG 15A ECU–1G 10A GAUGE 7.5A IGN 10A MIR–HTR 30A POWER 7.5A SRS 15A STOP 15A TAIL 7.5A TURN 20A WIPER 30A AM2 7.5A ALT–S 30A CDS FAN 20A DOME 15A ECU–B 15A EFI 10A HAZ 15A HEAD (LWR–LH) 15A HEAD (LWR–RH) 15A HEAD (UPR–LH) 15A HEAD (UPR–RH) 15A HEAD LH 15A HEAD RH 10A HORN 40A MAIN 7.5A OBD 10A STARTER 10A A/C 40A HEATER 7.5A DRL 100A ALT 60A ABS Back Door Lock Motor (W/G) B5 B6 B7 B9 B10 Buckle SW RH Buckle SW LH A/C SW A7 A10 A11 A12 A13 A14 A16 A17 A18 A21 B1 B2 B3 B4 Blower Resistor Blower Motor Back Door Lock Control SW Brake Fluid Level SW Back–Up Light SW (M/T) Auto Antenna Motor and Relay Ashtray Illumination Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor Air Inlet Control Servo Motor ABS ECU (TMC Made) ABS ECU (TMC Made) A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor A/C Amplifier A6 Blower SW A5 ABS Relay A4 * These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here. [LOCATION] (1) (7) 54 A1 A2 A3 ABS Relay CB or Fuse ABS Actuator and ECU (TMM Made) Location Code or Location ABS Actuator (TMC Made) Parts A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW) A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor ABS Actuator and ECU (TMM Made) A/C Condenser Fan Motor (5S–FE) *Page Nos. of Related Systems 242 126 242 246 246 214 210 214 210 210 246 252 126 210 210 246 246 126 222 152 236 166 246 246 246 220 160 220 252 252 252 252 224 252 252 166 252 252 : J/B No. 1 (See page 20 20) : R/B No. 7 (See page27 ) (2) (8) : J/B No. 2 (See page 22 19) : Fuse Box (F10, F17 See on page 28 29 ) (3) : R/B No. 1 (See page 25 23) C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 (4) C8 C9 : R/B No. 4 (See page25 20) (5) C10 C11 C12 : R/B No. 5 (See page 26 19) (6) C13 C14 C16 D1 D3 Diode (for Courtesy) (W/G) Door Lock Control Relay Diode (for Courtesy) Diode (for Idle–Up) Daytime Running Light Relay (Main) (CANADA) 80 Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL (Toyota Diagnostic Communication Link)) Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) Cruise Control ECU Cooling Fan ECU (1MZ–FE) Combination SW Front Wiper and Washer SW) Combination SW (Light Control SW) Combination SW (Turn Signal SW) Combination SW (Horn SW) Combination Meter (SRS Warning Light) Combination Meter (A/T Indicator Light) Combination Meter Combination Meter (ABS Warning Light) Combination Meter (Meter Illmination) Combination Meter (Open Door Warning Light) Combination Meter (Seat Belt Warning Light) Combination Meter (Charge Warning Light) Combination Meter (High Beam Indicator Light) Combination Meter (Malfunction Indicator Light) Combination Meter (Rear Light Warning Light) Combination Meter Combination Meter (Cruise Control Indicator Light) Combination Meter (Turn Signal Indicator Light) Clutch Start SW (M/T) Clock Cigarette Lighter Illumination Cigarette Lighter Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Cruise Control Actuator 130 120 80 126 104 106 90 68 192 177 189 126 189 192 114 236 210 126 134 170 76 104 90 124 236 177 198 173 114 112 126 184 244 192 98 118 214 106 118 186 72 138 144 204 98 144 148 214 140 148 90 98 106 80 134 156 134 192 204 90 236 138 140 140 214 98 130 140 D4 D6 D7 D8 D9 R/B No. 6 (See Page26 ) 55 POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) 40A AM1 15A CIG/RADIO 40A DEFOG 15A ECU–1G 10A GAUGE 7.5A IGN 10A MIR–HTR 30A POWER 7.5A SRS 15A STOP 15A TAIL 7.5A TURN 20A WIPER 30A AM2 7.5A ALT–S 30A CDS FAN 20A DOME 15A ECU–B 15A EFI 10A HAZ 15A HEAD (LWR–LH) 15A HEAD (LWR–RH) 15A HEAD (UPR–LH) 15A HEAD (UPR–RH) 15A HEAD LH 15A HEAD RH 10A HORN 40A MAIN 7.5A OBD 10A STARTER 10A A/C 40A HEATER 7.5A DRL 100A ALT 60A ABS Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) (A/T) (5S–FE) Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) (A/T) (1MZ–FE) 80 Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) 80 Engine Controlled Transmission Pattern Select SW Electronic Controlled Transmission Solenoid Electronic Controlled Transmission Solenoid (5S–FE) Diode (for Tension Reducer) (C/P) Date Ling Connector 3 Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH Door Lock Motor Rear LH (EX. C/P) Door Lock Motor Rear RH (EX. C/P) Door Lock Control SW RH Door Key Lck and Unlock SW LH (Ex. C/P) Door Key Lck and Unlock SW RH (Ex. C/P) Door Key Cylinder Light and SW 80 90 98 198 E5 E6 E7 E8 E9 * These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here. [LOCATION] (1) (7) 56 D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20 D21 D22 D23 D24 D25 E2 E3 126 198 204 242 Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor (Water Temp. Sensor) (for Cooling Fan) (1MZ–FE) CB or Fuse 130 134 130 160 160 160 160 160 160 160 80 220 198 220 220 138 138 140 Door Courtesy SW Rear RH Location Code or Location Door Courtesy SW Rear LH Parts Door Courtesy SW Front RH Door Courtesy SW Front LH *Page Nos. of Related Systems 130 130 130 134 134 138 138 138 140 140 140 : J/B No. 1 (See page 20 20) : R/B No. 7 (See page27 ) (2) (8) : J/B No. 2 (See page 22 19) : Fuse Box (F10, F17 See on page 28 29 ) (3) : R/B No. 1 (See page 25 23) Front Side Marker LH Front Side Marker RH F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F15 G2 G3 G4 (4) : R/B No. 4 (See page25 20) H1 (5) H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 : R/B No. 5 (See page 26 19) (6) 68 72 80 98 236 H9 H10 H11 H12 I1 72 80 Ignition Coil Injector No. 1 80 Igniter Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) (1MZ–FE) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1) (1MZ–FE) High Mount Stop Light 80 90 98 Idle Air Control Valve (ISC Valve) Heater Control SW (for Push Control SW Type) Air Vent Mode Control SW (for Lever Control SW Type) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) Hazard SW Horn RH Horn LH Headlight Lo RH (CANADA) Headlight Lo RH (USA) Headlight Lo LH (CANADA) Headlight Lo LH (USA) Headlight Hi RH (CANADA) Headlight Hi RH (USA) Headlight Hi LH (CANADA) Headlight Hi LH (USA) Glove Box Light SW Glove Box Light Generator (Alternator) Fuel Pump and Sender Front Wiper Motor Front turn Signal Light RH Front turn Signal Light LH Front Clearance Light RH E10 Front Clearance Light LH Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) 80 80 90 144 144 144 144 114 114 114 98 198 148 148 148 148 118 118 184 90 76 126 126 104 106 104 106 104 106 104 106 173 173 118 126 252 80 120 80 98 124 204 126 246 236 I2 I3 I4 R/B No. 6 (See Page26 ) 57 40A AM1 15A CIG/RADIO 40A DEFOG 15A ECU–1G 10A GAUGE 7.5A IGN 10A MIR–HTR 30A POWER 7.5A SRS 15A STOP 15A TAIL 7.5A TURN 20A WIPER 30A AM2 7.5A ALT–S 30A CDS FAN 20A DOME 15A ECU–B 15A EFI 10A HAZ 15A HEAD (LWR–LH) 15A HEAD (LWR–RH) 15A HEAD (UPR–LH) 15A HEAD (UPR–RH) 15A HEAD LH 15A HEAD RH 10A HORN 40A MAIN 7.5A OBD 10A STARTER 10A A/C 40A HEATER 7.5A DRL 100A ALT 60A ABS 90 118 134 192 224 252 98 120 138 210 I14 I16 I17 I18 I19 I20 I21 J1 J2 J3 J4 80 154 182 190 204 126 156 189 198 236 130 156 182 214 226 234 134 160 198 222 228 236 154 168 204 224 177 230 * These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here. [LOCATION] (1) (7) 58 I13 Junction Connector (for Airbag System) I11 I12 Junction Connector I9 Junction Connector Injector Key Cylinder Light I8 Junction Connector Injector No. 6 (1MZ–FE) I7 Ignition Coil No. 6 (1MZ–FE) Injector No. 5 (1MZ–FE) I6 Ignition Coil No. 5 (1MZ–FE) Injector No. 4 Location CB or Fuse 68 80 Ignition Coil No. 4 (1MZ–FE) Injector No. 3 I5 Code or Location 68 68 80 80 Ignition Coil No. 3 (1MZ–FE) Injector No. 2 Parts 68 80 76 114 130 68 80 170 214 246 Ignition Coil No. 2 (1MZ–FE) 80 130 134 68 138 80 140 Interior Light 80 Integration Relay 80 Ignition SW and Unlock Warning SW *Page Nos. of Related Systems 130 106 112 134 68 120 126 80 80 138 72 130 140 140 80 144 170 Ignition Coil No. 1 (1MZ–FE) POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) : J/B No. 1 (See page 20 20) : R/B No. 7 (See page27 ) (2) (8) : J/B No. 2 (See page 22 19) : Fuse Box (F10, F17 See on page 28 29 ) (3) : R/B No. 1 (See page 25 23) Junction Connector (1MZ–FE) Key Interlock Solenoid Light Failure Sensor Luggage Compartment Light Luggage Compartment Light SW Noise Filter (for Ignition System) Noise Filter (for Stop Light) Noise Filter (for Stop Light) J5 J6 J7 K3 L1 L2 L3 L4 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 N1 N2 N3 (4) Moon Roof Limit SW (EX. W/G) 130 134 138 140 130 168 138 168 168 168 80 : R/B No. 4 (See page25 20) (5) O1 O5 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 : R/B No. 5 (See page 26 19) (6) Power Seat Motor (for Front Vertical Control) Power Seat Motor (for Rear Vertical Control) Power Seat Motor (for Slide control) Power Seat Motor (for Reclining Control) Power Window Control SW Front RH Power Window Control SW Rear LH (EX. C/P) Power Window Control SW Rear RH (EX. C/P) Power Window Master SW and Door Lock control SW LH 68 72 152 198 204 Power Seat Control SW 126 236 198 204 Parking Brake SW (for 5S–FE) 198 204 210 214 Parking Brake SW (for 1MZ–FE) 120 124 182 192 Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW) (A/T) 198 204 210 214 O/D Main SW and A/T Indicator Light (Shift Lever) 120 124 182 192 Oil Pressure SW 80 Mass Air Flow (Air Flow Meter) (1MZ–FE) Moon Roof Motor (EX. W/G) 130 134 138 140 Moon Roof Control SW and Personal Light (w/ Moon Roof) (EX. W/G) 120 80 198 182 144 124 144 148 Moon Roof Control Relay License Plate Light Junction Connector (1MZ–FE) Junction Connector (W/G) 118 180 186 224 236 236 180 180 180 180 180 156 156 156 156 160 P8 P9 P10 P11 P12 R/B No. 6 (See Page26 ) 59 POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) 40A AM1 15A CIG/RADIO 40A DEFOG 15A ECU–1G 10A GAUGE 7.5A IGN 10A MIR–HTR 30A POWER 7.5A SRS 15A STOP 15A TAIL 7.5A TURN 20A WIPER 30A AM2 7.5A ALT–S 30A CDS FAN 20A DOME 15A ECU–B 15A EFI 10A HAZ 15A HEAD (LWR–LH) 15A HEAD (LWR–RH) 15A HEAD (UPR–LH) 15A HEAD (UPR–RH) 15A HEAD LH 15A HEAD RH 10A HORN 40A MAIN 7.5A OBD 10A STARTER 10A A/C 40A HEATER 7.5A DRL 100A ALT 60A ABS R5 R6 R7 Stop Light LH [Rear Comb. Light LH] Taillight LH [Rear Comb. Light LH] Rear Turn Signal Light LH [Rear Comb. Light LH] Stop Light LH [Rear Comb. Light LH] Taillight LH [Rear Comb. Light LH] Back–up Light LH [Rear Comb. Light LH] Stop Light RH [Rear Comb. Light RH] Taillight RH [Rear Comb. Light RH] Rear Turn Signal Light RH [Rear Comb. Light RH] Taillight RH [Rear Comb. Light RH] Stop Light RH [Rear Comb. Light RH] Back–up Light RH [Rear Comb. Light RH] Rear Window Defogger (+) (EX. W/G) Rear Window Defogger (–) (EX. W/G) Rear Window Defogger (–) (W/G) Rheostat Remote Control mirror SW Rear Window Defogger SW Radio and Player (w/o CD Player) Radiator Fan Motor (5S–FE) R3 126 154 126 120 144 114 120 144 152 120 144 114 144 120 152 190 190 190 124 148 118 148 124 190 124 148 148 124 148 R8 R10 R9 R11 R16 R17 * These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here. [LOCATION] (1) (7) 60 Radio and Player (w/ CD Player) CB or Fuse Power Window Motor Rear LH (EX. C/P) Power Window Motor Rear RH (EX. C/P) Location Code or Location Power Window Motor Front RH Parts 126 222 224 228 234 P13 P14 P15 P16 R1 R2 Power Window Motor Front LH *Page Nos. of Related Systems 156 156 156 156 242 126 : J/B No. 1 (See page 20 20) : R/B No. 7 (See page27 ) (2) (8) : J/B No. 2 (See page 22 19) : Fuse Box (F10, F17 See on page 28 29 ) (3) : R/B No. 1 (See page 25 23) Stop Light SW S5 S8 S9 S10 (4) V1 V2 : R/B No. 4 (See page25 20) V5 V8 (5) : R/B No. 5 (See page 26 19) (6) 80 90 98 198 204 Headlight Relay (Coil Side) 80 90 98 198 204 EFI Main Relay (Point Side) 80 90 130 130 130 156 156 80 98 192 134 134 184 236 134 190 190 190 160 160 112 126 68 68 186 126 72 72 198 236 138 138 138 168 168 EFI Main Relay (Coil Side) Starter Relay (Coil Side) Starter Relay (Point Side) Taillight Relay (Point Side) Taillight Relay (Coil Side) Power Main Relay (Point Side) Power Main Relay (Coil Side) Defogger Relay (Point Side) Defogger Relay (Coil Side) Noise Filter Diode Water Temp. Sender Washer Motor Vanity Light RH Vanity Light LH V3 V4 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Speed Sensor) 80 90 98 VSV (for Intake Air Control) (1MZ–FE) 80 90 VSV (for Fuel Pressure Up) VSV (for EGR System) (1MZ–FE) VSV (for A/C Idle–Up) Stereo Component Amplifier Stereo Component Amplifier R18 R19 R20 R21 S3 Shift Lock ECU Starter (1MZ–FE) Remote Control Mirror RH Remote Control Mirror LH Rear Wiper Relay (W/G) Rear Wiper Motor (W/G) 120 182 80 186 186 154 154 68 182 226 226 192 198 90 72 230 230 204 210 98 214 106 V9 W1 W2 R/B No. 6 (See Page26 ) 61 POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) Circuit Opening Relay (Coil Side) Daytime Running Light Relay No. 3 (Coil Side) Daytime Running Light Relay No. 4 (Coil Side) Circuit Opening Relay (Coil Side) Heater Relay (Coil Side) Radiator Fan Relay No. 2 (Coil Side) Radiator Fan Relay No. 2 (Point Side) Radiator Fan Relay No. 3 (Point Side) A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay (Coil Side) A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay (Point Side) Heater Relay (Point Side) Turn Signal Flasher Radiator Fan Relay (Coil Side) Location Horn Relay Code or Location Headlight Relay (Point Side) Parts Radiator Fan Relay (Point Side) *Page Nos. of Related Systems 80 80 173 106 242 242 114 246 246 242 242 242 246 246 90 90 106 106 118 98 98 CB or Fuse 40A AM1 15A CIG/RADIO 40A DEFOG 15A ECU–1G 10A GAUGE 7.5A IGN 10A MIR–HTR 30A POWER 7.5A SRS 15A STOP 15A TAIL 7.5A TURN 20A WIPER 30A AM2 7.5A ALT–S 30A CDS FAN 20A DOME 15A ECU–B 15A EFI 10A HAZ 15A HEAD (LWR–LH) 15A HEAD (LWR–RH) 15A HEAD (UPR–LH) 15A HEAD (UPR–RH) 15A HEAD LH 15A HEAD RH 10A HORN 40A MAIN 7.5A OBD 10A STARTER 10A A/C 40A HEATER 7.5A DRL 100A ALT 60A ABS * These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown. The part indicated is located somewhere in the system, not necessarily on the page indicated here. [LOCATION] (1) (4) (7) 62 : J/B No. 1 (See page 20 20) : R/B No. 4 (See page25 ) : R/B No. 7 (See page27 20) (2) (5) (8) : J/B No. 2 (See page 22 19) : R/B No. 5 (See page26 ) : Fuse Box (F10, F17 See on page 28 29 19) (3) (6) : R/B No. 1 (See page 25 23) : R/B No. 6 (See page 26 ) POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) -Memo 37 POWER SOURCE W W 7 IP3 W W 1 1E (5S–FE) 4 EF1 W 3 EF1 W E14 : 1MZ–FE E23 : 5S–FE E14 : 1MZ–FE E15 : 5S–FE E14 : 1MZ–FE E20 : 5S–FE W W W W W 4 I2 1 1 B 3 40A AM1 G1 GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) 40A HEATER W W 4 9 1G 4 W W TO ABS ACTUATOR 2 L W–L 1 2H 100A ALT (1MZ–FE) 60A ABS (5S–FE) 1 E 3 5 4 30A CDS FAN 2 1 6 2G ENGINE MAIN RELAY 6 2B 1 C 2 W E , F18 FUSE BOX B , F16 D A , F10 C 1 D F17 F10 30A RDI FAN 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) 2B B–R W W–B W–B 15 3A W–R E6 7. 5A OBD (5S–FE) 16 3C 15A ECU–B 15A TEL B–R 7. 5A ALT–S 10A HORN W–B 10A HAZ 20A DOME B B 2 1 30A AM2 2H W–R 2G 15A EFI STARTER RELAY 3 5 40A MAIN B FL MAIN 2. 0L B HEADLIGHT RELAY 4 2 1 2C 2 5 2C 1 2F W 3 6 EC1 1 1 W 2E 2 15A HEAD (RH) 2E B (CANADA) BATTERY (USA) 15A HEAD (LH) 5 1 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 2 3 64 R–L 5 5 R W–B W (CANADA) 2 B–R 2 15A HEAD (UPR–RH) 2H 15A HEAD (UPR–LH) 15A STOP 7. 5A SRS W W 4 1E 5 3 1 2 15A TAIL TAILLIGHT RELAY 1 POWER MAIN RELAY 2 5 3 1 1M 30A POWER W 2 1E W 2 1 TO DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY 40A DEFOG 1 2 5 3 2 1 I12 IGNITION SW W W–B 10A MIR HTR 10 1C W–B DEFOGGER RELAY 4 AM1 ACC 3 P–L IG1 2 B–Y 10 1G 3 1G 15A CIG/RADIO 15A ECU–IG 20A WIPER ST1 7 B–W 10A GAUGE W–R 10 AM2 B–O IG2 9 8 1G 7. 5A TURN 7. 5A IGN ST2 7 1A B–R W–B B–R TO STARTER 10A STARTER B–R B–R 17 IP1 B–R 1 E10 : 1MZ–FE E20 : 5S–FE E6 W 4 15A HEAD (LWR–RH) E7 W 5 3 4 5 R–W 15A HEAD (LWR–LH) W W 5 1 2 5 R EB1 W 7 2 1 7 W–R EB W–B 7. 5A DRL 1 W–B W 5 IG 65 POWER SOURCE SERVICE HINTS TAILLIGHT RELAY 5–3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (CANADA) ENGINE MAIN RELAY 4–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION HEADLIGHT RELAY 2–1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (CANADA) I12 IGNITION SW 4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ACC OR ON POSITION 10–9, 4–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY AT ON OR ST POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE F10 F16 A 28 SEE PAGE CODE F17 E SEE PAGE 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) B 30 F18 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) C 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) D G1 CODE I2 SEE PAGE 33 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1 4 5 7 SEE PAGE 25 25 26 27 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 4 (LEFT KICK PANEL) R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL) R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) R/B NO. 7 (NEAR THE BATTERY) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1A SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1C 1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 22 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1G 1M 2B 2C 2E 2F 2G 2H 3A 3C : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EB1 EC1 EF1 IP1 IP3 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND RELAY WIRE ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 : GROUND POINTS CODE EB IG SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT LEFT FENDER INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH : SPLICE POINTS CODE E6 E7 E10 66 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) CODE E14 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) E15 E20 40 (5S–FE) (5S FE) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE WIRE E23 ENGINE WIRE I2 44 COWL WIRE 67 STARTING AND IGNITION (1MZ–FE) B–O ACC IG1 ST1 7 B–W 4 AM1 IG2 9 B–O ST2 10 AM2 6 1G I12 IGNITION SW W–R 5 1E 9 1G 1 2G B–W B–R 1 5 1 B–W 40A MAIN 10A STARTER 5 3 4 N B STARTER RELAY B–W 2 2H W 1 1 1E 17 IP1 6 5 2 5 2C 1 2F 2 2C 2 3C B W 3 EF1 P 1 B 30A AM2 W–B 40A AM1 1 EF1 B–R 2 20 3B 2 3D 1 A B–W B–W E10 B–R W–B TO CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY 18 3C TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) A , F16 FUSE BOX B–R 11 1C 1 1M B 1 B F10 100A ALT B 6 3C B FL MAIN 2. 0L 1 A 1 B W–B B–R M BATTERY S3 A , S4 B STARTER IG 68 P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) W B–W B–O 8 1G W–R 5 1E B–O IP1 B–O B–O B–O B–O B–O 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 6 A 7 A COIL1 COIL2 COIL3 COIL4 COIL5 COIL6 GND TACH P G 2 I21 IGNITON COIL NO. 6 B–O 1 I20 IGNITON COIL NO. 5 LG–B B–O 1 I19 IGNITON COIL NO. 4 1 I18 IGNITON COIL NO. 3 1 I17 IGNITON COIL NO. 2 B–O E13 B–O E13 W +B B–O E13 GR 1 A E14 B–O E12 I16 IGNITON COIL NO. 1 B–O E14 L B–O I 2 A , I15 B IGNITER IGF 7 B 8 A B 1 B G–R 2 B IGT6 R–B 3 B IGT5 L–B 4 B IGT4 GR–B 5 B IGT3 Y–R 6 B IGT2 W–G 8 B IGT1 W–R 12 24 16 15 26 30 29 19 IGF IGT1 IGT2 IGT3 IGT4 IGT5 IGT6 IG– E1 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A BR E7 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) BR 3 W–B TO NOISE FILTER (FOR IGNITION SYSTEM) 16 EC ED 69 STARTING AND IGNITION (1MZ–FE) SERVICE HINTS I12 IGNITION SW 4–7 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION 10–9 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION STARTER RELAY (6) 2– (6) 4 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T) CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T) STARTER POINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION P 1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T) 2–3 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE D1 28 E7 CODE I15 SEE PAGE B CODE 29 SEE PAGE I21 29 33 32 I16 29 J7 F10 A 28 I17 29 P1 F16 B 28 I18 29 S3 A 29 I2 A 29 I19 29 S4 B 29 33 I20 29 I12 29 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1 SEE PAGE 25 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1C 1E 1G 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1M 2C 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2G 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2H 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2F 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 3C 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EF1 IP1 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 : GROUND POINTS CODE EC ED IG SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION INTAKE MANIFOLD RH INTAKE MANIFOLD LH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH : SPLICE POINTS CODE E10 E12 70 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) (1MZ FE) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE WIRE CODE E13 E14 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) (1MZ FE) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE WIRE 71 STARTING AND IGNITION (5S–FE) B–O ACC IG1 ST1 7 4 AM1 W W–R 10 AM2 B–W IG2 9 ST2 B–O 6 1G I12 IGNITION SW 5 1E B–W B–R 9 1G 1 2G (A/T) 1 1 EF1 3 1 1 4 STARTER RELAY 2 5 2C 1 2F 1 EF1 IP1 B–R 17 B B–W W–B 2 3D F10 A , F16 FUSE BOX B 20 3B B–W W B–R E20 TO CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY 6 3C W–B 18 3C B–R TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T), ENGINE ECU (M/T)) 100A ALT B B 11 1C 1 1M FL MAIN 2. 0L 1 A 1 B W–B B–R M BATTERY S3 A ,S4 B STARTER IG 72 B–W 6 2 (M/T) 1 A 1 B N 2 2C B 2 3C 3 EF1 5 5 P B B–W 1 B W 2 2H W–B 1 1E 1 B 10A STARTER (A/T) 40A MAIN (A/T) P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T) B–W 30A AM2 C7 CLUTCH START SW (M/T) 40A AM1 (M/T) 5 (M/T) 2 * 1 : CALIFORNIA * 2 : EX. CALIFORNIA * 3 : ONE BODY ASSEMBLY EX. CALIFORNIA B–O 8 1G W–R 6 1A IP1 W–R 16 W–R W–R E20 I3 IGNITION COIL W–R TO NOISE FILER (FOR IGNITION SYSTEM) 1 (* 3) B–R W–R 2 A (* 1) , D 2 D2 B (*2) DISTRIBUTOR 5 3 C– G2 NE– 3 A (*1) (*2) 4 A 3 B (* 1) (* 2) NE G1 E7 IGT IG– 2 4 G2 NE– B ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) E19 B (SHIELDED) IP1 B B 8 3 A 13 B G– A , E11 L L 5 A 18 B (* 2, M/T) B 17 A 5 B L Y 18 A 4 B (* 1, A/T) R BR IGF 1 2 B E16 4 A +B I2 IGNITER B 2 A 4 B G– G– W–R 1 A 1 B G1 G+ W NE NE+ 3 B IGF 20 A (* 1, A/T) 22 B (* 2, M/T) IGT 19 IG– TO TACHOMETER [COMB. METER] D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) EC 73 STARTING AND IGNITION (5S–FE) SERVICE HINTS I12 IGNITION SW 4–7 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION 10–9 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION C 7 CLUTCH START SW (M/T) 1–2 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH PEDAL FULLY DEPRESSED STARTER RELAY (6) 2– (6) 4 : CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (M/T) CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION (A/T) STARTER POINTS CLOSED WITH CLUTCH START SW ON AND IGNITION SW AT ST POSITION P 1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T) 2–3 : CLOSED WITH A/T SHIFT LEVER IN P OR N POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C7 D1 D2 E7 CODE SEE PAGE 32 E11 B 32 CODE SEE PAGE I12 33 30 F10 A 30 A 30 F16 B 30 S3 P1 A 31 31 B 30 I2 31 S4 B 31 A 32 I3 31 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1 SEE PAGE 25 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1A 1C 1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1G 1M 2C 2F 2G 2H 3B 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EF1 IP1 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 : GROUND POINTS CODE EC IG SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION INTAKE MANIFOLD RH INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH : SPLICE POINTS CODE E16 E19 74 SEE PAGE 40 (5S–FE) (5S FE) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE WIRE CODE E20 SEE PAGE 40 (5S–FE) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE WIRE 75 CHARGING W FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PA GE 64) 10A GAUGE 7. 5A IGN 3 1D 6 2C F10 A , F10 B , F16 8 C W FROM DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) (5S–FE) 9 Y 1 B 100A ALT 1 A (1MZ–FE) C9 CHARGE WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] W R–L B–O 6 1D 7. 5A ALT–S FUSE BOX E J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 C E Y (CANADA) B Y E FL MAIN 2. 0L IP3 10 R–L 2 IP3 Y W R–L I18 R–L G1 A 2 B 1 B 3 B IG BATTERY L S TO BACK–UP SW (M/T) TO PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T) TO VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) IC REGULATOR 76 1 A B , G2 B GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) SERVICE HINTS G 1(B) GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) (B) 3–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 25°C (77°F) 13.5–14.3 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AT 2000 RPM AND 115°C (239°F) (B) 1–GROUND : 0–4 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ENGINE NOT RUNNING : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C9 F10 CODE SEE PAGE 32 F16 C 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) A 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) G1 A 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) B 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) G2 B 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) CODE SEE PAGE J1 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 2C 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IP3 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE : SPLICE POINTS CODE I18 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE WIRE 44 (1M–FE) C9 CODE F10 SEE PAGE (5S–FE) A WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS F10 B F16 1 X X 8 G1 A C 1 9 G2 B BLACK J1 DARK GRAY 1 E 1 2 E E 3 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 77 ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE) SYSTEM OUTLINE THIS SYSTEM UTILIZES AN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE, TRANSMISSION AND SO ON. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS EXPLAINED HERE. 1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE WATER TEMP. IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL THW OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR IS INSTALLED IN THE MASS AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). (3) OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEM THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST GASES IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OXL, OXR AND OXS OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). TO MAINTAIN STABLE DETECTION PERFORMANCE BY THE OXYGEN SENSOR, A HEATER IS USED FOR WARMING THE SENSOR. THE HEATER IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) (HTL, HTR AND HTS). (4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEM CAMSHAFT POSITION AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION ARE DETECTED BY THE CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR AND CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL G22+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND ENGINE RPM IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE+. (5) THROTTLE SIGNAL CIRCUIT THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE AS A CONTROL SIGNAL, WHICH IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). WHEN THE VALVE IS COMPLETELY CLOSED, THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL IDL. (6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR), INSTALLED INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL SP1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). (7) PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) SIGNAL SYSTEM THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION IS IN NEUTRAL OR PARKING OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). (8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM THE A/C AMPLIFIER INPUTS THE A/C OPERATIONS TO TEMRINAL A/C OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) START–UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) VIA EFI MAIN RELAY. (10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL CIRCUIT INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MASS AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL VG OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (11) STA SIGNAL CIRCUIT TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (12) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY THE KNOCK SENSOR NO. 1 AND NO. 2 AND THE SIGNALS ARE INPUT INTO TERMINALS KNKR AND KNKL AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. 78 2. CONTROL SYSTEM * SFI (SEQUENTIAL MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION) (EFI (ELECTRONIC FUEL INJECTION) SYSTEM THE EFI SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1) TO (12) ETC.). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION VOLUME IS DECIDED BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50 AND #60 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) TO OPERATE THE INJECTOR (INJECT THE FUEL). THE EFI SYSTEM PRODUCES CONTROL OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. * ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (3), (4) TO (12) ETC.). THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DECIDED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUTS TO TERMINALS IGT1, IGT2, IGT3, IGT4, IGT5 AND IGT6. THIS SIGNAL CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. * HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (OXYGEN SENSOR) HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM THE OXYGEN SENSOR HEATER CONTROL SYSTEM TURNS THE HEATER ON WHEN THE INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS LOW (TEMP. OF EXHAUST EMISSIONS IS LOW), AND WARMS UP THE OXYGEN SENSOR (NO. 1 AND NO. 2) TO IMPROVE DETECTION PERFORMANCE OF THE SENSOR. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9) TO (10) ETC.), AND OUTPUT CURRENT TO TERMINALS HTL, HTR AND HTS AND CONTROL THE HEATER. * IAC (IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC)) SYSTEM THE IAC (ISC) SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLE STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD, AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD AND SO ON, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (5), (8), (9) ETC.), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS RSO AND RSC TO CONTROL IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE. * EGR CONTROL SYSTEM THE EGR CONTROL SYSTEM DETECTS THE SIGNAL FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (4), (9), (10), ETC)., AND OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINAL EGR TO CONTROL THE EGR VALVE. * ACIS (ACOUSTIC CONTROL INDUCTION SYSTEM) ACIS INCLUDES A VALVE IN THE BULKHEAD SEPARATING THE SURGE TANK INTO TWO PARTS. THIS VALVE IS OPENED AND CLOSED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRIVING CONDITIONS TO CONTROL THE INTAKE MANIFOLD LENGTH IN TWO STAGES FOR INCREASED ENGINE OUTPUT IN ALL RANGES FROM LOW TO HIGH SPEEDS. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) JUDGES THE ENGINE SPEED BY THE SIGNALS ((4), (5)) FROM EACH SENSOR AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO THE TERMINAL ACIS TO CONTROL THE VSV (FOR OPENING AND CLOSING THE INTAKE CONTROL VALVE) 3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. 4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM WHEN A MALFUNCTION HAS OCCURRED IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE. 79 ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE) B–O B–W 4 AM1 B–W ST1 7 B–W L–B B–O B–O W–R 9 1G 1 2G IG2 9 B–O 8 1G I12 IGNITION SW FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 9 1D B–O W 10 AM2 10A STARTER 7. 5A IGN 2 4 16 1 30A AM2 B–W B–W B–O 6 1A B–O 40A AM1 IP1 20 3B 2 3C 1 I20 6 9 2 B–O 15 B–O E12 B–O 6 I18 4 6 B–O B–O B–O B–O B–O B–O W–B I18 1 6 6 13 3A IJ1 L–B 18 3C W–B 2 4 BX1 11 1C L–B 1 1 1M G–R W–B Y 1 I5 INJECTOR NO. 2 I8 INJECTOR NO. 5 1 2 R 2 L 1 I7 INJECTOR NO. 4 I6 INJECTOR NO. 3 1 2 GR I9 INJECTOR NO. 6 1 W FL MAIN 2. 0L 2 G B I4 INJECTOR NO. 1 B 16 2 L–B B–O B A , F16 FUSE BOX F10 B–O L–B I18 E12 IP3 CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY G–R W 100A ALT 6 3 1 B B–O IP1 3 EF1 1 A 4 IP1 B–W B–O B W B–O 2 3D L–B 2 2H 1 1E Y R L BATTERY GR G W IG 80 B–O B–O B–W B–W L–B L–B B–O B–O A A B–O J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IP1 P 2 1 18 IP3 ELS B–L B–R 14 A 13 A 23 A 22 A 1 C 12 C 25 A NSW STA RSO A , E8 RSC B ,E9 ACV C , E10 B–O 11 B–O IP1 6 C FPU ACIS D 7 A 8 A 5 A 10 A L GR G W # 10 6 A R # 60 9 A Y # 30 22 D B–O # 40 23 D B–O ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) +B +B1 # 20 # 50 B–O EGR R–Y W–L B–R 21 D Y–B W–L 14 D D6 DIODE (FOR IDLE–UP) E7 B–O 2 IP3 BATT L–B 2 1 EF1 2 I23 2 G–B 12 3 1 3 W–G 4 2D B–O W–B B–O I18 B–W 3 2C B–O 1 1 B–W 2 2B 5 1E 5 3C B–W 5 G 2 1 B–W B–O EFI MAIN RELAY 5 3D 1 V4 VSV (FOR INTAKE AIR CONTROL) B–O 6 1G E11 V3 VSV (FOR FUEL PRESSURE UP) B–O 3 V1 VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) G 2 1 B–O E12 B–O 10 1A B–O E10 V2 VSV (FOR EGR) B–O 2 2D 14 1D B–O I18 B–O 10A MIR– HTR 15A TAIL 15A EFI I1 ILDE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE) B–O 18 B–O B–W FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) B–O A I23 F15 FUEL PUMP L–B 4 M 5 W–B 5 BX1 B–O 20 G–R G–R IP1 Y R L GR G EB W–B W–B W BL 81 ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE) B–O B–O B W–B B–O B–O B–O E13 B–O E14 B–O E14 L–B L–B B–O 15 A 26 A 30 A 29 A IGT2 IGT3 IGT4 IGT5 E7 BR 25 D OXS B ,E9 C , E10 B–O I18 11 C 19 B OXR R–L HTR W–B 10 C OXL HTL D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) THW THA T1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR E2 4 BR M6 MASS AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER) I18 BR E01 E02 34 A 15 B W 3 EE1 1 EE1 W–B 2 1 1 I18 BR I18 ED 82 KNKR E03 28 A G–B 33 A W VG– 1 A/C 20 D BR 3 BR VG 5 ACT 5 D BR +B 2 2 E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) FROM COOLING FAN ECU G–R 1 G–Y 2 B–O E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR 3 L B–Y 4 I18 L–W L–R BR L–B R–B R G–R L–W 20 B (SHIELDED) THG 14 C (SHIELDED) IDL 32 A K1 KNOCK SENSOR 1 VTA 7 B W–B VC W–B E2 22 B 1 B FROM A/C AMPLIFIER THA 21 B B–Y VG– LG–R VG 8 B 7 C TO A/C AMPLIFIER FC 18 B B–O (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) W–B BR H12 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK2 SENSOR1) B–O BR L–B R–L 13 B HTS V–R II1 1 R–L 8 I18 26 D IGT6 A ,E8 II1 HT 3 R–L 16 A IGT1 10 OX HT 1 L–B 24 A IGF II1 P–B 12 A 9 E R–L B G–R 1 A R–B 2 A L–B 3 A IGT6 GR–B 4 A IGT5 Y–R 5 A IGT4 W–G 6 A IGT3 W–R 8 A IGT2 (SHIELDED) IGT1 OX 3 4 +B W IGNITER H11 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK1 SENSOR1) W B–O GND TACH 2 E (SHIELDED) COIL6 1 4 +B HT 3 P–B 7 B 8 B 7 A COIL4 COIL5 2 E B 5 B 6 B COIL3 (SHIELDED) 4 B COIL2 W 3 B IGF 4 OX COIL1 (SHIELDED) IQ1 +B 2 B BR BR H9 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK1 SENSOR2) B–O I20 IGNITION COIL NO. 5 P LG–B 2 5 2 1 B I 2 A , I 15 B B–O W–B I21 IGNITION COIL NO. 6 2 L–B 2 B B–O B–O B–O I18 IGNITION COIL NO. 3 G I16 IGNITION COIL NO. 1 GR 1 2 4 IQ1 B–O 2 BR 1 I19 IGNITION COIL NO. 4 1 2 B–O I18 BR 1 I17 IGNITION COIL NO. 2 1 1 B–O I18 E13 B–O B–O E13 B–O B–O E12 +B B–O I18 1 (SHIELDED) W–B 8 5 1C 1M BR BR BR BR BR BR BR BR BR FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A (SHIELDED) A B (SHIELDED) A G I18 22 3D A A A A A IP2 14 G R 12 16 W–B IP3 SPEED BR 4 BR I18 (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) E14 V–Y BR (SHIELDED) L B–W (SHIELDED) W (SHIELDED) BR IP2 5 BR A 3 A A 10 3D BR BR R–L 11 I18 4 EE1 2 EE1 R–L 2 BR SP1 12 D (SHIELDED) BR R L E1 16 C W–B 5 B 6 B 17 B 2 V–Y NE+ NE– BR 16 B B–W 14 B G22– G G22+ BR D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) KNKL BR C , E10 BR B ,E9 1 1 W SDL V5 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) LG A , E8 3 C 28 D TE2 E7 C G 11 D TE1 BR IP1 B–O W–B 5 C R–L G–R 19 IP3 V–Y IM1 G–R B–O 6 A R–L W G–W 2 2 C P IP1 12 3D 6 1B B 1 R–L 2 6 1D J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR SDL B BATT 16 10A GAUGE G–B 3 3D 15 G–W A , C10 B R–L 4 3 B MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) [COMB. METER] 2 18 3D E1 C9 8 3 5 SG CG D24 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3 OX2 3 3D C8 COMBINATION METER TE2 OX1 4 BR BR TE1 GR–B D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) 7 3D G–R 7. 5A OBD E1 I23 (SHIELDED) L–B 3 FP BR D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) B–O 1 +B W–B B 12 IG– F J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (SHIELDED) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM F (SEE PAGE 64) N1 NOISE FILTER (FOR IGNITION SYSTEM) B–O 19 W–B W–B L–B (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) B BR BR W–B BR C17 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR K2 KNOCK SENSOR 2 2 1 W–B 1 1 C18 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR BR BR 2 EC ED IE 83 ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE) SERVICE HINTS CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY 2–1 : CLOSED WITH STARTER RUNNING OR MEASURING PLATE (VOLUME AIR FLOW (AIR FLOW METER)) OPEN EFI MAIN RELAY 2–4 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ST POSITION E 4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) 1–2 : 10.0 – 20.0 K (–20°C, –4°F) : 4.0 – 7.0 K (0°C, 32°F) : 2.0 – 3.0 K (20°C, 68°F) : 0.9 – 1.3 K (40°C, 104°F) : 0.4 – 0.7 K (60°C, 140°F) : 0.2 – 0.4 K (80°C, 176°F) E 7(A), E 8(B), E 9(C), E10(D) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) WIRING CONNECTOR BATT – E1 : ALWAYS 9.0–14.0 VOLTS +B – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) +B1 – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) IDL – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) 0–3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) VC – E1 : ALWAYS 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) VTA – E1 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) 3.2–4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) VG – E1 : 4.0–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) THA – E1 : 0.5–3.4 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F) THW – E1 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F) #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60 – E01 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) IGT1, IGT2, IGT3 IGT4, IGT5, IGT6 – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) IGF – E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) G22+ – G– : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) NE+ – G– : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) RSC, RSO – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C OPERATION) OXS, OXL, OXR – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (MAINTAIN ENGINE SPEED AT 2500 RPM FOR TWO MINUTES AFTER WARMING UP) HTS, HTL, HTR – E01 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) 0–3.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING) KNKL, KNLR – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE IDLING) NSW – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND OTHER SHIFT POSITION IN P OR N POSITION) BELOW 3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND SHIFT POSITION IN P OR N POSITION) SP1 – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (IGNITION SW ON AND ROTATE DRIVING WHEEL SLOWLY) TE1 – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) TE2 – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) W – E1 : BELOW 3.0 VOLTS (MULFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ON) 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (MULFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP OFF AND ENGINE RUNNING) A/C – E1 : BELOW 1.5 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C SW ON) 7.5–14.0 VOLTS (A/C SW OFF) ACT – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE IDLING AND A/C SW ON) BELOW 1.5 VOLTS (A/C SW OFF) ACIS – E01 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) STA – E1 : 6.0 VOLTS OR MORE (ENGINE CRANKING) I 4, I 5, I 6, I 7, I 8, I 9 INJECTOR 1–2 : APPROX. 13.8 T 1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 3–1 : 0.2–5.7 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0 MM (0 IN.) 2–1 : LESS THAN 2.3 K WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.5 MM (0.020 IN.) WITH CLEARANCE BETWEEN LEVER AND STOP SCREW 0.7 MM (0.0276 IN.) 3–1 : 2.0–10.2 K WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN 84 : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C8 CODE 32 F16 H9 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE B 28 I20 29 D C9 A 32 33 I21 29 C10 B 32 H11 28 J1 33 C17 28 H12 28 J2 33 C18 28 I1 29 J6 39 D1 28 29 J7 33 D3 32 I4 28 K1 29 D6 32 I5 29 K2 29 D24 32 I6 29 M6 29 E1 28 I7 29 N1 29 E4 28 I8 29 T1 29 I9 29 V1 29 29 V2 29 I2 A E7 A 32 E8 B 32 E9 C 32 I16 29 V3 29 E10 D 32 I17 29 V4 29 F10 A 28 I18 29 V5 29 30 I19 29 F15 F15 B : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 1 25 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 6 26 R/B NO. 6 (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1A 1B 1C 1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2G 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2H 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1E 1G 1M 2B 2C 2D 3A 3B 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) EE1 40 (1MZ–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND SENSOR WIRE EF1 38 (1MZ–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE II1 42 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE IM1 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IP1 IP2 IP3 IQ1 46 (S/D) BX1 48 (C/P) FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE 50 (W/G) 85 ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION EB 38 (1MZ–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDER EC 38 (1MZ–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD RH ED 38 (1MZ–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD LH IE 42 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS E10 E11 E12 E13 86 38 (1MZ–FE) (1MZ FE) ENGINE WIRE CODE SEE PAGE E14 38 (1MZ–FE) I18 44 I20 I23 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE WIRE COWL WIRE 87 ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE) SYSTEM OUTLINE THIS SYSTEM UTILIZES AN ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU (M/T), ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU (A/T)) AND MAINTAINS OVERALL CONTROL OF THE ENGINE, TRANSMISSION AND SO ON. AN OUTLINE OF THE ENGINE CONTROL IS EXPLAINED HERE. 1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) SIGNAL SYSTEM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) DETECTS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. AND HAS A BUILT–IN THERMISTOR WITH A RESISTANCE WHICH VARIES ACCORDING TO THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) THUS THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. (WATER TEMP.) IS INPUT IN THE FORM OF A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). (2) INTAKE AIR TEMP. SIGNAL SYSTEM THE INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR (IN–AIR TEMP. SENSOR) IS DETECTS THE INTAKE AIR TEMP., WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL THA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). (3) OXYGEN SENSOR SIGNAL SYSTEM THE OXYGEN DENSITY IN THE EXHAUST GASES IS DETECTED AND INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL OX1 AND OX2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). (4) RPM SIGNAL SYSTEM CRANKSHAFT POSITION AND ENGINE RPM ARE DETECTED BY THE PICK–UP COIL INSTALLED INSIDE THE DISTRIBUTOR. CRANKSHAFT POSITION IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINALS G+ AND G2 (CALIFORNIA), OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND RPM IS INPUT TO TERMINAL NE+. (5) THROTTLE SIGNAL SYSTEM THE THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DETECTS THE THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE, WHICH IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL VTA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), OR WHEN THE VALVE IS FULLY CLOSED, TO TERMINAL IDL (6) VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR), INSTALLED INSIDE THE COMBINATION METER, DETECTS THE VEHICLE SPEED AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL SPD OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). (7) PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) SIGNAL SYSTEM (A/T) THE PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) DETECTS WHETHER THE SHIFT POSITION ARE IN NEUTRAL AND PARKING OR NOT, AND INPUTS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL NSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). (8) A/C SW SIGNAL SYSTEM THE A/C AMPLIFIER INPUTS THE A/C OPERATIONS TO TARMINAL ACA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (9) BATTERY SIGNAL CIRCUIT VOLTAGE IS CONSTANTLY APPLIED TO TERMINAL BATT OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). WHEN THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE VOLTAGE FOR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) START–UP POWER SUPPLY IS APPLIED TO TERMINALS +B AND +B1 OF ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) VIA EFI MAIN RELAY. THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL IGSW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). (10) INTAKE AIR VOLUME SIGNAL SYSTEM INTAKE AIR VOLUME IS DETECTED BY THE MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (VACUUM SENSOR) (FOR MANIFOLD PRESSURE) AND IS INPUT AS A CONTROL SIGNAL TO TERMINAL PIM OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). (11) STA SIGNAL CIRCUIT TO CONFIRM WHETHER THE ENGINE IS CRANKING, THE VOLTAGE APPLIED TO THE STARTER MOTOR DURING CRANKING IS DETECTED AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL STA OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (12) ENGINE KNOCK SIGNAL CIRCUIT ENGINE KNOCKING IS DETECTED BY KNOCK SENSOR AND THE SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL KNK AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. (13) ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL SYSTEM THE SIGNAL WHEN SYSTEMS SUCH AS THE REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER, HEADLIGHTS, ETC. WHICH CAUSE A HIGH ELECTRICAL BURDEN ARE ON IS INPUT TO TERMINAL ELS AS A CONTROL SIGNAL. 88 2. CONTROL SYSTEM * MFI (MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (EFI)) SYSTEM THE MFI (EFI) SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1) TO (13) ETC.) TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). THE BEST FUEL INJECTION VOLUME IS DECIDED BASED ON THIS DATA AND THE PROGRAM MEMORIZED BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINALS #10, #20, #30 AND #40 (CALIFORNIA), TERMINALS #10 AND #20 (EX. CALIFORNIA) OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) TO OPERATE THE INJECTOR. (INJECT THE FUEL). THE MFI (EFI) SYSTEM PRODUCES CONTROL OF FUEL INJECTION OPERATION BY THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) IN RESPONSE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. * ESA (ELECTRONIC SPARK ADVANCE) SYSTEM THE ESA SYSTEM MONITORS THE ENGINE CONDITION THROUGH THE SIGNALS INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS FROM (1), (2), (4) TO (12) ETC.) THE BEST IGNITION TIMING IS DETECTED ACCORDING TO THIS DATA AND THE MEMORIZED DATA IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND THE CONTROL SIGNAL IS OUTPUT TO TERMINAL IGT. THIS SIGNAL CONTROLS THE IGNITER TO PROVIDE THE BEST IGNITION TIMING FOR THE DRIVING CONDITIONS. * IAC (IDLE AIR CONTROL (ISC)) SYSTEM THE IAC (ISC) SYSTEM (ROTARY SOLENOID TYPE) INCREASES THE RPM AND PROVIDES IDLING STABILITY FOR FAST IDLE–UP WHEN THE ENGINE IS COLD AND WHEN THE IDLE SPEED HAS DROPPED DUE TO ELECTRICAL LOAD, ETC. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) EVALUATES THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR (INPUT SIGNALS (1), (4) TO (8), (13) ETC.), OUTPUTS CURRENT TO TERMINALS ISCO AND ISCC, AND CONTROLS THE IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE). * FUEL PUMP CONTROL SYSTEM THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION OUTPUTS TO TERMINAL FC AND CONTROLS THE CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY AND THUS CONTROLS THE FUEL PUMP DRIVE SPEED IN RESPONSE TO CONDITIONS. * A/C IDLE–UP SYSTEM IN ORDER TO PREVENT THE ENGINE IDLING SPEED FROM DROPPING WHEN THE A/C IS OPERATING, THE A/C IDLE–UP SYSTEM CONTROLS THE VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) TO INCREASE THE ENGINE IDLING SPEED AND KEEP IT STABLE. * EGR CONTROL SYSTEM THE EGR CUT CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLS THE VSV (FOR EGR) BY EVALUATING THE SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR INPUT TO THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) (INPUT SIGNALS (1), (5), (6), (9) ETC.) AND BY SENDING OUTPUT TO TERMINAL THG OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU). * A/C CUT CONTROL SYSTEM WHEN THE VEHICLE SUDDENLY ACCELERATES FROM LOW ENGINE SPEED, THIS SYSTEM CUTS OFF AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION FOR A FIXED PERIOD OF TIME IN RESPONSE TO THE VEHICLE SPEED AND THROTTLE VALVE OPENING ANGLE IN ORDER TO MAINTAIN ACCELERATION PERFORMANCE. THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) RECEIVES INPUT SIGNALS ((5), (6) ETC.), AND OUTPUTS SIGNALS TO TERMINAL ACT. 3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM WITH THE DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM, WHEN THERE IS A MALFUNCTIONING IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SIGNAL SYSTEM, THE MALFUNCTION SYSTEM IS RECORDED IN THE MEMORY. THE MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM CAN THEN BE FOUND BY READING THE DISPLAY (CODE) OF THE MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT). 4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM WHEN A MALFUNCTION OCCURS IN ANY SYSTEM, IF THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF ENGINE TROUBLE BEING CAUSED BY CONTINUED CONTROL BASED ON THE SIGNALS FROM THAT SYSTEM, THE FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM EITHER CONTROLS THE SYSTEM BY USING DATA (STANDARD VALUES) RECORDED IN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) MEMORY OR ELSE STOPS THE ENGINE. 89 ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE A/T AND CALIFORNIA M/T) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 16 IP1 W–R W–R AM1 B–O W–G W–R B–O IP1 E18 B–O E18 (* 1) B–O B–O 3 1 B–O B–O 2 11 V2 VSV (FOR EGR) 3 2C 1 2 IP1 1 W–R W–L G–R G–Y LG G B–O W–B 1 A 9 C 10 C 7 C 23 C 12 A W–R E11 C , E12 B , E14 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU)(M/T) 5 1E (* 1) B–W (* 4) (* 4) I18 I21 B–W (* 2) I2 14 1A (* 2) 6 1G B–W W B–W I18 Y 22 A B–W W (* 2) Y NSW # 30 25 C (* 5) Y (* 2) # 10 12 C B–W 1 R–B (* 1) #20 11 C Y 1 I7 INJECTOR NO. 4 I6 INJECTOR NO. 2 I5 INJECTOR NO. 3 # 40 24 C A (* 1) 2 +B ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(A/T) R–L W–R 2 EGR B , E10 A W (* 1) W–R 2 ISCV C ,E8 W (* 2) W–R 2 ISCO E7 Y (* 1) W–R E20 ISCC (* 5) W–R I23 BATT 1 (* 1) E17 B–O W–R 2 2B 4 (* 1) 5 (* 2) 2 V1 VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) 3 2 I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE) EFI MAIN RELAY B–O W–R IP3 B–O 12 IP1 W (* 2) B–O E20 2 (* 1) 3 (* 2) E20 W (* 1) B–O 2 2D 1 1 E20 I4 INJECTOR NO. 1 B–O 4 2D B–O (EX. CALIFORNIA M/T) B–W W–R 18 I20 B–W W–B (EX. CALIFORNIA M/T) EB 90 E17 9 1D 6 1A B–W (*2) B–O 7 8 1G 1 B–O 15A EFI B–O (* 1) E17 7. 5A IGN 9 9 B–O IG1 ST1 ACC ST2 IG2 I12 IGNITION SW AM2 FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) TO PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) B–O * 1 : CALIFORNIA * 2 : EX. CALIFORNIA * 4 : FOR CANADA IN TMM MADE W–R W–R * 5 : EX. * 4 W–R E20 B–O B–O B–O W–R B–O B W–R E20 TO TACHOMETER [COMB. METER] FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) B–O 15A TAIL 10A MIR–HTR ONE BODY ASSEMBLY EX. CALIFORNIA W–R (* 1) 10 1A E19 5 3D B–R 2 3 4 5 3C 5 D2 DISTRIBUTOR 3 G2(* 1) NE–(* 2) NE 1 1 3 2 4 3 2 4 R L B Y G+ B–R 1 G– 2 A 4 C IGT 2 (* 1) (* 2) 17 C NE– G2 18 C 3 C G+ (* 2) G1 (* 1) G– G– 20 C IGF IGT E7 C ,E8 B , E10 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(A/T) E11 C , E12 B , E14 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU)(M/T) B–Y L I18 R I18 1 E17 THG 1 E17 BR BR 9 B 2 1 E18 BR I18 BR E18 BR BR L R E2 16 B GR 2 BR E21 10 B BR 2 FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU THA 3 B BR THW 4 B E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR PIM 2 B I10 INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR (IN–AIR TEMP. SENSOR) L–B BR 12 B L IDL 11 B B VTA 1 B BR 5 C NE+ NE R VC IGF 1 I2 IGNITER (* 2) ELS FPU IG– (SHIELDED) E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) LG BR B–R 8 C (*1) B–O 13 A +B W COIL– W–R G 1 2 +B1 B 1 W–R P 2 D6 DIODE (FOR IDLE–UP) V3 VSV (FOR PRESSURE UP) G B 14 1D I3 IGNITION COIL 4 3 2 1 3 VC 2 PIM 1 E2 M1 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (VACUUM SENSOR) T1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 91 ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE A/T AND CALIFORNIA M/T) W–R W–R B–O B–O B–O B–O B B G–R G–R I13 IP3 R–L G–R C9 V–Y 10 3D TE2 TE1 7 2 1 R–W G–W Y–G TT 5 BR–B (* 3) Y–G 3 3D G–W 6 A 12 3D 18 3D R–W 3 B G–R BR A , C10 22 3D ENG 3 BR (* 4) G–R 7 3D 19 3D C B V–Y G–R R–L C J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C8 COMBINATION METER 4 E1 G–R (* 4) SPEED 6 1B G–R (* 5) 12 W D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) 1D R–L 5 8 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) [COMB. METER] IP3 (* 4) 6 TO PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) 14 G IP3 I13 10A GAUGE R–L 3 LG 2 G–R 2 (* 5) 1 G–B 11 R–L I18 P V5 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) R–L FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) BR (SHIELDED) 9 A 5 A SP1 W E7 C ,E8 B , E10 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(A/T) E11 C , E12 B , E14 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU)(M/T) 1 ACT ACA KNK E16 BR E15 BR BR W (SHIELDED) 13 B 2 O2 OXYGEN SENSOR (SUB) 1 K1 KNOCK SENSOR A10 A/C AMPLIFIER 1 R–L 7 E02 26 C W–B E01 13 C W–B B–Y ACA 10 A LG–B ACT 21 A R–L BR BR ED 92 *1 *2 *3 *4 : : : : CALIFORNIA EX. CALIFORNIA EX. CALIFORNIA M/T FOR CANADA IN TMM MADE * 5 : EX. * 4 FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) W–R B–O B–O 10A STARTER 12 13 R–W VF1 4 OX1 4 E1 3 2 3C 20 3B B–W B–O L–B G–W IP1 6 I18 15 6 IP3 2 R–W 19 IP3 R–W BR 16 IP3 BR 3 I18 G–W R–W B–W 15 B 14 B 8 B 11 A L–B W–R GR (SHIELDED) (* 3) BR–B CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY 1 4 6 C ,E8 B , E10 TE2 VF STA A A 1 (SHIELDED) FC 5 B 6 B 14 A G–R BR 14 C OX1 W OX2 R–L E1 2 W 4 BX1 L–B I18 (SHIELDED) BR I18 F15 FUEL PUMP (SHIELDED) W BR (SHIELDED) I18 M 5 1 1M R–L BR BR 1 R–L O3 OXYGEN SENSOR (MAIN) BR BR 5 BX1 (SHIELDED) W–B BR BR BR E16 BR BR 18 3C W–B I18 13 3A 11 1C 4 I18 E17 IJ1 BR BR I18 16 L–B B , E14 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU)(M/T) N1 NOISE FILTER (FOR IGNITION SYSTEM) C , E12 W–B ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(A/T) E11 6 W–B E7 TE1 L–B TT 6 G–R 7 B 6 W–B 1 BR W I18 R–L 2 3D GR IP3 G–W OX2 15 IP1 I18 (* 3) 13 Y–G (* 3) BR–B BR–B IP1 (* 3) TE2 9 1 FP B–W 15 BR–B TE1 8 G–W TT GR IG– W +B D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) 17 4 1 B–W 19 2 L–B B–O G–R B–O 19 IP1 G–R B–O B BR EC ED BL IG 93 ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE A/T AND CALIFORNIA M/T) SERVICE HINTS E 7(C), E 8(B), E10(A) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) (A/T) E11(C), E12(B), E14(A) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) (M/T) VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) WIRING CONNECTOR BATT – E1 : ALWAYS 9.0–14.0 VOLTS +B – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) +B1 – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) IDL – E2 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN) VC – E2 : 4.5– 5.5 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) VTA – E2 : 0.3– 0.8 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) : 3.2– 4.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN) PIM – E2 : 3.3– 3.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) #10, #20 – E01, E02 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) (EX. CALIFORNIA) #10, #20, #30, #40 – E01, E02 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) (CALIFORNIA) THA – E2 : 0.5– 3.4 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F) THW – E2 : 0.2– 1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F) STA – E1 : 6.0–14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING) IGT – E1 : PULSE GENERATION (ENGINE CRANKING OR IDLING) W – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (NO TROUBLE AND ENGINE RUNNING) ACT – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON) ACA – E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON) TE1 – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON) NSW – E1 : 0– 3.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) POSITION P OR N POSITION) 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND EX. PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) POSITION P OR N POSITION) RESISTANCE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS (DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR) IDL – E2 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN) 2.3 KΩ OR LESS (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) VTA – E2 : 3.3 –10.0 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPEN) 0.2 – 0.8 KΩ (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) VC – E2 : 3.0 –7 0 KΩ THA – E2 : 2.0 –3.0 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F) THW – E2 : 0.2 –0.4 KΩ (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F) G1, NE – G– : 0.17–0.21 KΩ ISCC, ISCO– +B, +B1 : 19.3–22.3 Ω : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE A10 C8 CODE SEE PAGE 32 E11 A 32 CODE SEE PAGE J1 33 32 E12 C 32 K1 31 C9 A 32 E14 B 32 M1 31 C10 C 32 F15 A 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) N1 31 D1 30 I1 31 O2 31 D2 30 I2 31 O3 31 D3 32 I3 31 T1 31 D6 32 I4 31 V1 31 E1 30 I5 31 V2 31 E4 30 I6 31 V3 31 V5 31 E7 C 32 I7 31 E8 B 32 I10 31 E10 A 32 I12 33 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 94 SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 1 25 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 6 26 R/B NO. 6 (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1A 1B 1C 1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1G 1M 2D 3A 3B 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IJ1 IP1 IP3 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 46 (S/D) BX1 48 (C/P) FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE 50 (W/G) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDER EC 40 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD RH ED 40 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD LH IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE E15 I2 E16 I13 E17 E18 E19 40 (5S–FE) (5S FE) ENGINE WIRE I18 I20 I23 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 44 COWL WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE 44 COWL WIRE E20 95 ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE A/T AND CALIFORNIA M/T) 96 * 1 : CALIFORNIA 2 : EX. CALIFORNIA ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE M/T EX. CALIFORNIA) 97 ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE M/T EX. CALIFORNIA) W–R FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) B–O AM1 15A EFI 7. 5A IGN B–O I12 IGNITION SW IG1 ST1 ACC 9 1D A4 2C B–O B–O 9 18 IP1 B–O B–O E20 E18 B–O E18 B–O E17 B–O B–O 8 1G W–G ST2 IG2 AM2 B–O E17 11 3 1 2 1 2 W–R G–Y LG G 2 C 9 A 10 A 1 A 23 A B–O B–O G–R W–B W–L I23 W–R E20 1 IP1 B–O 5 3 2C W–R 2 2 2B 2 V2 VSV (FOR EGR) I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE (ISC VALVE) W–R EFI MAIN RELAY IP1 B–O 3 I20 9 B–O IP3 V1 VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) 1 12 B–O W–R 2 2D B–O 6 1A W–R E20 E20 E11 1 2 25 A A , E12 ISCV 7 C +B EGR B , E14 C # 10 12 A VC 11 B VTA 10 B IDL 12 B L B R W FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU Y 2 I7 INJECTOR NO. 4 1 I5 INJECTOR NO. 2 I6 INJECTOR NO. 3 I4 INJECTOR NO. 1 1 2 ISCO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) # 20 2 ISCC W–R W–R W–R W–R BATT 1 L Y Y W W I18 R I18 4 EB 98 3 2 W W–B I18 L R I18 T1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR BR 1 16 IP1 W–R W–R W–R W–R E20 B–O B–O B–O W–R B–O FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) B W–R E20 B 10 1A W–R 14 1D 10A MIR–HTR TO TACHOMETER [COMB. METER] 15A TAIL B G I3 IGNITION COIL E19 D2 DISTRIBUTOR G+ 2 3 4 Y G– 1 B NE– B 4 +B IGF IGT 1 2 W NE 1 3 I2 IGNITER L D6 B–O 3 5 COIL– R DIODE (FOR IDLE–UP) G B–R W–R 2 W–R 1 5 3C B–R P 5 3D B–R B–O 2 (SHIELDED) 4 A NE+ A , E12 B , E14 C G– 22 A IGF IGT 2 2 2 E2 9 B 1 BR 1 BR BR 1 E21 16 B BR 13 B GR THG 3 B L–B THA 4 B E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) B–Y G+ ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) THW 2 B 3 A 5 A LG PIM 18 A NE– E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR E11 17 A BR ELS I10 INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR (IN–AIR TEMP. SENSOR) +B1 (*2) 12 C 1 C R BR E17 BR BR E17 BR E18 BR I18 BR E18 BR BR 3 VC 2 PIM 1 E2 M1 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (VACUUM SENSOR) 99 ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE M/T EX. CALIFORNIA) W–R W–R B–O B–O B–O B–O B B G–R G–R G 12 R–L C R–L G–B R–L 5 C 9 A , C10 B MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) [COMB. METER] C8 COMBINATION METER V–Y Y–G 3 3D I13 6 A SPEED METER 4 1 E1 C IP3 TE1 2 G–W 2 TE2 7 R–W IP3 ENG 3 G–W 12 3D 3 B 7 3D 19 3D R–W G–R 22 3D G–R 14 6 1B G–R IP3 W D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) G–R 11 8 BR R–L G–R (* 2) 6 1D R–L I18 10A GAUGE R–L P TO BACK–UP LIGHT SW TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 R–L 3 LG 2 G–R V5 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) I13 (* 1) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) BR 18 3D V–Y 10 3D (SHIELDED) 11 C 8 C SPD W E11 A , E12 B , E14 C ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) ACT 3 C E02 26 A E01 E1 KNK 13 A 5 B 24 A BR 6 C ACA (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) W W–B (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) E15 I18 7 1 ACT ACA BR BR W–B BR B–Y LG–B I18 I18 BR 1 A10 A/C AMPLIFIER K1 KNOCK SENSOR BR BR BR ED 100 * 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMM MADE FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) W–R B–O B–O 1 A6 2C FP 4 VF1 OX1 OX2 13 4 15 E1 3 B–W IP3 B–W R–W GR G–W 18 G–W 1 IP1 G–W R–W 19 IP3 R–W L–B BR 15 2 3D IP3 I18 6 2 L–B W–R I18 3 BR CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY B–W R–W GR IP3 G–W BR I18 6 16 1 (SHIELDED) 4 6 7 B TE1 TE2 VF STA ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) 1 OX1 6 B 4 C 2 W I18 13 3A 16 IJ1 BR R–L (SHIELDED) G–R W 1 B FC G–R B , E14 C OX2 6 L–B A , E12 6 2 A N1 NOISE FILTER (FOR IGNITION SYSTEM) E11 8 B 6 L–B 15 B 3B B–W GR B–O 13 IP3 R–L W 2 3C Y–G (* 2) TE2 9 B–O TE1 8 IP1 B–W B W–B 12 IG– W L–B (*1) 19 2 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) B–W G–R B–O 19 IP1 G–R 10A STARTER B–O B 18 3C 4 BX1 W–B R–L L–B I18 11 1C W R–L (SHIELDED) 4 BR F15 FUEL PUMP O3 OXYGEN SENSOR (MAIN) 1 M 1 1M 5 5 BX1 (SHIELDED) BR BR BR W–B E17 BR BR W–B BR W–B O2 OXYGEN SENSOR (SUB) 1 2 BR EC ED BL IG 101 ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE M/T EX. CALIFORNIA) SERVICE HINTS E11(A), E12(B), E14(C) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) VOLTAGE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) WIRING CONNECTOR BATT – E1 : ALWAYS 9.0–14.0 VOLTS +B – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) +B1 – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) IDL – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND THROTTLE VALVE OPEN) PIM – E2 : 3.3– 3.9 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) #10, #20 – E01, E02 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) THA – E2 : 0.5– 3.4 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F) THW – E2 : 0.2– 1.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F) STA – E1 : 6.0–14.0 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING) IGT – E1 : 0.8–1.2 VOLTS (ENGINE CRANKING OR IDLING) ISCC, ISCO– E1 : 8.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION) W – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON, NO TROUBLE AND ENGINE RUNNING) ACT – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON) ACA – E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON AND AIR CONDITIONING ON) TE1 – E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS (IGNITION SW ON) RESISTANCE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) WIRING CONNECTORS (DISCONNECT WIRING CONNECTOR) IDL – E1 : INFINITY (THROTTLE VALVE OPEN) 0 Ω (THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED) THA – E2 : 2.0 –3.0 KΩ (INTAKE AIR TEMP. 20°C, 68°F) THW – E2 : 0.2 –0.4 KΩ (COOLANT TEMP. 80°C, 176°F) G+ – G– : 0.17–0.21 KΩ ISCC, ISCO– +B, +B1 : 19.3–22.3 KΩ : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE A10 32 C8 CODE E14 SEE PAGE C CODE SEE PAGE 30 K1 31 32 F15 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) M1 31 C9 A 32 I1 31 N1 31 C10 B 32 I2 31 O2 31 D1 30 I3 31 O3 31 D2 30 I4 31 T1 31 D3 32 I5 31 V1 31 D6 32 I6 31 V2 31 E1 30 I7 31 V3 31 E4 30 I10 31 V5 31 E11 A 30 I12 33 E12 B 30 J1 33 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 6 SEE PAGE 26 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 6 (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1A 1B 1C 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 2A 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2C 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1D 1G 1M 3A 3C 3D 102 : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IJ1 IP1 IP3 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 46 (S/D) BX1 48 (C/P) FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE 50 (W/G) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDER EC 40 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD RH ED 40 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD LH IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS E15 E20 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE WIRE E16 I13 44 COWL WIRE I18 44 ENGINE WIRE 44 COWL WIRE E17 40 (5S–FE) (5S FE) ENGINE WIRE E18 I20 E19 I23 103 W–B 104 LOW W–B LIGHT CONTROL SW C12 COMBINATION SW 11 R–B 4 W FL MAIN 2. 0L 3 R–B 13 14 IE I5 14 I2 R–B R–Y 2 R 1 1 H3 HEADLIGHT LO LH W–B 13 R 5 ED1 5 2A R–Y E4 1 2A H4 HEADLIGHT LO RH W–B 2 2A R–Y R–Y 1 1 2E H2 HEADLIGHT HI RH R–B R–Y R–B 2 2E 3 7 2G C9 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] R–B R–B 2 2H R–B R–Y I13 INTEGRATION RELAY BATTERY 40A MAIN 2 1 2 H1 HEADLIGHT HI LH R–B 4 W–B W–B DIMMER SW B HEADLIGHT (FOR USA) 15A HEAD (RH) 15A HEAD (LH) HEADLIGHT RELAY 2 6 2A 1 2 E3 E4 8 ED1 OFF 12 TAIL HEAD HIGH FLASH 9 I5 EB SERVICE HINTS HEADLIGHT RELAY 2–1 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION OR DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION PLEASE REFER TO THE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 102) : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE C9 32 H2 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) C12 32 H3 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) H1 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) H4 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) I13 SEE PAGE 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 2A 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2G 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2H 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2E : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 38 (1MZ–FE) ED1 COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 40 (5S–FE) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 38 (1MZ–FE) EB IE FRONT LEFT FENDER 40 (5S–FE) 42 LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE 38 (1MZ–FE) E3 E4 40 (5S–FE) E4 SEE PAGE ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 44 COWL WIRE I2 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 38 (1MZ–FE) I5 C9 C12 BLACK X X X 1 X H 1, H 2 X 13 14 X H 3, H 4 BROWN WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 40 (5S–FE) 9 11 1 BLACK 2 12 13 14 I13 2 3 4 105 HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA) W B 2 B W 2H 4 2 40A MAIN HEADLIGHT RELAY R–B 1 1 2E W 3 2G I7 R–B L–Y I13 INTEGRATION RELAY 4 3 3 7 2G R–B W 15A ECU–B 4 EF1 2 R–B 13 2 14 5 G–R 15 OFF TAIL HEAD LOW HIGH W–B 11 9 12 R–Y FLASH W–B DIMMER SW B B 2 C B G R–Y C12 COMBINATION SW LIGHT CONTROL SW 100A ALT C B , F16 A , F10 F10 FUSE BOX I7 L–Y 9 3A R–B 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) 11 3B G–R W 1 FL MAIN 2. 0L 16 D4 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) I5 W–B BATTERY W–B W–B I5 IE 106 W–B W W B B W W FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 6 EC1 B R–L 4 1E 5 1 5 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 TAILLIGHT RELAY 10A GAUGE 3 8 1B 5 R–L 7 1B 2 5 R 2 3 R–L 1 8 ED1 G–R 17 3A R–L R 18 3A D4 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) R–W 1 P3 PARKING BRAKE SW W–B R–W A R–Y (1MZ–FE) II1 (5S–FE) TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) ” L” 4 12 3A 1 P2 PARKING BRAKE SW FROM COMBINATION METER R–W 8 3C R–W 8 3D A 18 3C W–B 10 3A 13 W–B 18 W–B 11 1C 1 1M W–B 8 17 R–Y 11 Y 2 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–R IG 107 HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA) W E6 1 EB1 E7 W W W R–L W W 2 2E 7 5 2 1 15A HEAD (LWR–LH) 7. 5A DRL 2 2A R 2 7 4 3 7 R–G 7 3 EB1 7 W–B 4 1 3 2 E3 W–B W–B R–B W–B R–G 13 14 5 EB1 4 EB1 W–B C9 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] R–G 2 R–B H2 HEADLIGHT HI RH R–B R–B H1 HEADLIGHT HI LH 2 R–B E4 W–B W–B W–B W–B E4 EB 108 2 7 7 5 ED1 1 R–W 2 W–B R–G 1 W–B 1 7 7 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 7 5 1 R–B H3 HEADLIGHT LO LH W–R 2 1 5 R R 7 E4 5 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 4 2 EB1 R–G 4 W–R 5 2A R–B 1 15A HEAD (LWR–RH) H4 HEADLIGHT LO RH 15A HEAD (UPR–RH) 3 W–B 15A HEAD (UPR–LH) 5 SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT FROM THE BATTERY IS ALWAYS FLOWING FROM THE FL MAIN → HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 5 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) AND TERMINAL 14 OF THE DIMMER SW, HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW, FL MAIN → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 17 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY. 1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION WHEN THE ENGINE IS STARTED, VOLTAGE GENERATED AT TERMINAL L OF THE GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) IS APPLIED TO TERMINAL 11 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) AT THIS TIME, THE RELAY IS NOT ENERGIZED, SO THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM DOES NOT OPERATE. IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE LEVER SW OFF), THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY ALSO, CURRENT FROM FL MAIN FLOWES TO DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (UPR–LH) FUSE → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEAD LH–HI → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE HEAD RH–HI → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND, SO BOTH TAIL AND HEADLIGHT UP. THIS IS HOW THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES. ONCE THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES AND HEAD HAVE LIGHT UP, HEAD REMAIN ON EVEN IF THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON). EVEN IF THE ENGINE STALLS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THERE IS NO VOLTAGE FROM TERMINAL L OF THE GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR), HEAD REMAIN ON. IF THE IGNITION SW IS THEN TURNED OFF, AND HEAD ARE TURNED OFF. IF THE ENGINE IS STARTED WHILE THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER IS RELEASED (PARKING BRAKE SW OFF), THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM OPERATES AND TAIL, HEADLIGHT UP AS THE ENGINE STARTS. 2. HEADLIGHT OPERATION *(WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW AT THE HEAD POSITION) WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS SET TO HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND, TURNING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY ON. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) → DRL FUSE → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (COIL SIDE) AND DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 4 (COIL SIDE) → GROUND, TURNING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 AND NO. 4 ON. ALSO, CURRENT FROM THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO HEAD (LWR) FUSES → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHTS (LO) → TERMINAL 2 → GROUND, SO THE HEADLIGHTS (LO) LIGHT UP. *(DIMMER SW AT FLASH POSITION) WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS SET TO FLASH POSITION, CURRENT FLOWS FROM HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 14 OF THE DIMMER SW → TERMINAL 9 → GROUND, TURNING THE HEADLIGHT RELAY ON. AT THE SAME TIME, SIGNALS ARE OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 12 AND TERMINAL 14 OF THE DIMMER SW TO TERMINAL 16 AND TERMINAL 5 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN), ACTIVATING THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) AND ALSO THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2. WHEN THE HEADLIGHT RELAY AND DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) ARE ACTIVATED, THE HEADLIGHTS (LO AND HI) THEN LIGHT UP. *(DIMMER SW AT HIGH POSITION) WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS SET TO HEAD POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). WHEN THE DIMMER SW IS SET TO HIGH POSITION, A SIGNAL IS OUTPUT FROM TERMINAL 12 OF THE DIMMER SW TO TERMINAL 16 OF THE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN). THESE SIGNALS ACTIVATE DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2, SO CURRENT FLOWS FROM DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 (POINT SIDE) → HEAD (UPR–LH) FUSE → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT LH–HI → TERMINAL 2 → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 4 (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, AND CURRENT ALSO SIMUTANEOUSLY FLOWS FROM HEAD (UPR–RH) FUSE → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE HEADLIGHT RH–HI → TERMINAL 2 → DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 4 (POINT SIDE), CAUSING THE HEADLIGHTS (HI SIDE) TO LIGHT UP. SERVICE HINTS D 4 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) 2–GROUND 15–GROUND 8–GROUND 13–GROUND : : : : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS CONTINUITY WITH THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP (PARKING BRAKE SW ON) ALWAYS CONTINUITY 109 HEADLIGHT (FOR CANADA) : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE C9 32 C12 32 H1 D4 32 H2 A 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) B 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) F10 F16 SEE PAGE C CODE 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) SEE PAGE I13 33 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) J1 33 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) P2 33 H3 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) P3 33 H4 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 1C 1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2G 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2H 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1E 1M 2A 2E 3A 3B 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EB1 EC1 ED1 EF1 II1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 42 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND RELAY WIRE ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE EB SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT LEFT FENDER IE 42 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH : SPLICE POINTS CODE E3 E4 E6 110 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 38 (1MZ–FE) E6 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) CODE ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE E7 40 (5S–FE) I5 38 (1MZ–FE) I7 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 40 (5S–FE) 44 COWL WIRE 111 * 1 : 1MZ–FE * 2 : 5S–FE LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) B W 4 1E 2 2H 1 5 4 20A DOME 2 TAILLIGHT RELAY 10A GAUGE 2 3 3 TO TAIL FUSE 8 1B C12 BLACK HEADLIGHT RELAY FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 2 X 1 7 2G 2 2G X X 11 TO HEAD FUSE R R–B G–R D12 1 EF1 1 1 1C 2 A 1 3 A (* 1) F10 A (* 2) F10 B S R Q R S Q 100A ALT 1 A (* 1) 1 B (* 2) FUSE BOX F10 A , F10 B , F16 C W 7 6 1 C I13 1 A A 4 A G INTEGRATION RELAY 10 1 1M B C12 COMBINATION SW LIGHT CONTROL SW R–G B R–Y 2 1H FL MAIN 2. 0L 2 13 OFF 1 TAIL HEAD 11 1 F16 C D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH 1 W–B W–B BATTERY I13 A 1 2 3 4 IE 112 IG X 13 SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH GAUGE FUSE. VOLTAGE IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES TO TERMINAL (A) 2 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE TAILLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE), AND TO TERMINAL (A) 3 THROUGH THE HEADLIGHT RELAY (COIL SIDE). 1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION (TURN TAILLIGHT ON) WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAILLIGHT POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINAL (A) 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A) 2 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 1 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND TAILLIGHT RELAY CAUSES TAILLIGHT TO TURN ON. (TURN HEADLIGHT ON) WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO HEADLIGHT POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT INTO TERMINALS (A) 1 AND (A) 4 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS SIGNAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL (A) 3 OF THE RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL (A) 4 → TERMINAL 13 OF THE LIGHT CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND IN THE HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT, AND CAUSES TAILLIGHT AND HEADLIGHT RELAY TO TURN THE LIGHT ON. THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS SAME AS ABOVE. 2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION WITH LIGHTS ON AND IGNITION SW TURNED OFF (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 7 OF THE RELAY), WHEN DOOR ON DRIVER’S SIDE IS OPENED (INPUT SIGNAL GOES TO TERMINAL 6 OF THE RELAY), THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT IS CUT OFF WHICH FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 2 OF THE RELAY TO TERMINAL (A) 1 IN TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT AND FROM TERMINAL (A) 3 TO TERMINAL (A) 4 IN HEADLIGHT CIRCUIT. AS A RESULT, ALL LIGHTS ARE TURNED OFF AUTOMATICALLY. SERVICE HINTS I13 INTEGRATION RELAY (A) (A) (A) (A) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF OR TAIL POSITION 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT OFF POSITION 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN 4–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT HEAD POSITION 1–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION 10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C12 32 D12 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) CODE F10 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) F16 C 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) B 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) I13 A 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 1C 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1E 1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 2G 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2H 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EF1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IE 42 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH 113 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT (S/D, C/P) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 10A HAZ 2 2F W H7 HAZARD SW 2 1A L 7. 5A TURN 10 8 C12 TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW] OFF RH HAZARD TURN 1 1 1 8 G–Y 5 G–W 6 G–B 5 G–Y 9 G–B 7 G–W TURN SIGNAL FLASHER 2 LH G–R ON G–B 1 G–W 3 G–Y 1 G–Y I7 G–Y I11 G–B G–Y 2 B 4 ED1 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 ED1 4 1A LH RH B 16 1H C8 TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] G–Y IJ1 3 G–B 9 G–Y W–B G–B F 1 W–B F J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–B I11 G–Y G–B W–B G–B G–Y I7 6 3D 5 2 W–B 11 1C 1 1M W–B W–B 5 1 F8 FRONT TURN SIGANL LIGHT RH 1 18 3C W–B G–Y 1 R10 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 11 BZ1 W–B 2 R8 REAR TRUN SIGNAL LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] 1 W–B W–B F7 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH 5 1M 10 BZ1 G–B G–B 8 1C IE 114 EB BO EA IG SERVICE HINTS TURN SIGNAL FLASHER (1) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR HAZARD SW ON (1) 1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM APPROX. 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT, OR HAZARD SW ON (1) 3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE C8 32 F8 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) R8 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) C12 32 H7 33 R10 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) F7 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) J1 33 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1 SEE PAGE 25 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1A 1C SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 2F 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE ED1 IJ1 BZ1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 42 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE EA EB SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT RIGHT FENDER FRONT LEFT FENDER IE 42 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH BO 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) LEFT QUARTER PILLAR : SPLICE POINTS CODE I7 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE I11 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE 115 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT (S/D, C/P) 116 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT (W/G) 117 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT (W/G) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 2 1A 2 2F W H7 HAZARD SW 10A HAZ L 7. 5A TURN 10 8 C12 TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW] OFF RH HAZARD TURN 1 1 8 G–Y G–W 1 5 G–B 6 G–Y 5 G–B 9 G–W TURN SIGNAL FLASHER 2 LH 7 G–R ON G–B 1 G–W 3 1 G–Y I7 G–Y G–Y I11 G–B W–B G–B G–Y G–B J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–Y 4 1A 1 ED1 LH C8 TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] G–Y G–Y W–B C J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 2 W–B EB BL 11 1C 1 1M W–B C F8 FRONT TURN SIGANL LIGHT RH 3 18 3C W–B 3 4 R10 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 4 W–B 2 R8 REAR TRUN SIGNAL LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] 1 W–B F7 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH 5 1M W–B 6 3D 4 Bb1 G–Y G–B G–B IJ1 3 W–B 16 1H W–B 8 1C 118 RH B 2 IE 2 B 4 ED1 G–B F 1 W–B F J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–B I11 G–Y I7 BQ EA IG SERVICE HINTS TURN SIGNAL FLASHER (1) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON OR HAZARD SW ON (1) 1–GROUND : CHANGES FROM APPROX. 12 TO 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND TURN SIGNAL SW LEFT OR RIGHT, OR HAZARD SW ON (1) 3–GROUND: ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE C8 32 F8 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) C12 32 H7 F7 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) J1 SEE PAGE J5 36 33 R8 36 (W/G) 33 R10 36 (W/G) : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1 SEE PAGE 25 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1A 1C SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 2F 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE ED1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE Bb1 50 (W/G) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE EA EB SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT RIGHT FENDER FRONT LEFT FENDER IE 42 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) BQ 50 (W/G) LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER : SPLICE POINTS CODE I7 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE I11 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE 119 STOP LIGHT (S/D, C/P) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 15A STOP 3 1M 10A GAUGE 9 1H 6 1B 2 A N2 R–L G–R G–W C 1 A J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , N3 B NOISE FILTER (FOR STOP LIGHT) R–L Y 1 B G–W 17 1H C 2 B G–W 6 1M 6 G–W 2 C9 REAR LIGHT WARNING INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] S10 STOP LIGHT SW B10 : S/D B26 : C/P 3 Y–G 2 BZ1 BZ1 Y G–W DELAY HOLD 8 BZ1 G–W 1 Ba1 G–R W–B W–B 1 1 H10 HIGH MOUNT STOP LIGHT 2 2 3 2 W–B W–B W–B W–B B17 : S/D B29 : C/P 4 Ba1 W–B W–B W–B 3 5 B14 : S/D B28 : C/P 120 2 R11 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT] R9 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT] G–R 2 B16 : S/D B29 : C/P BO G–R R G–R B16 : S/D B29 : C/P G–R 9 BZ1 (W/ REAR SPOILER) W–B Ba1 G–R W–B Y–G R W–B 5 B12 : S/D B28 : C/P G–R 2 R10 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] R8 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] B13 : S/D B28 : C/P G–R 11 3 BZ1 (W/O REAR SPOILER) 5 G–W Y–G H10 HIGH MOUNT STOP LIGHT R 4 G–W 1 G–R 2 IJ1 8 W–B G–W 17 L2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 7 7 BZ1 W–B W–B B 9 : S/D B25 : C/P B10 : S/D B25 : C/P W–B G–W 1 4 BL BO SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH A STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR. STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINALS 7 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINALS 1, 2 CHANGES, SO THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE WARNING CIRCUIT ON HOLD AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF. SERVICE HINTS S10 STOP LIGHT SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 1, 2, 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON 4, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE C9 32 N2 H10 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) N3 J1 33 R8 L2 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) R9 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) CODE SEE PAGE A 33 R10 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) B 33 R11 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) S10 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IJ1 BZ1 Ba1 SEE PAGE 42 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 2 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) BQ 50 (W/G) LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER : SPLICE POINTS CODE B9 B10 SEE PAGE 46 (S/D) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE B12 B13 B17 46 (S/D) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE 46 (S/D) SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 46 (S/D) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE 48 (C/P) FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE B28 48 (C/P) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE B29 48 (C/P) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE B25 B26 B14 B16 CODE LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE 121 STOP LIGHT (S/D, C/P) 122 STOP LIGHT (W/G) 123 STOP LIGHT (W/G) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 15A STOP 3 1M 10A GAUGE 9 1H 6 1B 2 A N2 A ,N3 R–L G–R G–W C 1 A J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B NOISE FILTER (FOR STOP LIGHT) R–L Y 1 B G–R 17 1H C 2 B G–W 6 1M 6 1 C9 REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] S10 STOP LIGHT SW G–W 3 Y–G 2 17 L2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 7 8 4 + – Y–G DELAY HOLD 11 3 2 4 R G–R 1 2 4 2 B38 W–B C J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B C BL 124 BQ BR W–B R9 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] R10 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 1 B38 W–B G–R W–B R8 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] W–B C G–R 6 Bb1 G–R W–B 3 5 Bd2 G–R B36 1 G–R R11 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 4 Bc2 G–R 4 Bd2 R H10 HIGH MOUNT STOP LIGHT 5 Bc2 G–R R W–B 1 G–R 2 IJ1 SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH A STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE STOP LIGHT SW. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR. STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE BRAKE PEDAL IS PRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON), IF THE STOP LIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINALS 7 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINALS 1, 2 CHANGES, SO THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE DISCONNECTION AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON. BY PRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR KEEPS THE WARNING CIRCUIT ON HOLD AND THE WARNING LIGHT ON UNTIL THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF. SERVICE HINTS S10 STOP LIGHT SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 1, 2, 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH STOP LIGHT SW ON 4, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE C9 32 H10 36 (W/G) N2 J1 33 N3 J5 36 (W/G) SEE PAGE L2 CODE SEE PAGE 36 (W/G) R9 36 (W/G) A 33 R10 36 (W/G) B 33 R11 36 (W/G) 36 (W/G) S10 33 R8 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE Bb1 50 (W/G) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bc2 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bd2 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) BQ 50 (W/G) LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER BR 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR CENTER : SPLICE POINTS CODE B36 SEE PAGE 50 (W/G) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE CODE B38 SEE PAGE 50 (W/G) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE 125 ILLUMINATION G 5 G 1 TAILLIGHT RELAY 15A TAIL 2 3 8 1B 14 1D 9 3D 20 3C G 4 3C G C G–R 1 G 5 4 B B B G BATTERY 2 2 R5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW 3 1 1 B 2 A18 ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION I13 INTEGRATION RELAY H7 HAZARD SW 2 FL MAIN 2. 0L C5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION 1 C G TO CLOCK 100A ALT G G I9 B F10 A , F10 B , F16 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) G I12 W 4 EF1 21 3D G W 5 3D FUSE BOX 21 3C G 4 1E 20 3D I9 LIGHT CONTROL SW B 2 OFF TAIL I12 B HEAD C12 COMBINATION SW 11 11 3C 11 3D W–B 1 3D IE 126 B B B 2 1D 5 1B 1 1D 8 1L 12 II2 B I16 1 C B 2 4 C C 1 2 1 IN1 G IN1 1 R7 RHEOSTAT 3 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G3 GLOVE BOX LIGHT 2 G G A E6 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW B O5 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT (SHIFT LEVER) A G–W 9 C 5 B (W/O CD PLAYER) G G B 2 G G (W/ CD PLAYER) G G A C11 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] G 2 C 10 A B B I16 G4 GLOVE BOX SW A ,R4 G 10 IM2 B HEATER CONTROL SW A (PUSH SW TYPE) (LEVER SW TYPE) A/C SW B (PUSH SW TYPE) (LEVER SW TYPE) G I14 B (W/O CD PLAYER) (W/ CD PLAYER) (W/ CD PLAYER) B G G G 16 W–B W–G C ,R3 15 A 3 B W–B I14 (W/O CD PLAYER) H8 A12 8 A 7 B 14 A 4 B RADIO AND PLAYER R2 A BLOWER SW 6 A 6 B B 13 A B6 16 B B B 11 1D (W/ CD PLAYER) B B B A , C9 7 1L W–B B COMBINATION METER C8 G 10 1D G 4 1B II2 G I17 (W/ CD PLAYER) G J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A C 2 1 C 1 2 5 IM1 B B B IF 127 ILLUMINATION SERVICE HINTS TAILLIGHT RELAY 5–3 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION (WHEN LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF SYSTEM IS OFF) CLOSED WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE LEVER RELEASED (CANADA) R 7 RHEOSTAT 3–2 : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH RHEOSTAT FULLY TURNED COUNTERCLOCKWISE AND 0 VOLTS WITH FULLY TURNED CLOCKWISE : PARTS LOCATION CODE A12 SEE PAGE B A18 B6 CODE 32 32 A 32 B 32 C5 SEE PAGE E6 F10 F16 CODE 32 SEE PAGE J2 33 A 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) B 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) R2 C 33 C 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) R3 A 33 R4 B 33 32 G3 33 O5 33 C8 A 32 G4 33 R5 33 C9 B 32 H7 33 R7 33 C11 32 C12 H8 32 A I13 33 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 1D 1E 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1L 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EF1 II2 IM1 IM2 IN1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND SWITCH WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE IE IF SEE PAGE 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I9 I12 I14 128 CODE I16 44 COWL WIRE I17 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE 129 INTERIOR LIGHT (S/D, C/P w/ KEY ILLUMINATED ENTRY) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 20A DOME R 2 2G 1 1C 5 1C R 12 1K R II2 R 3 A J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 14 3C INTEGRATION RELAY A R 1 R–B 14 3D 16 IH2 R I11 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT (* 2) R–Y 3 D7 DIODE (FOR COURTESY) I8 6 10 2 1B 15 1K 8 II2 G–R 7 1K R–G 6 II2 R–W 9 1K R–Y 2 II2 R–Y 1 1K 1 2 DIODE R–Y 1 R–Y W–B G–R R–G R–W R–W R–W 2 R–B 4 G–R IJ1 3 1B II2 2 (* 2) R 17 15 I8 2 IJ1 R–L W–B 11 IH1 1 (* 2) R–Y 15 1 G–R 4 C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 2 (*1)(S/D) R–B 3 4 5 D16 DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT AND SW 9 IH1 FROM DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY 10 IH1 R R 16 3A 2 1H 19 1H 1 1M 130 B IF 1 W–B D14 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH R–W 1 W–B D15 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH R–Y D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH 1 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 16 IU1 IU1 R–W 6 D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH R–G B 1 IG W–B BK R–W 1 2 R 1 L3 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT R 2 R–Y W–B V9 VANITY LIGHT RH R R (* 1)(S/D) (* 2) R B 4 : S/D B20 : C/P R–W (* 2) W–B W–B 1 (C/P) 6 R (*2) 1I (S/D) 1I 6 (*2) W–B W–B V8 VANITY LIGHT LH R 1 (* 1)(S/D) B 5 : S/D B20 : C/P R (W/ MOON ROOF) OFF ON DOOR I14 INTERIOR LIGHT B 4 : S/D B20 : C/P W–B RH (* 2) R–W 1 (W/ MOON ROOF) LH 4 M3 PERSONAL LIGHT R–W IV2 (* 1)(S/D) (* 2) 4 R–W * 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMM MADE 6 1H IV2 R 1 2 2 IV2 1I 1 5 1M 5 BZ1 4 1 L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW IE 131 INTERIOR LIGHT (S/D, C/P w/ KEY ILLUMINATED ENTRY) * 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMM MADE SERVICE HINTS INTEGRATION RELAY 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED 0 VOLTS WITH EACH DOOR OPEN D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN L 4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C9 32 CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE D16 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) L4 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) D7 32 I11 33 M3 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) D12 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) I14 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) V8 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) D13 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) J1 33 V9 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) D14 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) J3 33 D15 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) L3 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1B 1C 1H 1I 1K 1M 2G SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 20 (*1) ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL) TMC MADE 20 (*2) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL) TMM MADE 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 3A 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IH1 IH2 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 42 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE IU1 44 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IV2 44 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE MADE IN USA BZ1 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IF 42 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH BK 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) ROOF LEFT : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE I8 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B5 46 (S/D) B4 46 (S/D) ROOF WIRE B20 48 (C/P) 132 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ROOF WIRE 133 INTERIOR LIGHT (W/G w/ KEY ILLUMINATED ENTRY) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 20A DOME R 2 2G 1 1C R 1 Bc2 R II2 R 3 5 1C R 6 1H R 12 1K A 1 J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R 14 3C L3 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT A R–B 16 3A 14 3D 134 R–Y G–R R–Y D9 DIODE (FOR COURTESY) 2 1B 15 G–R 6 II2 R–W 9 1K 2 II2 R–Y 1 1K 7 1K 1 2 DIODE 19 1H R–W L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW R–W 1 IF IJ1 BR B34 D14 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH R–W 1 B W–B D15 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH R–Y 1 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 16 IU1 D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH R–W IU1 2 R–W 8 II2 2 B 6 1 1K W–B D7 DIODE (FOR COURTESY) R–Y I8 15 2 1 R–B R–Y 1 R–Y II2 W–B G–R R–G R–W R–W R–W 2 4 5 3 15 I8 R–W 16 IH2 2 Bc3 R–W W–B 11 IH1 R–W 1 2 Bd2 R–W R–B 4 D16 DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT AND SW R 2 FROM DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY 3 G–R B38 I11 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT R R 9 IH1 C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 10 IH1 R–W 2 1 W–B W–B 4 IG 1I 1 4 1 BP B31 1 2 6 6 (* 1) R 1 W–B 2 V9 VANITY LIGHT RH V8 VANITY LIGHT LH R R 1 (* 1) W–B 1 R 1 (W/ MOON ROOF) OFF ON B33 W–B 4 DOOR R RH 10 LH 4 R–W I14 INTERIOR LIGHT INTEGRATION RELAY W–B 2 1H 2 M3 PERSONAL LIGHT R–W 3 W–B D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH R–G * 1 : LE AND GL GRADE IN CANADA II IV1 R (* 1) R (* 1) R 1 IV1 2 B30 IV1 1 1M 1I 5 1M IE 135 INTERIOR LIGHT (W/G w/ KEY ILLUMINATED ENTRY) SERVICE HINTS INTEGRATION RELAY 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED 0 VOLTS WITH EACH DOOR OPEN D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN L 4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE C9 32 D15 36 (W/G) D7 32 D16 D9 36 I11 D12 36 (W/G) D13 D14 CODE SEE PAGE L3 36 (W/G) 36 (W/G) L4 36 (W/G) 33 M3 36 (W/G) I14 36 (W/G) V8 36 (W/G) 36 (W/G) J2 33 V9 36 (W/G) 36 (W/G) J3 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1B 1C 1H 1I 1K 1M 2G SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 20 ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL) TMC MADE 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL) TMM MADE 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 3A 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IH1 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 42 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IU1 44 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IV1 44 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE IH2 IT1 IT2 Bc2 Bc3 Bd2 : GROUND POINTS CODE IE IF SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 42 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH BP 50 (W/G) BACK PANEL CENTER BR 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR CENTER : SPLICE POINTS CODE I8 B30 B31 136 SEE PAGE 44 50 (W/G) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE ROOF WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS B33 50 (W/G) ROOF WIRE B39 50 (W/G) ROOF WIRE NO. 1 WIRE 137 1 138 1 IJ1 3 R–L 6 1K 2 II2 R–Y 1 1K 1 19 1H 1 2 1H B7 1 IG 3 DIODE R–L IV2 R–W 2 1B R 1 (W/ MOON ROOF) (* 2) R–W L3 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT OFF ON 2 4 BK 1 R–Y(C/P) 1B DOOR R R R R (* 2) R (* 2) R (* 1)(S/D) R 6 1H R–W(S/D) R–W 2 RH 6 II2 B 4 : S/D B20 : C/P L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW (* 2) 10 (* 1)(S/D) 1 I14 INTERIOR LIGHT R 1 LH R–Y G–R I11 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT INTEGRATION RELAY (W/ MOON ROOF) IU1 (* 2) R–Y R 5 1C M3 PERSONAL LIGHT D7 DIODE (FOR COURTESY) 7 IJ1 W–B 16 I8 R 15 (* 2) 5 2 W–B R C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 4 R–G 1 R–Y (* 1)(S/D) FROM DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY 14 3D R–W R–Y R–G R–W 14 3C D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH IU1 10 3A D14 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH R–W R–Y 6 R–W 2 D15 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH R–W I8 D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH R–W R INTERIOR LIGHT (S/D, C/P w/o KEY ILLUMINATED ENTRY) * 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMM MADE FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 20A DOME 2 2G 1 1C R 1 1I 1 1V2 1 2 3 1I R–W (* 2) 2 1 1M 1 5 BZ1 * 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMM MADE SERVICE HINTS INTEGRATION RELAY 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED 0 VOLTS WITH EACH DOOR OPEN D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN L 4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE C9 32 D14 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) J3 33 D7 32 D15 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) L3 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) D12 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) I11 33 L4 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) D13 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) I14 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) M3 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1B 1C 1H 1I 1K 1M 2G SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 20 (*1) ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL) TMC MADE 20 (*2) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL) TMM MADE 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 3A 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE IU1 44 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IV2 44 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE MADE IN USA BZ1 46 (S/D) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE 48 (C/P) : GROUND POINTS CODE IG BK SEE PAGE 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH 46 (S/D) ROOF LEFT 48 (C/P) : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE I8 44 B4 46 (S/D) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE B6 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B7 ROOF WIRE B20 C9 D7 1 X X L3 1 4 5 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 46 (S/D) FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE 48 (C/P) ROOF WIRE I11 D12, D13, D14, D15 1 1 L4 2 2 BLACK SEE PAGE 1 GRAY 2 BLUE I14 1 2 M3 1 4 139 INTERIOR LIGHT (W/G w/o KEY ILLUMINATED ENTRY) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 20A DOME R 2 2G 1 1C 5 1C R R 6 1H 14 3C R–W 1 Bc2 L3 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT R I11 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT 1 4 C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 2 R–Y 2 Bc3 R–Y G–R R–W 3 FROM DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY R–W 1 5 R–W 2 B39 14 3D R 16 3A D9 DIODE (FOR COURTESY) 15 2 IJ1 2 1B R–W R–G 1 6 II2 I8 R–W 2 1 R–Y I8 R–Y 2 II2 1K 1 1K R–Y 1 2 DIODE 19 1H 2 1H R–W R–Y R–W D7 DIODE (FOR COURTESY) R–W 9 R–L R–W R–W 2 Bd2 B35 R–W R–G 1 L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 1 1 1 W–B 1 D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH 140 2 16 IU1 R–Y IU1 R–W 6 D15 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH BR D14 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH 1I R 1 IV1 R 1 INTEGRATION RELAY B33 R 1 R (W/ MOON ROOF) M3 PERSONAL LIGHT LH R–W 1 RH 10 4 3 3 1I IV1 R–W IG W–B (W/ MOON ROOF) 1 1M W–B 2 DOOR I14 INTERIOR LIGHT 1 OFF ON 2 BP 141 INTERIOR LIGHT (W/G w/o KEY ILLUMINATED ENTRY) SERVICE HINTS INTEGRATION RELAY 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH DOOR CLOSED 0 VOLTS WITH EACH DOOR OPEN D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH DOOR OPEN L 4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT DOOR OPEN : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE C9 32 D14 36 (W/G) D7 32 D15 D9 36 (W/G) I11 D12 36 (W/G) I14 36 (W/G) D13 36 (W/G) J3 33 CODE SEE PAGE L3 36 (W/G) 36 (W/G) L4 36 (W/G) 33 M3 36 (W/G) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1B 1C 1H 1I 1K 1M 2E SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 20 ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL) TMC MADE 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL) TMM MADE 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 3A 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IH1 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 42 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IU1 44 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IV1 44 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE IH2 IT1 IT2 Bc2 Bc3 Bd2 : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH BP 50 (W/G) BACK PANEL CENTER BR 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR CENTER : SPLICE POINTS CODE I8 B33 142 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE B35 50 (W/G) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE 50 (W/G) ROOF WIRE B39 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE 143 TAILLIGHT (S/D, C/P) 1 5 TAILLIGHT RELAY 2 4 1E 15A TAIL 3 7 1H 12 BZ1 G G 8 1B G W 14 1D 4 EF1 G 100A ALT G 3 ED1 1 C B F10 A , F10 B , F16 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) FUSE BOX 4 3D G–R C W 5 3D E4 2 G I13 INTEGRATION RELAY G FL MAIN 2. 0L 1 E4 IE W–B W–B E4 EB 2 W–B E4 EA G 1 2 W–B G G 2 F6 FRONT SIDE MARKER RH 2 1 W–B 11 W–B C12 COMBINATION SW 1 W–B HEAD 1 F4 FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT RH TAIL W–B F3 FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT LH LIGHT CONTROL SW 2 OFF F5 FRONT SIDE MARKER LH G BATTERY 144 G G E4 FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) B12 : S/D B28 : C/P 10A GAUGE G 6 1B G J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L C C R–L 6 C9 REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] Y 9 1H Y–G 3 2 BZ1 IJ1 Y Y–G 17 3 BZ1 3 8 – + 11 LG 9 B12 : S/D B28 : C/P LG 13 BZ1 LG 2 Ba1 LG B16 : S/D B29 : C/P LG B13 : S/D B28 : C/P Y–G DELAY CIRCUIT W–B G L2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 4 3 W–B R9 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] 3 1 W–B B14 : S/D B28 : C/P W–B B15 : S/D B28 : C/P W–B R8 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH W–B 5 1 W–B W–B R10 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH R11 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 5 4 TAILLIGHT LH TAILLIGHT RH 2 6 W–B LG 4 REAR SIDE MARKER LH G 6 REAR SIDE MARKER RH 1 W–B L1 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT G LG G LG LG LG B13 : S/D B28 : C/P B16 : S/D B29 : C/P 7 BZ1 W–B W–B W–B 4 Ba1 W–B B 9 : S/D B25 : C/P W–B BL W–B BO 145 TAILLIGHT (S/D, C/P) SYSTEM OUTLINE WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR. TAILLIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING WHEN THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, IF THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 9 AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FLOM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF. SERVICE HINTS TAILLIGHT RELAY 1–4 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 4, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 3–GROUND : APPROX 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C9 32 C12 32 D4 32 F3 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) F4 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) F5 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) CODE SEE PAGE F6 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) SEE PAGE 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) L2 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) R8 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) C 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) R9 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) I13 33 R10 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) J1 33 R11 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) F16 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 3D 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1E : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE ED1 EF1 IJ1 BZ1 Ba1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 42 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) 46 (S/D) 46 (S/D) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 2 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE EA EB IE SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT RIGHT FENDER FRONT LEFT FENDER LEFT KICK PANEL 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) BQ 146 50 (W/G) 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) B 1B 1D SEE PAGE L1 A F10 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE CODE LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER : SPLICE POINTS CODE E4 B9 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 46 (S/D) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE B12 B13 46 (S/D) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS B15 46 (S/D) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE B16 46 (S/D) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE B25 48 (C/P) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE B28 48 (C/P) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE B29 48 (C/P) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE B14 147 TAILLIGHT (W/G) 1 5 TAILLIGHT RELAY 2 4 1E 15A TAIL 3 7 1H G 8 1B G W 14 1D 4 EF1 C W 5 3D 100A ALT G G–R 4 3D G 3 ED1 1 C B FUSE BOX F10 A , F10 B , F16 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) E4 2 G I13 INTEGRATION RELAY G FL MAIN 2. 0L 1 E4 G E4 IE 148 W–B W–B E4 EB 2 W–B E4 EA G 1 2 W–B G G 2 F6 FRONT SIDE MARKER RH 2 1 W–B 11 W–B C12 COMBINATION SW 1 W–B HEAD 1 F4 FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT RH TAIL W–B F3 FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT LH LIGHT CONTROL SW 2 OFF F5 FRONT SIDE MARKER LH G G BATTERY FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 10A GAUGE G 6 1B G B37 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C R–L C R–L 9 1H 6 Y G C9 REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] Y–G 3 IJ1 Y–G 17 3 8 4 G L2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 2 Bc2 1 Bd2 – + DELAY CIRCUIT 11 LG 3 Bc2 LG 6 Bd2 LG B38 LG B36 W–B LG 9 7 LG B36 3 1 4 LG R9 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] R11 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 3 2 W–B 2 R8 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] 1 R10 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 2 1 4 C J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C W–B BQ BL W–B W–B W–B W–B C W–B L1 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LG LG LG G Bb1 BR 149 TAILLIGHT (W/G) SYSTEM OUTLINE WHEN THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR THROUGH THE TAIL FUSE. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR, AND ALSO FLOWS THROUGH THE REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT TO TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR. TAILLIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE LIGHT CONTROL SW TURNED TO TAIL OR HEAD POSITION, IF THE TAILLIGHT CIRCUIT IS OPEN, THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR DETECTS THE FAILURE BY THE CHANGE IN CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR TO TERMINAL 9 AND THE WARNING CIRCUIT OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR IS ACTIVATED. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR → TERMINAL 11 → GROUND AND TURNS THE REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT ON, WHICH REMAINS ON UNTIL THE LIGHT CONTROL SW IS TURNED OFF. SERVICE HINTS TAILLIGHT RELAY 3–5 : CLOSED WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION L 2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 4, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 3–GROUND : APPROX 12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C9 32 C12 32 F3 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) F4 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) F5 F6 CODE SEE PAGE B C 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) L2 36 (W/G) 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) R8 36 (W/G) I13 33 R9 36 (W/G) 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) J1 33 R10 36 (W/G) 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) J5 36 (W/G) R11 36 (W/G) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 3D 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1E : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE ED1 EF1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE Bb1 50 (W/G) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bc2 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bd2 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE EA EB IE SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT RIGHT FENDER FRONT LEFT FENDER LEFT KICK PANEL 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) BQ 50 (W/G) LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER BR 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR CENTER 150 SEE PAGE 36 (W/G) F16 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) CODE L1 F10 A : SPLICE POINTS CODE E4 B36 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 50 (W/G) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS B37 50 (W/G) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE B38 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE 151 BACK–UP LIGHT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 10A GAUGE R–L 6 1D IP3 R–L R–L R–L R–L I18 (A/T) 2 (M/T) TO VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) 2 B1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW R–B 8 (A/T) P1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)] R–B 1 (M/T) IP3 R–B 1 R–L I18 (A/T) TO VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) (A/T) R–L (M/T) (M/T) 2 R–B R–B 6 Bc2 3 Ba1 R–B R–B 3 Bd2 (S/D, C/P) R–B IJ1 (W/G) 10 R–B B38 (W/G) R–B R–B (W/G) B16 (S/D, W/G) R–B (S/D, C/P) 4 A (S/D, C/P) 3 B (W/G) R9 4 A (S/D, C/P) 3 B (W/G) A , B R11 BACK–UP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] 3 A (S/D, C/P) 4 B (W/G) A , B BACK–UP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 3 A (S/D, C/P) 4 B (W/G) W–B (S/D, C/P) W–B W–B B16 BR 152 W–B 4 Ba1 W–B (W/G) W–B (W/G) (S/D, C/P) BL SERVICE HINTS B 1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW 2–1 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION P 1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)] 6–5 : CLOSED WITH SHIFT LEVER IN R POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE B1 30 R9 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) P1 29 (1MZ–FE), 31 (5S–FE) R11 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) SEE PAGE : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1D SEE PAGE 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE IP3 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE Ba1 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 2 WIRE Bc2 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bd2 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) BR 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR CENTER : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I18 44 ENGINE WIRE B16 46 (S/D) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE B1 B38 GRAY P1 X 1 2 CODE GRAY SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 50 (W/G) R9 BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE A , B , R11 A , B 2 8 3 4 153 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR * 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMM MADE FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 15A CIG/RADIO L–R 9 1L II2 L–R 9 B J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–R B RIGHT UP SELECT SW LEFT UP 5 2 W–B 3 LG–R 6 RH LG–B 7 BR–Y BR–W LH LG RH 1 DOWN UP RIGHT LEFT LH OPERATION SW R6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW 8 B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R20 A , B REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH 154 LG–R LG 8 IT2 1 A 3 B 3 A 1 B M M R21 7 B IT2 W–B M IT2 LG–R M 2 A (* 1, EX. C/P) 2 B (* 2) 6 LG 3 A 1 B IH1 LG–B 1 A 3 B 5 LG–R 4 IH1 BR–W IH1 BR–Y 6 LG–R BR–Y I4 2 A (* 1, EX. C/P) 2 B (* 2) A , B REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH IF SERVICE HINTS R 6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 5–2 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT UP OR LEFT POSITION 5–8 : CONTINUITY WITH OPERATION SW AT DOWN OR RIGHT POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE J2 33 R6 33 J3 33 R20 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) CODE R21 SEE PAGE 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1L SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IH1 42 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE IT2 44 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE IF SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 42 LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE I4 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE J2 J3 B B B B B B B B B (* 1, EX. C/P) R20 R6 B B B B B 1 2 3 A , R21 A 1 2 3 X 5 6 7 8 B B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (* 2) R20 B , R21 B 3 2 1 155 POWER WINDOW FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 2 10A GAUGE 8 1K 30A POWER J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 4 R–L II2 R–L C 5 R–L C L–R 6 1L 1 D8 DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY 1 R–L II2 15 IG 5 1 RLY POWER MAIN RELAY +B 8 2 3 1 1M 11 1K 2 1K L 10 1K W–B 10 II2 L 6 IH2 17 II2 W–L L W–L L B1 L L I3 L L 9 B 7 A (* 1) 8 A (* 2) UP POWER WINDOW MASTER SW DOWN B UP A , DOWN P12 LOCK NORMAL IH2 1 IH2 W–B 156 IF 2 1 M R–L G–W DOWN 2 1 M 2 1 2 1 P13 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH IT1 L R–L P14 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH (* 2) 4 (* 2) (* 1) (* 1) (* 1) R G (* 2) (* 1) J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IG 3 1 B B 2 9 G R G IH2 IT1 R 16 4 5 W–B W–B W–B B1 IT1 G–W 10 (* 2) W–B 13 A (* 2) 4 B (* 1) 6 A 3 B UP 2 A 6 B P9 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FRONT RH 1 A W–B L 5 R–L G–W + – 5 A (* 2) 7 B (* 1) 12 A 10 B – + * 1 : C/P * 2 : S/D, W/G L L 7 2 M 1 P16 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR RH DOWN L L 13 IG1 5 BW1 2 3 L 6 BW1 (W/G) 7 BW1 R–Y 5 BY1 (S/D) L IG1 R–Y 12 R–B IG1 G–Y 4 DOWN 5 1 4 R 4 G 1 IU1 R UP DOWN 5 IH2 G–B 3 II2 L L 2 2 L 6 BY1 13 L R–B 7 BY1 R–B IU1 G–B 12 G–B IU1 G P11 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR RH 4 R–B G–B I24 IH2 R–Y L R–Y G–Y IH2 G–Y 12 UP IH2 P10 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR LH 11 18 9 A (* 2) 10 A R–B 14 A G–B 11 A UP UP DOWN L P12 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 2 M 1 P15 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR LH 157 POWER WINDOW SYSTEM OUTLINE WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE RELAY FROM POWER FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 7 OR 8 (EX. C/P), 9 (C/P) OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW → TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW. 1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW) WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND WITH THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (MANUAL SW) IN UP POSITION. THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 7 OR 8 (EX. C/P), 9 (C/P) OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 6 (EX. C/P), 3 (C/P) OF THE MASTER SW → TEMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 13 (EX. C/P), 4 (C/P) OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 OR 1 (EX. C/P), 6 (C/P) → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. THE WINDOW ASCENDS ONLY WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED. IN DOWN OPERATION, THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 7 OR 8 (EX. C/P), 9 (C/P) OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 (EX. C/P), 4 (C/P) OF THE MASTER SW CAUSES THE FLOW OF CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 (EX. C/P), 3 (C/P) OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 OR 1 (EX. C/P), 3 (C/P) → TO GROUND, FLOWING IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION TO MANUAL UP OPERATION AND CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE IN REVERSE LOWERING THE WINDOW. 2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND WITH THE AUTO SW OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IN DOWN POSITION, CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 7 OR 8 OF THE MASTER SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 13 (EX, C/P), 4 (C/P) OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 6 (EX. C/P), 3 (C/P) OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 2 (EX. C/P), 6 (C/P) → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TOWARDS THE DOWN SIDE THEN THE SOLENOID IN THE MASTER SW IS ACTIVATED AND IT LOCKS THE AUTO SW BEING PUSHED, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO CONTINUE TO ROTATE IN AUTO DOWN OPERATION. WHEN THE WINDOW HAS COMPLETELY DESENDED, THE CURRENT FLOW BETWEEN TERMINAL 6 (EX. C/P), 3 (C/P) OF THE MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 2 (EX. C/P), 6 (C/P) INCREASES. AS A RESULT, THE SOLENOID STOPS OPERATING, THE AUTO SW TURNS OFF AND FLOW FROM TERMINAL 7 (EX. C/P), 9 (C/P) OF THE MASTER SW TO TERMINAL 13 (EX. C/P), 4 (C/P) IS CUT OFF, STOPPING THE MOTOR SO THAT AUTO STOP OCCURS. 3. STOPPING OF AUTO DOWN AT DRIVER’S WINDOW HEN THE MANUAL SW (DRIVER’S) IS PUSHED TO THE UP SIDE DURING AUTO DOWN OPERATION, A GROUND CIRCUIT OPENS IN THE MASTER SW AND CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 6 (EX. C/P), 3 (C/P) OF THE MASTER SW → TO GROUND, SO THE MOTOR STOPS, CAUSING AUTO DOWN OPERATION TO STOP. IF THE MASTER SW IS PUSHED CONTINUOUSLY, THE MOTOR ROTATES IN THE UP DIRECTION IN MANUAL UP OPERATION. 4. MANUAL OPERATION BY POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S WINDOW) WITH POWER WINDOW SW (PASSENGER’S) PULLED TO THE UP SIDE, CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 2 OF THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 (EX. C/P), 7 (C/P) OF THE MASTER SW → TERMINAL 1 OR 2 (EX. C/P), 6 (C/P) → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE POWER WINDOW MOTOR (PASSENGER’S) TO ROTATE IN THE UP DIRECTION. UP OPERATION CONTINUES ONLY WHILE THE POWER WINDOW SW IS PULLED TO THE UP SIDE. WHEN THE WINDOW DECENDS, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE MOTOR FLOWS IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION, FROM TERMINAL 1 TO TERMINAL 2, AND THE MOTOR ROTATES IN REVERSE. WHEN THE WINDOW LOCK SW IS PUSHED TO THE LOCK SIDE, THE GROUND CIRCUIT TO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW BECOMES OPEN. AS A RESULT, EVEN IF OPEN/CLOSE OPERATION OF THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW IS TRIED, THE CURRENT FROM TERMINAL 1 OR 2 (EX. C/P), 6 (C/P) OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW IS NOT GROUNDED AND THE MOTOR DOES NOT ROTATE, SO THE PASSENGER’S WINDOW CAN NOT BE OPERATED AND WINDOW LOCK OCCURS. FURTHERMORE REAR LH RH WINDOW OPERATE THE SAME AS THE ABOVE CIRCUIT. 5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATION WITH IGNITION SW TURNED FROM ON TO OFF DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 15 → TERMINAL 1 OF POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND FOR ABOUT 60 SECOND. THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM POWER FUSE → TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 7 OR 8 (EX. C/P), TERMINAL 9 (C/P) OF THE POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND TERMINAL 3 OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY → TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE POWER WINDOW SW. AS A RESULT, FOR ABOUT 60 SECOND AFTER THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF, THE FUNCTIONING OF THIS RELAY MAKES IT POSSIBLE TO RAISE AND LOWER THE POWER WINDOW. ALSO, BY OPENING THE FRONT DOOR (DOOR OPEN DETECTION SW ON) WITHIN ABOUT 60 SECOND AFTER TURNING THE IGNITION SW TO OFF, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY TURNS OFF AND UP AND DOWN MOVEMENT OF THE POWER WINDOW STOPS. 158 * 1 : C/P * 2 : S/D, W/G SERVICE HINTS P12 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (C/P) 9–GROUND 6–GROUND 3–GROUND 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) UP : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION P12 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (EX. C/P) 7, 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 1, 2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) UP 13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND MASTER SW (DRIVER’S WINDOW) AT DOWN OR AUTO DOWN POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE D8 32 P10 J2 33 P11 J3 33 P9 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) P12 SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) P13 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) P14 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) A 34 (S/D), 36 (W/G) P15 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) B 35 (C/P) P16 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1K 1L 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1M : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IG1 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE 42 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IT1 44 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IU1 44 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IH1 IH2 BW1 BY1 46 (S/D) 50 (W/G) 46 (S/D) 50 (W/G) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IF 42 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH : SPLICE POINTS CODE I3 I24 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE CODE B1 SEE PAGE 46 (S/D) 50 (W/G) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FRONT DOOR LH WIRE 159 DOOR LOCK FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 30A POWER 1 5 2 3 POWER MAIN RELAY 6 1L 5 II2 R–L II2 W–L 10 R–L W–L 2 1K L W–B 1 1M 11 1K 8 15 D8 DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY LOCK TIMER II2 L 17 6 UNLOCK TIMER IH2 4 5 L–R Y 16 160 IJ L–R Y (* 1) B 7 B 4 A 5 B 2 A 6 IT1 Y IT1 L–B 16 L–R (* 1) L–B M A , D27 L–B D22 DOOR LOCK MOTOR REAR LH L–R 1 2 IT1 6 B (*2) 3 A (*1) M 1 A (*1) 4 B (*2) W–B M W–B B9 BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR W–B W–B IG 2 8 BW1 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH 3 Bd3 (* 1) 1 Bd3 L–B L–R L–B 4 3 BW1 11 (* 1) L–B 4 Bc1 (* 1) L–R 2 Bc1 L–R I3 15 IG1 L–B (* 1) L–R 5 IG1 L–R 16 IG1 L–R 6 IG1 L L–B I3 L–R I3 (W/G) L–B L–B I3 D21 L–B (W/G) L–R L–R B11 : EX. C/P B27 : C/P W–B * 1 : S/D, W/G * 2 : C/P * 3 : W/ POWER WINDOW * 4 : W/ POWER WINDOW, C/P * 5 : W/O POWER WINDOW D8 DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT 3 9 6 L L–B L L–R 19 IT1 W–B B B B W–B W–B IF W–B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 16 IH2 W–B W–B W–B 3 IH2 D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH L 5 C (* 5) 2 B (* 4) 4 A (* 3) 4 1 1 A 6 B 3 C B 2 : *3 B 1 : *4 B18 : * 5 2 A (* 3) (* 4) (* 5) IH2 L–W LG G IH2 3 LOCK 2 W–B 1 A (* 2) 4 B (* 1) 9 B 8 A 10 W–B M L 6 B (* 2) 3 A (* 1) IH2 1 C 1 B 3 A W–B 5 B 2 A 13 IH2 A , B , C 7 B 4 A 9 L–R IH2 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH D20 M 19 L–W P12 B A , D26 D23 DOOR LOCK MOTOR REAR RH 2 IH2 L–B L–B (* 1) 14 L–B L–R (* 1) L–B LG (* 1) 8 BY1 (* 1) 3 BY1 4 L–R IU1 L–B 15 L–R (* 1) IU1 L–R 5 (* 1) L–R I22 G L–R L–R L–B (* 1) I22 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH L–B UNLOCK L–R SEQURITY W–B W–B W–B B 2 : *3 B 1 : *4 B18 : * 5 B 1 : EX. C/P B18 : C/P 161 * 1 : W/ POWER WINDOW EX. C/P * 2 : W/O POWER WINDOW EX. C/P DOOR LOCK FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 10A GAUGE R–L 8 1K II2 R–L 4 C J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–R C D8 DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY LG L–W I22 G I22 II2 R–W R–G R–L 19 I22 14 6 II2 14 1K 9 1K 2 1G 2 1H 6 IU1 W–B 5 B (* 2) 3 A (* 1) 1 5 4 A (* 1) 3 B (* 2) 4 1G W–B 1 1M W–B B11 : EX. C/P B27 : C/P IG 162 1 R–W IT1 D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH 1 B 2 A 5 D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH R–G G W–B 2 D19 A , B DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH 3 LOCK 1 IT1 LG 12 LOCK IT1 UNLOCK 1 L–W IT1 D18 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW RH LG–R UNLOCK 2 I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW] W–B R–L L–W L–W 2 R–W LG 7 R–L G 10 LG L–W L G 11 LG 12 G 13 LG–R 1 1 SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY THROUGH THE POWER FUSE. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS THROUGH THE COIL SIDE OF THE POWER MAIN RELAY TO GROUND, CAUSING THE RELAY TO OPERATE. THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWER FUSE FLOWS TO THE LH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW, CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. 1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION WHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND KEY SW ARE PUSHED TO LOCK POSITION, A LOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 10, 12 OF THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY AND CAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS, (EX. C/P FRONT DOOR) OR TERMINAL 7 (C/P FRONT DOOR), OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TERMINAL 2 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS, (EX. C/P FRONT DOOR) OR TERMINAL 5 (C/P FRONT DOOR) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TERMINAL 1 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR CAUSES THE DOOR TO LOCK. 2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION WHEN THE DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW AND KEY SW RH TO UNLOCK POSITION, AN UNLOCK SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 11, 13 OF THE DOOR LOCK RELAY AND CAUSES THE RELAY TO FUNCTION. CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS, (EX. C/P FRONT DOOR) OR TERMINAL 5 (C/P FRONT DOOR) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TERMINAL 1 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS, (EX. C/P FRONT DOOR) OR TERMINAL 7 (C/P FRONT DOOR), OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TERMINAL 2 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND DOOR LOCK MOTORS CAUSES DOOR TO UNLOCK. 3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATION WHEN THE DOOR LOCK KEY SW (DRIVER’S) IS TURNED TO THE UNLOCK SIDE, ONLY THE DRIVER’S DOOR IS MECHANICALLY UNLOCKED. TURNING THE DOOR LOCK KEY SW (DRIVER’S) TO THE UNLOCK SIDE CAUSES A SIGNAL TO BE INPUT TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY, AND IF THE SIGNAL IS INPUT AGAIN WITHIN 3 SECONDS BY TURNING THE SW TO THE UNLOCK SIDE AGAIN, CURRENT FLOWS TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS, (EX. C/P FRONT DOOR) OR TERMINAL 5 (C/P FRONT DOOR) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TERMINAL 1 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS, (EX. C/P FRONT DOOR) OR TERMINAL 7 (C/P FRONT DOOR), OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TERMINAL 2 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → GROUND, CAUSING THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS TO OPERATE AND UNLOCK THE DOORS. 4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION * OPERATING DOOR LOCK KNOB (OPERATION OF DOOR LOCK MOTORS) WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK KNOB (DOOR LOCK MOTOR), THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCKED SOON BY THE FUNCTION OF RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS, (EX. C/P FRONT DOOR) OR TERMINAL 5 (C/P FRONT DOOR) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TERMINAL 2 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS, (EX. C/P FRONT DOOR) OR TERMINAL 7 (C/P FRONT DOOR), OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TERMINAL 1 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK. * OPERATING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR DOOR LOCK KEY SW WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE DOOR IS OPENED AND LOCKED USING DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW OR KEY SW, THE DOOR IS LOCKED ONCE BUT EACH DOOR IS UNLOCK BY THE FUNCTION OF SW CONTAINED IN MOTORS, WHICH THE SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 6 (DRIVER’S) OR 5 (PASSENGER’S) OF THE RELAY. ACCORDING TO THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE CURRENT IN ECU FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS, (EX. C/P FRONT DOOR) OR TERMINAL 5 (C/P FRONT DOOR) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TERMINAL 2 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS, TERMINAL 1 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOOR TO UNLOCK. * IN CASE OF KEY LESS LOCK WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), WHEN THE UNLOCK FUNCTION IS DISTURBED MORE THAN 0.2 SECONDS, FOR EXAMPLE PUSHING THE DOOR LOCK KNOB ETC., THE DOOR HOLDS ON LOCK CONDITION. CLOSING THE DOOR AFTER, DOOR COURTESY SW INPUTS THE SIGNAL INTO TERMINAL 2 OR 14 OF THE RELAY. BY THIS INPUT SIGNAL, THE ECU WORKS AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS, (EX. C/P FRONT DOOR) OR TERMINAL 5 (C/P FRONT DOOR) OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TERMINAL 1 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTORS, (EX. C/P FRONT DOOR) OR TERMINAL 7 (C/P FRONT DOOR), OF THE DOOR LOCK MOTOR TERMINAL 2 OF THE BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR → TERMINAL 4 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES ALL THE DOORS TO UNLOCK. 163 DOOR LOCK SERVICE HINTS D8 DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY 16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN 8–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION *DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED *DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION) *DOOR LOCK KNOB LOCKED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER AND DRIVER’S DOOR OPEN (IGNITION KEY REMINDER FUNCTION) *UNLOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS 0.2 SECONDS WITH FOLLOWING OPERATION *DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED *LOCKING THE DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR CYLINDER WITH KEY 10–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LOCKED 14–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR OPEN 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK KNOB UNLOCKED 11–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW UNLOCKED, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY 13–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC POSITION 9–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY 12–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH DRIVER’S, PASSENGER’S DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY D12, D13 DOOR COURTESY SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH EACH DOOR OPEN D17, D18 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW 3–2 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER LOCKED WITH KEY 1–2 : CLOSED WITH DOOR LOCK CYLINDER UNLOCKED WITH KEY D20, D21 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW (C/P) 1–3 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION D20, D21 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW (EX. C/P) 6–4 : CLOSED WITH UNLOCK POSITION I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW] 1–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE B9 36 CODE D19 SEE PAGE 34 (S/D), 36 (W/G) J2 A 34 (S/D), 36 (W/G) J3 B 35 (C/P) D8 32 D12 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) D13 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) D21 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) D17 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) D22 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) D18 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) D23 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) 34 (S/D), 36 (W/G) I12 33 D19 A D20 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1G 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1K 1L 1M : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IG1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IH2 42 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE IT1 44 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IU1 44 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE BW1 BY1 46 (S/D) 50 (W/G) 46 (S/D) 50 (W/G) REAR DOOR LH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE REAR DOOR RH WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 2 WIRE Bc1 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bd3 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE 164 CODE B P12 SEE PAGE 33 33 A 34 (S/D), 36 (W/G) B 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) C 35 (C/P) : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IF 42 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH IJ 42 RIGHT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE I3 I22 B1 B2 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE 46 (S/D) B2 B11 46 (S/D) 50 (W/G) CODE FRONT DOOR LH WIRE SEE PAGE 50 (W/G) 46 (S/D) 50 (W/G) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FRONT DOOR LH WIRE FRONT DOOR RH WIRE B18 48 (C/P) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE B27 48 (C/P) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE 165 BACK DOOR LOCK (W/G w/o POWER WINDOW) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 30A POWER W–L 2 1K II2 B3 BACK DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW L 10 LOCK 5 UNLOCK 6 1 3 16 L–B L–B IG1 4 3 L–B Bc1 L–B Bd3 L–R W–B 1 M B9 BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR 2 6 L–R L–R IG1 2 1 L–R Bc1 L–R Bd3 IJ SERVICE HINTS B 3 BACK DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW 6–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 5–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE B3 32 CODE SEE PAGE B9 CODE 36 (W/G) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE IK SEE PAGE 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IG1 38 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (LEFT KICK PANEL) IT2 40 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE (RIGHT KICK PANEL) Bc1 44 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE (LEFT QUARTER TRIM INNER) Bd3 44 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE (BACK DOOR LEFT) : GROUND POINTS CODE IJ SEE PAGE 38 GROUND POINTS LOCATION RIGHT KICK PANEL B3 1 B 9 GRAY X 3 X 5 6 1 166 2 SEE PAGE * 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMM MADE MOON ROOF SERVICE HINTS POWER MAIN RELAY 5–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION M 2 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY 11–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON, AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE OR UP POSITION (EXCEPT APPROX. 100 MM (3.941 IN.) IN THE BEFORE CLOSED POSITION) 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON, AND MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN OR DOWN POSITION 12–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS M 3 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW 5–4 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT UP POSITION 6–4 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT CLOSE POSITION 2–4 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT DOWN POSITION 3–4 : CLOSED WITH MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AT OPEN POSITION 4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE D8 32 M2 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) M4 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) J3 33 M3 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) M5 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1C SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 20 ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL) TMC MADE 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL) TMM MADE 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 2E 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 2G 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1I 1K 1L 1M : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE IV1 44 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE IG BK BP SEE PAGE 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) 50 (W/G) ROOF LEFT BACK PANEL CENTER : SPLICE POINTS CODE B4 B5 B21 SEE PAGE 46 (S/D) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE B31 ROOF WIRE B32 SEE PAGE 50 (W/G) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ROOF WIRE 48 (C/P) 167 * 1 : S/D TMC MADE * 2 : S/D TMM MADE, W/G MOON ROOF FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 10A GAUGE 30A POWER 20A DOME 1 2 1K W–L R IV1 (W/G) IV2 (S/D, C/P) R 1 1 II2 M2 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY (*2) 1 1I (* 2) D8 DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY 1 L–R IG 8 +B R–L 15 RLY II2 R C 10 (* 1) J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 5 C 1 1C W–L II2 R–L 4 R 2 2G R–L 8 1K R–L 12 BUZZER 6 1L S 1 5 TIMER R Q POWER MAIN RELAY 5 TIMER 1I L 1 1M 3 (* 2) 2 TIMER 5 IV1 (W/G) 5 IV2 (S/D, C/P) L P G–Y 2 1 3 5 2 3 6 UP M 2 M5 MOON ROOF MOTOR 4 W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B IG 168 B 5 : S/D B32 : W/G B21 : C/P B 4 : S/D B31 : W/G B21 : C/P BK : S/D, C/P BP : W/G CLOSE 2 OPEN G 1 R–W R–L 1 11 DOWN 4 G–W 7 R–Y 5 W–B 9 M4 4 MOON ROOF LIMIT SW 3 R 8 NO. 2 W–B 6 (* 2) NO. 1 L (* 1) Q R S M3 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH POWER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF POWER MAIN RELAY AND ALSO THROUGH DOME FUSE TO TERMINAL 12 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF POWER MAIN RELAY → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND THROUGH GAUGE FUSE. AS A RESULT, POWER MAIN RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 5 OF POWER MAIN RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF RELAY TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. 1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE OPEN POSITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 ON AT THIS TIME. WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 → TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO OPEN THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO OPEN POSITION. 2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY OPEN AND MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 AND NO. 2 BOTH ON, WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO THE CLOSE POSITION A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF WHILE THE SW IS BEING PUSHED TO CLOSE POSITION. MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 1 TURNS OFF (LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS ON) AND A 100 MM BEFORE FULLY CLOSE POSITION, SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 1 OF LIMIT SW NO. 1 TO TERMINAL 8 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS SIGNAL ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND STOPS CONTINUITY FROM TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY TO TERMINAL 11. AS A RESULT, THE MOON ROOF STOPS AT THIS POSITION. TO CLOSE THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY, PUSHING THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AGAIN TO THE CLOSE SIDE CAUSES A SIGNAL TO BE INPUT AGAIN TO TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS ACTIVATES THE RELAY AND THE MOON ROOF WILL CLOSE AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS BEING PUSHED, ALLOWING THE MOON ROOF TO FULLY CLOSE. 3. TILT UP OPERATION WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT UP POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF COMPLETELY CLOSED (MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO. 2 IS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 5 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 3 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 5 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 11 TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT UP OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT UP SIDE. 4. TILT DOWN OPERATION WHEN THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED TO TILT DOWN POSITION, WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND THE MOON ROOF TILTED UP (NO. 1 AND NO. 2 MOON ROOF LIMIT SWITCHES ARE BOTH OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL SW TO TERMINAL 7 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 5 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF MOON ROOF MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 11 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR SO THAT TILT DOWN OPERATION OCCURS AS LONG AS THE MOON ROOF CONTROL SW IS PUSHED ON THE TILT DOWN SIDE. (DURING TILT DOWN, LIMIT SW NO. 1 IS CHANGED OFF TO ON.) 5. TILT UP REMINDER SYSTEM WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED FROM ON TO ACC OR OFF WITH THE MOON ROOF STILL TILTED UP THE CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW TO TERMINAL 6 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY. THIS IS RECEIVED BY THE RELAY AS A SIGNAL THAT THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED OFF. AT THIS TIME, MOON ROOF LIMIT SW NO.1 AND NO. 2 ARE OFF, SO SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO TERMINALS 8 AND 9 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY THAT THE MOON ROOF IS IN THE TILT OPERATION POSITION. WHEN THESE SIGNALS ARE INPUT TO THE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY, THE TIMER BUILT INTO THE RELAY OPERATES. THUS THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 12 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY FLOWS THROUGH BUZZER OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY AND TERMINAL 11 OF MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY TO GROUND AND THE BUZZER SOUNDS ABOUT 8 TIMES TO NOTIFY THAT THE MOON ROOF IS STILL IN THE TILT UP CONDITION. 169 UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 10A GAUGE R–L C C R–L 20A DOME 6 1B J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2 2G 6 R C9 SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] R–W 7 7 1C 1 1C INTEGRATION RELAY 9 7 1 BUZZER 6 8 2 1G 2 1H 5 1H 2 IO1 W–B 5 1 4 1G 1 D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH R–Y (W/O POWER SEAT) R–Y I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW] 2 B7 BUCKLE SW 2 1 W–B W–B 1 1M B8 BUCKLE SW (W/G) 1 (W/ POWER SEAT) R–Y 5 R–L 10 R–G TIMER W–B 170 BL W–B (S/D, C/P) C C IG W–B C J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (S/D, C/P) W–B W–B (W/G) 5 IO1 SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY THROUGH THE DOME FUSE. 1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO THE TERMINAL 7 OF THE INTEGRATION RELAY AT THE SAME TIME, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY FROM THE GAUGE FUSE THROUGH THE SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT. THIS CURRENT ACTIVATES THE SEAT BELT WARNING RELAY AND, CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE WARNING LIGHT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 9 OF THE RELAY→ TERMINAL 10 → GROUND, CAUSING THE WARNING LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME AS THE WARNING LIGHT LIGHTS UP. A BUCKLE SW OFF SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE SEAT BELT WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS FOR APPROX. 4–8 SECONDS. HOWEVER, IF SEAT BELT IS PUT ON DURING THIS PERIOD (WHILE THE BUZZER IS SOUNDING), SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 8 OF THE RELAY STOPS AND THE CURRENT FLOW FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND IS CUT, CAUSING THE BUZZER TO STOP. 2. UNLOCK WARNING SYSTEM WITH THE IGNITION KEY INSERTED IN THE KEY CYLINDER (UNLOCK WARNING SW ON), THE IGNITION SW STILL OFF AND DOOR OPEN (DOOR COURTESY SW ON), WHEN A SIGNAL IS INPUT TERMINAL 5 AND 6 OF THE RELAY, THE INTEGRATION RELAY OPERATES, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF THE RELAY → TERMINAL 10 → GROUND AND THE UNLOCK WARNING BUZZER SOUNDS. SERVICE HINTS B 7, B 8 BUCKLE SW 1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVR’S LAP BELT IN USE D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN INTEGRATION RELAY 10–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 6–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH FRONT LH DOOR OPEN 5–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER 8–GROUND : CONTINUITY UNLESS DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE 9–GROUND : 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND BUCKLE SW OFF 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW] 1–5 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION KEY IN CYLINDER : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE B7 32 D12 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) B8 32 I12 33 C9 32 J1 33 CODE J5 SEE PAGE 36 (W/G) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 1C 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1G 1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 2E 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IO1 SEE PAGE 42 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE IG SEE PAGE 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) 171 UNLOCK AND SEAT BELT WARNING 172 HORN FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 10A HORN 2 HORN RELAY 5 2G 3 2A G–W 3 G–B 1 G–W 10 C12 HORN SW [COMB. SW] 1 1 H5 HORN LH H6 HORN RH SERVICE HINTS HORN RELAY 2–3 : CLOSED WITH HORN SW ON : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C12 CODE 32 H5 SEE PAGE CODE 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) H6 SEE PAGE 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE 2A 2E SEE PAGE 22 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) C12 BLACK H 5, H 6 BLACK 1 X X X X 10 173 SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS (supplemental restraint system), perform the operation in accordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year. Malfunction symptoms of the supplemental restraint system are difficult to confirm, so the diagnostic trouble codes become the most important source of information when troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, always inspect the diagnostic trouble codes before disconnecting the battery. Work must be started after 90 seconds from the time the Ignition SW is set to the “LOCK” position and the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery. (The supplemental restraint system is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds of disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be activated.) When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, memory of the clock and audio systems will be cancelled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents momorized by each memory system. When work is finished, reset the clock and audio system as before and adjust the clock. This vehicle has tilt and telescopic steering, power seat and outside rear view mirror and power shoulder belt anchorage, which are all equipped with memory function, it is not possible to make a record of the customer, and ask the customer to adjust the features and reset the memory. To avoid erasing the memory of each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the vehicle. When removing the steering wheel pad or handling a new steering wheel pad, keep the pad upper surface facing upward. Also, lock the lock lever of the twin lock type connector at the rear of the pad and take care not to damage the connector. (Storing the pad with its metallic surface up may lead to a serious accident if the SRS inflates for some reason.) Store the steering wheel pad where the ambient temperature remains below 93°C (200°F), without high humidity and away from electrical noise. Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing SRS parts, replace them with new parts. Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, center SRS sensor assembly or front airbag sensors. Before repairing the body, remove the airbag sensors if during repair shocks are likely to be applied to the sensors due to vibration of the body or direct tapping with tools or other parts. Do not reuse a steering wheel pad or front airbag sensors. After evaluating whether the center airbag sensor assembly is damaged or not, decide whether or not to reuse it. (See the Repair Manual for the method for evaluating the center airbag sensor assembly.) When troubleshooting the supplemental restraint system, use a high–impedance (Min. 10k/V) tester. The wire harness of the supplemental restraint system is integrated with the cowl wire harness assembly and engine wire harness assembly. The vehicle wiring harness exclusively for the airbag system is distinguished by corrugated yellow tubing, as are the connectors. Do not measure the resistance of the airbag squib. (It is possible this will deploy the airbag and is very dangerous.) If the wire harness used in the supplemental restraint system is damaged, replace the whole wire harness assembly. When the connector to the airbag front sensors can be repaired alone (when there is no damage to the wire harness), use the repair wire specially designed for the purpose. (Refer to the Repair Manual for the applicable Model year for details of the replacement method.) INFORMATION LABELS (NOTICES) are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on the notices. 174 The supplemental restraint system has connectors which possess the functions described below: 1. SRS ACTIVATION PREVENTION MECHANISM Each connector contains a short spring plate. When the connector is disconnected, the short spring plate automatically connects the power source and grounding terminals of the squib to preclude a potential difference between the terminals. 2. ELECTRICAL CONNECTION CHECK MECHANISM This mechanism is designed to electrically check if connectors are connected correctly and completely. The electrical connection check mechanism is designed so that the connection detection pin connects with the diagnosis terminals when the connector housing lock is in the locked condition. 175 SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) 3. CONNECTOR TWIN–LOCK MECHANISM With this mechanism connectors (male and female connectors) are locked by two locking devices to increase connection reliability. If the primary lock is incomplete, ribs interfere and prevent the secondary lock. 176 FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 15A CIG/RADIO 9 1F 7. 5A SRS 5 1F 3 1F D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) AB D1 DATA LINK CONNECOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TC AB 4 TC 5 11 W–R C10 SRS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 2 IP1 8 IP3 LG–R Y–B 12 B–Y P–L B–O B–Y 12 LG–R 7. 5A IGN B–Y 16 3D 1 Y–B B–Y 17 3D B B B–Y B 13 14 IG2 C C J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (FOR SRS) 12 ACC C Y–B B 7 LA TC 3 4 B B W 2 1 1 2 B 2 CONNECTION DETECTION PIN A D– B F2 FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RH E1 5 E2 6 1 1F 2 1F 1 1M 5 1M SPIRAL CABLE 2 F1 FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH D+ W–B A P+ W–B 2 CONNECTION DETECTION PIN P– W–B 1 W–B 9 W B +SR 8 W +SL 1 –SR 10 B –SL 11 W C3 CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY 1 A22 AIRBAG SQUIB (FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY) A15 AIRBAG SQUIB (STEERING WHEEL PAD) IG IE 177 SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) SYSTEM OUTLINE THE SRS (SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM) IS A DRIVER AND PASSENGER PROTECTION DEVICE WHICH HAS A SUPPLEMENTAL ROLE TO THE SEAT BELTS. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC OR ON, CURRENT FROM THE CIG/RADIO FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY. ONLY WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON DOES THE CURRENT FROM THE IGN FUSE FLOW TO TERMINAL 13. IF AN ACCIDENT OCCURS WHILE DRIVING, DECELERATION CAUSED BY A FRONTAL IMPACT IS DETECTED BY EACH SENSOR AND SWITCH, AND WHEN THE FRONTAL IMPACT EXCEEDS A SET LEVEL (WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON, FRONT AIRBAG SENSORS ARE OFF), CURRENT FROM THE CIG/RADIO OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS 2, 3 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS 1, 4 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 6, TERMINAL 5 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND. WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR RH IS ON, CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS OFF CURRENT FROM THE CIG/RADIO OR IGN FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINALS 2, 3 OF THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 1 OF THE AIRBAG SQUIB → SQUIB → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINALS 1, 4 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 8 OR 11 → TERMINAL 1 OF FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR → TERMINAL 2 → TERMINAL 9 OR 10 OF CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY → TERMINAL 6, TERMINAL 5 OR BODY GROUND → GROUND. WHEN THE SAFING SENSOR BUILT INTO THE CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS ON, AND THE FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH OR RH IS ON AND CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR IS ON ONE OF THE ABOVE–MENTIONED CIRCUITS IS ACTIVATED SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS TO THE AIRBAG SQUIB AND CAUSES IT TO OPERATE. THE BAG STORED INSIDE THE STEERING WHEEL PAD IS INSTANTANEOUSLY EXPANDED TO SOFTEN THE SHOCK TO THE DRIVER. : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A15 32 D1 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) F2 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) C3 32 D3 32 J4 33 C10 32 F1 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1F 1M 3D SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IP1 IP3 SEE PAGE 44 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IE 42 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH 178 179 POWER SEAT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 30A POWER R–W 20 1H IO1 R–W 4 P4 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW 10 FR RR UP DOWN UP DOWN FR RR 5 8 2 6 12 11 4 7 L–B L–Y R L–R W–B 9 W–B C J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B (W/G) C BL 180 M 1 P8 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FOR SLIDE CONTROL) (W/G) W–B (S/D, C/P) 2 1 M 2 P5 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FOR REAR VERTICAL CONTROL) 1 M 2 P6 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FOR FRONT VERTICAL CONTROL) 2 R–B M (EX. C/P) R–G (EX. C/P) L–W L 5 IO1 1 P7 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FOR RECLINING MOTOR CONTROL) SERVICE HINTS P 4 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW 10–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 9–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE J5 36 (W/G) P5 33 P7 33 P4 33 P6 33 P8 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1H SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IO1 SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) J5 P4 C C C C C C ORANGE P6 1 1 2 2 ORANGE P8 2 X 5 4 X 8 7 C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) WHITE P5 C C 6 P7 GRAY 12 11 10 9 GREEN 1 1 2 2 181 SHIFT LOCK FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 15A CIG/RADIO 9 1L 15A ECU–IG 15A STOP 2 1L 3 1M L–R B–R G–R G–W 2 A 1 A N2 A ,N3 B NOISE FILTER (FOR STOP LIGHT) 11 II2 4 1L 2 B 1 B G–R II2 L–R 9 G–W 6 1M 1 B B–R J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–W B S10 STOP LIGHT SW 2 II2 G–W L–R 20 1 3 S5 SHIFT LOCK ECU 6 SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW P1 G–R P G P2 G–W SL– L–R SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID SL+ 5 L–B 4 W–B II1 L–B 3 B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2 K3 KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID B IE 182 W–B W–B 1 IF L–R SYSTEM OUTLINE WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ACC POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE CIG/RADIO FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SHIFT LOCK ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED TO ON POSITION THE CURRENT FROM THE ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU. 1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, WHEN A SIGNAL THAT THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) AND A SIGNAL THAT THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (CONTINUITY BETWEEN P1 AND P OF THE SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW) IS INPUT TO THE ECU, THE ECU OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU → TERMINAL SL+ OF THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID → SOLENOID → TERMINAL SL– → TERMINAL 5 OF THE ECU → GROUND. THIS CAUSES THE SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID TO TURN ON (PLATE STOPPER DISENGAGES) AND THE SHIFT LEVER CAN SHIFT INTO OTHER POSITION THAN THE “P” POSITION. 2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM WITH THE IGNITION SW IN ON OR ACC POSITION, WHEN THE SHIFT LEVER IS PUT IN “P” POSITION (NO CONTINUITY BETWEEN P2 AND P OF SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW), THE CURRENT FLOWING FROM TERMINAL 4 OF THE ECU → KEYINTERLOCK SOLENOID IS CUT OFF. THIS CAUSES THE KEYINTERLOCK SOLENOID TO TURN OFF (LOCK LEVER DISENGAGES FROM LOCK POSITION) AND THE IGNITION KEY CAN BE TURNED FROM ACC TO LOCK POSITION. SERVICE HINTS S 5 SHIFT LOCK ECU 1–GROUND : 3–GROUND : 5–GROUND : 6–GROUND : 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION ALWAYS CONTINUITY APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED 0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC POSITION AND SHIFT LEVER POSITION IN P POSITION 6–12 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER POSITION IN EXCEPT P POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE J2 33 N2 J3 33 N3 K3 33 SEE PAGE A 33 B 33 S5 CODE S10 SEE PAGE 33 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1L 1M SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) II1 42 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE IE IF SEE PAGE 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL J2 J3 K3 N2 A B B B B B B B B 1 B B B B 2 2 1 B B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) S5 N3 B 1 2 S10 1 X 3 4 5 6 1 BLUE 2 183 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) C13 BLACK X 4 X X X F9 X 7 13 X W 1 BLACK 8 X 18 X 16 BLACK 1 2 3 X 5 6 1 20A WIPER 2 L 2 1M L L I5 17 IR1 L WASHER HIGH LOW INT MIST OFF C13 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY) [COMB. SW] 8 11 L–W L–W 1 2 IR1 L M E1 W1 WASHER MOTOR L 16 4 L–Y 7 L–B 13 L–O IR1 14 2 3 6 5 M 1 W–B F9 FRONT WIPER MOTOR IE 184 IR1 L–Y 15 L IR1 L–B 16 L–O W–B 18 EA SYSTEM OUTLINE WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW, TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR AND TERMINAL 4 OF THE WIPER MOTOR THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE. 1. LOW SPEED POSITION WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO LOW POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT LOW SPEED. 2. HIGH SPEED POSITION WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO HIGH POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 13 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WIPER MOTOR TO RUN AT HIGH SPEED. 3. INT POSITION WITH WIPER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE RELAY OPERATES AND THE CURRENT WHICH IS CONNECTED BY RELAY FUNCTION FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THIS FLOW OF CURRENT OPERATES THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND THE WIPER FUNCTIONS. THE INTERMITTENT OPERATION IS CONTROLLED BY A CONDENSER’S CHARGED AND DISCHARGED FUNCTION INSTALLED IN RELAY AND THE INTERMITTENT TIME IS CONTROLLED BY A TIME CONTROL SW TO CHANGE THE CHARGING TIME OF THE CONDENSER. 4. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION WITH WASHER SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE WASHER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 8 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES TO THE WASHER MOTOR TO RUN AND WINDOW WASHER TO JET. THIS CAUSES THE CURRENT TO FLOW TO WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION CIRCUIT IN TERMINAL 18 OF THE WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 3 OF THE WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → TO GROUND AND THE WIPER FUNCTION. SERVICE HINTS C13 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW (W/ WIPER RELAY) [COMB. SW] 16–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT LOW OR MIST POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS 2 TO 12 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH WIPER SW AT INT POSITION 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION 13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH WIPER AND WASHER SW AT HIGH POSITION F 9 FRONT WIPER MOTOR 5–6 : CLOSED UNLESS WIPER MOTOR AT STOP POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C13 CODE 32 F9 SEE PAGE CODE 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) W1 SEE PAGE 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE IR1 SEE PAGE 44 JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE EA IE SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT RIGHT FENDER LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE E1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE CODE I5 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE 185 REAR WIPER AND WASHER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) C13 REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] 20A WIPER WASHER OFF 15 1H 2 1M INT ON L 18 L–O W–B P–B I7 L–O IR1 P–G L IR1 W1 WASHER MOTOR 2 3 L–O M 16 (CANADA) 17 10 P–G 1 L–O 2 (USA) L WASHER L 8 IJ1 P–G IJ1 8 6 3 4 L B36 14 P–B R19 REAR WIPER RELAY IJ1 L–O 4 6 Bd1 8 Bd1 7 Bd1 W–B 7 Bc3 L–W 6 Bc3 L–Y L–W 7 L 8 Bc3 1 L–Y 2 J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–W L–Y L C 3 4 M W–B 2 R18 REAR WIPER MOTOR W–B 1 W–B L C BR 186 BL IE SYSTEM OUTLINE WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL 2 OF WASHER MOTOR, TERMINAL 4 OF REAR WIPER RELAY AND TERMINAL 1 OF REAR WIPER MOTOR THROUGH THE WIPER FUSE. 1. REAR WIPER NORMAL OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 4 OF REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 6 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 1 OF REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THUS, THE RELAY COIL IS ACTIVATED AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF REAR WIPER MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND AND CAUSES THE MOTOR TO OPERATE THE WIPER. 2. REAR WIPER INTERMITTENT OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED ON AND REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW TURNED TO INT POSITION, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 4 OF REAR WIPER RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 10 OF WIPER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. AS A RESULT, THE RELAY OPERATES AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF REAR WIPER MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE MOTOR TO ROTATE TO OPERATE THE WIPER. AT THIS TIME THE CONTACT IN THE WIPER MOTOR CLOSED AND THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 OF REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF REAR WIPER RELAY → TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF REAR WIPER MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND. THUS, THE INTERMITTENT–STOP CIRCUIT OPERATES, THE CONDENOR IN THE CIRCUIT CHARGES AND THE WIPER CONTINUES TO OPERATE UNTIL REACHING THE STOP POSITION. AFTER THE WIPER STOPS, CURRENT DOES NOT FLOW TO THE INTERMITTENT–STOP CIRCUIT FROM TERMINAL 2 OF RELAY, BUT THE CONDENSER DISCHARGES CURRENT INTO THE INTERMITTENT CIRCUIT AND THE CIRCUIT OPERATES UNTIL THE CONDENSER DISCHARGE ENDS. AS A RESULT, THIS DISCHARGE INTERVAL BECOMES THE INTERMITTENT TIME. WHEN THE CURRENT IS DISCHARGED COMPLETELY, THE CURRENT FLOWING TO TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY FLOWS TO TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 10 OF REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND. THEN, THE CURRENT IN TERMINAL 4 OF RELAY FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 1 → TERMINAL 4 OF MOTOR → MOTOR → TERMINAL 2 → TO GROUND AND ROTATES THE MOTOR. THROUGH REPEITION OF THIS PROCESS, INTERMITTENT OPERATION OF THE REAR WIPER OCCURS. 3. WASHER OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW IS TURNED STRONGLY (WASHER SW ON), CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF WASHER MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW → TERMINAL 16 → TO GROUND SO THAT THE WASHER MOTOR ROTATES AND WINDOW WASHER EJECTS THE SPRAY, ONLY THE WHILE THE REAR WASHER SW IS TURNED, WHEN THE REAR WIPER SW IS OFF, AND THE REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW IS THEN TURNED IN THE OFF DIRECTION, WASHER LIQUID WILL ALSO SPLAY. SERVICE HINTS R19 REAR WIPER RELAY 4–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 1–4 : POINTS CHANGES EVERY APPROX. 9–15 SECONDS INTERMITTENTLY WITH IGNITION SW ON AND WIPER SW AT INT POSITION W 1 WASHER MOTOR 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH WASHER SW TURNED ON 187 REAR WIPER AND WASHER : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE C13 32 R18 36 (W/G) J5 36 (W/G) R19 36 (W/G) CODE W1 SEE PAGE 29 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE IR1 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE Bc1 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bd1 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE IE SEE PAGE 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) BR 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR CENTER : SPLICE POINTS CODE I7 188 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE B36 SEE PAGE 50 (W/G) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) SERVICE HINTS 15A CIG/RADIO C 4 CIGARETTE LIGHTER 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY C 6 CLOCK 3–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (POWER FOR CLOCK) 4–GROUND : APPROX .12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION (POWER FOR INDICATION) 2–GROUND : APPROX .12 VOLTS WITH LIGHT CONTROL SW AT TAIL OR HEAD POSITION APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH ENGINE RUNNING AND PARKING BRAKE RELEASED (CANADA) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 20A DOME 2 2G L–R 7 1D L–R L–R R I7 C4 2 4 C6 C4 CIGARETTE LIGHTER 1 C6 CLOCK 2 1 1 2 3 4 2 G 1 W–B BLACK 3 W–B J2 DARK GRAY F J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 21 3C W–B F F F F 9 3D (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) G 8 1C 5 1M W–B FROM TAIL FUSE IE : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C4 32 CODE C6 SEE PAGE CODE 32 J2 SEE PAGE 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 1C 1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1M 2E : GROUND POINTS CODE IE SEE PAGE 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE I7 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE 189 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 10A GAUGE 40A DEFOG 2 R–L 6 1D 3 TIMER 6 Y–L 8 1D 2 5 DEFOGGER RELAY R5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW 2 1 1 3 2 NOISE FILTER 1 1M B (W/G) W–B 10 1C 10 1H W–B I7 B (S/D, C/P) W–B B 1 Bc1 2 Bd3 F B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B F D B 1 B (W/G) 1 D (S/D, C/P) 190 BS B B IE (W/G) W–B 5 1M 1 A (W/G) 1 C (S/D, C/P) (S/D, C/P) 8 1C R16 A C , R17 B REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER W–B 1 Be1 BN IG SERVICE HINTS DEFOGGER RELAY 5–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW ON, DEFOGGER SW ON REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW R5 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 3–6 : CONTINUITY WITH DEFOGGER SW ON : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE J2 33 R5 33 CODE R16 SEE PAGE CODE A 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) C 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) R17 SEE PAGE B 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) D 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1C SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1M 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) Bc1 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bd3 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE Be1 50 (W/G) REAR WINDOW NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IE 42 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH BN BS 46 (S/D) UNDER THE RIGHT QUARTER PILLAR 48 (C/P) 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR RIGHT : SPLICE POINTS CODE I7 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 44 CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE J2 DARK GRAY R5 BLUE R16 A , R 17 B R16 C BLACK , R17 D BLACK 1 F F X 2 3 6 1 F (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 191 CRUISE CONTROL I12 IGNITION SW AM1 FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 10A GAUGE IG1 ST1 ACC 15A ECU–IG J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C C 7 7 1A 6 1D 6 1B R–L R–L C8 B–R 16 3C A R–L B–W 6 1G B , C9 COMBINATON METER 6 A 6 (A/T) O (* 2) (* 1) G–L 19 3B 20 5 SPD CMS A/D PI TC R–W I13 17 15 3B 12 3B 16 3D 8 3D RESUME/ ACCEL 20 8 C13 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] 11 1C 1 1M TC W–B IG 192 1 P3 PARKING BRAKE SW W–B II1 IP3 11 18 3C R–W 4 5 3B R–W 14 3B CANCEL D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) LG–R W–B 2 R–W W–B LG–R SET/ COAST 8 3C 1 P2 PARKING BRAKE SW C15 CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SW (M/T) W–B LG–R B 1 (M/T) 17 3B 3 W MAIN 18 3B (M/T) TO STARTER RELAY 7 3B PKB 8 (1MZ–FE) 15 CCS 18 (5S–FE) 4 W–L GND 13 B 2 W–B N&C (* 1) (* 2) O 10 B B 9 3B G–L 2 V5 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) G–Y 3 C16 CRUISE CONTROL ECU 14 B 10 3B IP3 O 1 11 (* 2) D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) 1 R–L IP3 (* 1) N 8 3B V–Y 14 B–R 2 9 B R–L I18 D5 DIODE (FOR CRUISE CONTROL) 5 P 22 3D P (A/T) B–W (A/T) 1 EF1 TO BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T) TO PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)(A/T) TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) G 16 3B R–L 14 1A B–W P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) B–W 5 1E IP3 4 B LG 2 5 B V–Y 12 B G–B CRUISE SPEED * 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMM MADE FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 15A STOP 3 1M G–R C (A/T) B ,E8 32 A 12 C A ,N3 OD1 3 S10 STOP LIGHT SW 2 A 7 B (1MZ–FE) (5S–FE) 17 A 2 1 B 2 B 1 G–W G–W S2 N2 IDL B 1 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) NOISE FILTER (FOR STOP LIGHT) A , E10 C (M/T) G–R E7 E14 G–B G–R 4 R–Y 12 1A (A/T) P–L G–W G–R G–R Y–B 15 1A (A/T) L 6 1M (5S–FE) L–W (1MZ–FE) I23 19 3C IP1 23 22 13 3B G–W V–R 5 (A/T) IP3 L 17 IDL ECT 9 1 OD STP+ 15 16 BATT STP– L 12 R–B R–G 3 IR1 2 IR1 1 IR1 R–Y IR1 R–G 7 R–B IR1 R–Y L 8 C16 CRUISE CONTROL ECU L–B IR1 G–B MO 11 L MC 24 L–B VR1 25 L–R 9 VR2 26 L–R VR3 10 3 2 1 7 6 5 M C2 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR 4 W–B 8 6 2E 2B W–B EB 193 CRUISE CONTROL : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE C2 CODE 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) SEE PAGE D5 CODE 32 N3 SEE PAGE B 33 C8 B 32 E7 A 32 P1 29 (1MZ–FE), 31 (5S–FE) C9 A 32 E8 C 32 P2 33 C13 32 E10 B 32 P3 33 C15 32 E14 C 32 S10 33 C16 32 I12 33 V5 29 (1MZ–FE), 31 (5S–FE) D1 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) J1 33 D3 32 N2 A 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1A 1B 1C 1D 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1E 1G 1M 2B 2E 3B 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EF1 II1 IP1 IP3 IR1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 42 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE EB IG SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT LEFT FENDER INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I13 44 COWL WIRE I18 44 ENGINE WIRE 194 CODE I23 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE 195 CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT IS APPLIED AT ALL TIMES THROUGH STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND TERMINAL 2 OF STOP LIGHT SW, AND ALSO THROUGH THE STOP FUSE TO TERMINAL 15 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. WITH THE IGNITION SW TURNED TO ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS THROUGH GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL (A) 6 OF COMBINATION METER AND THE CURRENT THROUGH ECU–IG FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS ON AND THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON, A SIGNAL IS INPUT FROM TERMINAL 15 OF CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW TO TERMINAL 4 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FUNCTIONS AND THE CURRENT TO TERMINAL 14 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU TO TERMINAL 13 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → GROUND, AND THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS IN A CONDITION READY FOR OPERATION. AT THE SAME TIME, THE CURRENT THROUGH THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS FROM TERMINAL (A) 6 OF CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL (B) 9 → TERMINAL 5 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU → TERMINAL 13 → TO GROUND, CAUSING THE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP, INDICATING THAT THE CRUISE CONTROL IS READY FOR OPERATION. 1. SET OPERATION WHEN THE CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW IS TURNED ON AND THE SET SW IS TURNED ON WITH THE VEHICLE SPEED WITHIN THE SET LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH TO 200 KM/H, 124 MPH), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU AND THE VEHICLE SPEED AT THE TIME THE SET SW IS RELEASED IS MEMORIZED IN THE ECU AS THE SET SPEED. 2. SET SPEED CONTROL DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, THE ECU COMPARES THE SET SPEED MEMORIZED IN THE ECU WITH THE ACTUAL VEHICLE SPEED INPUT INTO TERMINAL 20 OF THE CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR), AND CONTROLS THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO MAINTAIN THE SET SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL SPEED IS LOWER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE ECU CAUSES THE CURRENT TO THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO FLOW FROM TERMINAL 12 → TERMINAL 6 OF CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 7 → TERMINAL 11 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. AS A RESULT, THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR IS ROTATED TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE THROTTLE CABLE IS PULLED TO INCREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. WHEN THE ACTUAL DRIVING SPEED IS HIGHER THAN THE SET SPEED, THE CURRENT TO CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 11 OF ECU → TERMINAL 7 OF CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR → TERMINAL 6 → TERMINAL 12 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. THIS CAUSES THE MOTOR IN THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR TO ROTATE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND RETURN THE THROTTLE CABLE TO DECREASE THE VEHICLE SPEED. 3. COAST CONTROL DURING THE CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE COAST SW IS ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR RETURNS THE THROTTLE CABLE TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND DECREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE COAST SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED. 4. ACCEL CONTROL DURING CRUISE CONTROL DRIVING, WHILE THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED ON, THE CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR PULLS THE THROTTLE CABLE TO OPEN THE THROTTLE VALVE AND INCREASE THE DRIVING SPEED. THE VEHICLE SPEED WHEN THE ACCEL SW IS TURNED OFF IS MEMORIZED AND THE VEHICLE CONTINUES AT THE NEW SET SPEED. 5. RESUME CONTROL UNLESS THE VEHICLE SPEED FALLS BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT (APPROX. 40 KM/H, 25 MPH) AFTER CANCELING THE SET SPEED BY THE CANCEL SW, PUSHING THE RESUME SW WILL CAUSE THE VEHICLE TO RESUME THE SPEED SET BEFORE CANCELLATION. 6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISM IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH OF THE ACTUATOR IS CUT TURNS OFF AND THE MOTOR ROTATES TO CLOSE THE THROTTLE VALVE AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. ∗ PLACING THE SHIFT LEVER IN “N” POSITION (PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF ECU” (A/T) ∗ DEPRESSING THE CLUTCH PEDAL (CLUCH SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE ECU” (M/T) ∗ DEPRESSING THE BRAKE PEDAL (STOP LIGHT SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 16 OF ECU” ∗ PUSH THE CANCEL SW (CANCEL SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 18 OF ECU” ∗ DEPRESSING THE PARKING BRAKE PEDAL (PARKING BRAKE SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF ECU” (3VZ–FE) ∗ PULLING THE PARKING BRAKE LEVER (PARKING BRAKE SW ON). “SIGNAL INPUT TO TERMINAL 3 OF THE ECU” (5S–FE) 196 7. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION A) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING OPERATING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED, CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. (MAIN SW TURNS OFF). WHEN THIS OCCURS, THE IGNITION SW MUST BE TURNED OFF ONCE BEFORE THE MAIN SW WILL TURN ON AGAIN. ∗ OVER CURRENT TO TRANSISTOR DRIVING MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH. ∗ WHEN CURRENT CONTINUED TO FLOW TO THE MOTOR INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IN THE THROTTLE VALVE “OPEN” DIRECTION. ∗ OPEN CIRCUIT IN MOTOR AND/OR MAGNETIC CLUTCH. ∗ MOMENTARY INTERRUPTION OF VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL. ∗ SHORT CIRCUIT IN CRUISE CONTROL SW. ∗ MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE DESPITE THE MOTOR DRIVE SIGNAL BEING OUTPUT. B) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE SET SPEED IS ERASED AND THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. CURRENT FLOW TO MAGNETIC CLUTCH IS CUT OFF UNTIL THE SET SW IS “ON” AGAIN.) ∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED HAS FALLEN BELOW THE MINIMUM SPEED LIMIT, APPROX. 40 KM/H (25 MPH) ∗ WHEN THE VEHICLE SPEED HAS FALLEN MORE THAN 16 KM/H (10 MPH) BELOW THE SET SPEED, E.G. ON AN UPWARD SLOPE. ∗ WHEN POWER TO THE CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM IS MOMENTARILY CUT OFF. C) IF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS OCCURS DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, THE CRUISE CONTROL IS RELEASED. ∗ OPEN CIRCUIT FOR TERMINAL 1 OF CRUISE CONTROL ECU. 8. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION CONTROL FUNCTION ∗ IN OVERDRIVE. IF THE VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES LOWER THAN THE OVERDRIVE CUT SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 4 KM/H, 2.5 MPH) DURING CRUISE CONTROL OPERATION, SUCH AS DRIVING UP A HILL, THE OVERDRIVE IS RELEASED AND THE POWER INCREASED TO PREVENT A REDUCTION IN VEHICLE SPEED. ∗ AFTER RELEASING THE OVERDRIVE, IF VEHICLE SPEED BECOMES HIGHER THAN THE OVERDRIVE RETURN SPEED (SET SPEED MINUS APPROX. 2 KM/H, 1.2 MPH) AND THE ECU JUDGES BY THE SIGNALS FROM POTENTIOMETER OF THE ACTUATOR THAT THE UPWARD SLOPE HAS FINISHED, OVERDRIVE IS RESUMED AFTER A WHILE. SERVICE HINTS C 2 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1–3 : APPROX. 2 K 5–4 : APPROX. 38 C13 CRUISE CNTROL SW MAIN [COMB. SW] 15–20 : CONTINUITY WITH MAIN SW ON 20–17 : APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON APPROX. 68 WITH RESUME/ACCEL SW ON APPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON C16 CRUISE CONTROL ECU 14–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 1,15–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 3–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH PARKING BRAKE SW ON (ONE OF THE CANCEL SW) OR BRAKE LEVEL WARNING SW ON 20–GROUND : 4 PULSE WITH 1 ROTATION OF ROTOR SHAFT 18–GROUND : APPROX. 418 WITH CANCEL SW ON IN CONTROL SW APPROX. 68 WITH RES/ACC SW ON IN CONTROL SW APPROX. 198 WITH SET/COAST SW ON IN CONTROL SW 13–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY 2–GROUND : CONTINUITY WITH SHIFT LEVER AT N POSITION (A/T) OR CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED (M/T) 197 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (1MZ–FE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 15A EFI 7. 5A IGN 15A STOP W–B 9 1D 3 1M 2 2B 2 G–R G–W 3 EFI MAIN RELAY 2 A 1 A 5 2 2D 3 2C 4 2D R–Y B–O W–G N2 1 B 12 IP3 1 B G–W G–R 1 2 G–W 15 1A 2 B FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU IP1 11 B–O B–O IP1 S10 STOP LIGHT SW B–O 6 1M 18 A ,N3 NOISE FILTER (FOR STOP LIGHT) B–O W–L 23 D 22 D 14 D 24 D +B +B1 E7 G–W B–O B–O 4 3B BATT A ,E8 Y–B 19 3C I23 7 D STP B ,E9 C , E10 OD1 D 17 A L–Y V 4 2 3 E01 E02 33 A E03 28 A NC2– E1 16 A O6 O/D DIRECT CLUTCH SPEED SENSOR TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU P–L EB 198 BR W–B E2 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID NC2+ 4 B 9 B 1 2 BR W–B B–O 1 W–B 6 W–B B–O A I18 P–L A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR P–L 34 A Y–L S2 11 A W–L S1 27 A Y–L SL 3 A Y–G ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) SLN– ED FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 10A GAUGE BR BR 6 1D BR I18 R–L L–R 3 6 J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C R–L R–L L–R C 32 A 7 B IDL A ,E8 B ,E9 C , E10 VTA 1 B 3 IN1 R–L L–R IN1 I18 3 TO COMBINATION METER L–R NORMAL 6 POWER BR L–W G L E6 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW B–Y I18 L–R 6 E7 II1 C 4 L–W 2 L–W THW L–R II2 R–L 4 2 20 B I6 L–R FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU FROM COOLING FAN ECU E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) 1 L–R 8 1K T1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 R–L 22 B 3 D E2 P VC D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) TE1 12 D 6 D G–O 10 3D D D GR–B IP1 8 TE2 TE1 4 C8 COMBINATION METER SPEED 5 12 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) 11 G G–B E1 BR G–O V–Y 2 3 G–O J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 22 3D G–W 1 OD2 SP1 5 C G–W 11 D V–Y TE2 IP3 14 IP3 A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR LG BR P A 2 3 V5 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) 1 R–L 199 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (1MZ–FE) * 1 : W/ A/T INDICATOR LIGHT R–L 2 IP3 R–L R–L TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) R–L I18 R–L L–R P1 A/T INDICATOR SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)] 2 R–L 2 D N R P 4 3 10 9 8 7 G–W 13 IQ1 R–B 14 IQ1 8 IQ1 1 IP3 9 IQ1 R–B O 7 IQ1 TO BACK–UP LIGHT I18 R–B Y–L R O B–O 13 IP1 I18 O Y–L Y–L 6 IP1 O Y–L L 15 D 2 R I19 R–B 10 D L R–B 2 D L 5 2 D C11 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] 4 N 6 (* 1) 9 G–O 7 (* 1) II1 10 W–B 2 11 POWER 13 O/D 8 B G–O I6 G–O 1 W–B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B W–B O5 O/D MAIN SW 3 200 IF (* 1) G–W R–B G–O R–L II1 R–B 5 (* 1) R (* 1) (* 1) B–O O (* 1) (* 1) Y–L (* 1) L–R (* 1) E 7 B , E 8 C , E10 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) R–L I1 3 R P SYSTEM OUTLINE PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION, HOWEVER, ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP PRESSURE ETC., THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) CONTROL OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME. 1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION DURING DRIVING, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) TO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL NC2+ OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) FROM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) DEVOTED TO THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION. CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TO THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 1 OF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO SOLENOIDS NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID. 2. LOCK–UP OPERATION WHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION. 3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID IS CUT. 4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT * O/D MAIN SW ON WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET. * O/D MAIN SW OFF WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED TO OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS THROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND. CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDIRVE. 5. ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUIT IF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWER INDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL P OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATES, AND SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDS THAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION. 201 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (1MZ–FE) SERVICE HINTS E 7(B), E 8 (C), E10(A) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) (TURN ON THE IGNTION SW) S1, S2– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH SOLENOID ON 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH SOLENOID OFF P– E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND PATTERN SELECT SW AT POWER POSITION L– E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION 2– E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITION R– E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT R POSITION STP– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED THW– E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH WITH ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 60°C (140°F) –120°C (248°F) IDL– E2 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED VTA–E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED VC– E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OD1– E1 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OD2– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF 0–3.0 VOLTS WITH O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON IGSW– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION +B– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION +B1– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION E 2 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID 1, 2, 6–GROUND : EACH 11–15 Ω O 5 O/D MAIN SW 1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF, OPEN WITH O/D MAIN SW ON : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE C8 32 E9 C11 32 E10 D1 28 J1 E2 28 E4 E6 SEE PAGE O5 33 D 32 O6 29 33 P1 29 J2 33 S10 33 28 J3 33 T1 29 32 J7 33 V5 29 A 32 N2 A 33 E8 B 32 N3 B 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1A 1D 1K 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1M 2B 2C 2D 3B 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) II1 42 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE IN1 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND SWITCH WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IP1 IP3 IQ1 : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION EB 38 (1MZ–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDER ED 38 (1MZ–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD LH IF 42 LEFT KICK PANEL 202 SEE PAGE 32 E7 CODE CODE C : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE I1 44 COWL WIRE I19 I6 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I23 I18 44 ENGINE WIRE SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE 203 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (5S–FE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 3 1M B–O 9 1D G–R 1 B G–R 2 2B 3 2C W–G B–O IP1 12 1 R BR R 2 15 1A IP3 B–O I18 BR E18 BR E17 I18 B1 (* 3) BR 13 A B BR 12 A 1 B 11 B 9 B 16 B G–W B–O B–O 4 3B B I23 R W–L 19 3C B–W 11 3 1 G–W W–B 6 1M 4 2D 4 BR 5 2 L 2 G–W EFI MAIN RELAY FROM IGNITION SW ” ST1” 3 S10 STOP LIGHT SW 1 N2 2 2D BR 2 B G–W B 1 A A ,N3 2 A NOISE FILTER (FOR STOP LIGHT) T1 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR IP1 B–O 18 G–W FROM MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (VACUUM SENSOR) 15A STOP 15A EFI TO MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (VACUUM SENSOR) 7. 5A IGN 1 A 4 A BATT 22 A B/K 12 B NSW IDL VC VTA E2 E21 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) E 7 C , E 8 B , E 10 A S2 S1 SL E1 15 C 2 C 1 C 14 C E01 13 C SP1 E02 9 A 26 C V–Y 22 3D 10 3D V–Y 4 C8 COMBINATION METER W 5 12 IP3 G 14 IP3 LG 11 P W–B W–B BR 1 B NO. 3 (LOCK–UP) NO. 1 NO. 2 E2 A ,E3 B ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID G–B V 3 A L–Y P–L 1 A B SPEED 2 3 V5 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) 1 R–L W–B BR BR EB 204 EC BR ED 16 IP3 BR * 1 : W/ A/T INDICATOR LIGHT * 2 : W/O A/T INDICATOR LIGHT * 3 : EX. CALIFORNIA FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 10A GAUGE J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C C R–L R–L C R–L I18 R–L P1 A/T INDICATOR SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)] L–R L 2 D N R P 4 3 10 9 8 7 Y–L I18 1 IP3 R–L L–R 6 IP1 G–W Y–L R–B I6 TO COMBINATION METER 13 O I18 I1 R–B G–O E1 R–B 7 5 4 3 (* 1) G–W 9 IQ1 (* 1) II1 R–B 5 (* 1) R 10 (* 1) B–O O 11 (* 1) O 13 P R N D 2 L POWER G–O O/D OFF C11 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] 9 6 9 TT (* 1) 5 W–B D (* 1) D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TT J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D BR–B BR–B 17 D IP1 G–O 15 8 13 IQ1 7 A E 7 C , E 8 B , E10 A ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) BR–B G–O BR–B I18 OD2 14 IQ1 TO BACK–UP LIGHT TT 7 B Y–L 2 (* 1) L 8 IQ1 Y–L P THW 7 IQ1 (* 1) 18 A L–R 19 A (* 1) O 6 A LG Y–L 2 R–L L–R IP1 R–B (* 2) R B–O L–R I13 4 B ECT 2 II1 E1 3 BR 3 R–L TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) L–R L–R E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SNESOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) BR 1 R–L IP3 2 3 IN1 L–R II1 2 R–L O 3 6 8 1K 4 II2 NORMAL 6 R–L R–L 6 IN1 R–L POWER E6 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW 6 1D D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) G–O I6 G–O O5 O/D MAIN SW 1 3 B W–B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B R–L BR 12 3D 3 3D W–B BR IF 205 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (5S–FE) SYSTEM OUTLINE PREVIOUS AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONS HAVE SELECTED EACH GEAR SHIFT USING MECHANICALLY CONTROLLED THROTTLE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, GOVERNOR HYDRAULIC PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP HYDRAULIC PRESSURE. THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION, HOWEVER, ELECTRICALLY CONTROLS THE LINE PRESSURE AND LOCK–UP PRESSURE ETC., THROUGH THE SOLENOID VALVE. ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) CONTROL OF THE SOLENOID VALVE BASED ON THE INPUT SIGNALS FROM EACH SENSOR MAKES SMOOTH DRIVING POSSIBLE BY SHIFT SELECTION FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS AT THAT TIME. 1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION DURING DRIVING, THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) SELECTS THE SHIFT FOR EACH GEAR WHICH IS MOST APPROPRIATE TO THE DRIVING CONDITIONS, BASED ON INPUT SIGNALS FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) TO TERMINAL THW OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), AND ALSO THE INPUT SIGNALS TO TERMINAL SP1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) FROM THE VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) DEVOTED TO THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION. CURRENT IS THEN OUTPUT TO THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS. WHEN SHIFTING TO 1ST SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO THE NO. 1 SOLENOID CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 2ND SPEED, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL S1 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL (A)3 OF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND FROM TERMINAL S2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL (A)1 OF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROL TRANSMISSION SOLENOIDS → GROUND, AND CONTINUITY TO SOLENOIDS NO. 1 AND NO. 2 CAUSES THE SHIFT. FOR 3RD SPEED, THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO NO. 1 SOLENOID, ONLY TO NO. 2, CAUSING THE SHIFT. SHIFTING INTO 4TH SPEED (OVERDRIVE) TAKES PLACE WHEN THERE IS NO CONTINUITY TO EITHER NO. 1 OR NO. 2 SOLENOID. 2. LOCK–UP OPERATION WHEN THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) JUDGES FROM EACH SIGNAL THAT LOCK–UP OPERATION CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN MET, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL SL OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) → TERMINAL (B)1 OF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID → GROUND, CAUSING CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID AND CAUSING LOCK–UP OPERATION. 3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT IF THE BRAKE PEDAL IS DEPRESSED (STOP LIGHT SW ON) WHEN DRIVING IN LOCK–UP CONDITION, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL B/K OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATES AND CONTINUITY TO THE LOCK–UP SOLENOID IS CUT. 4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT * O/D MAIN SW ON WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED ON (O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT TURNS OFF), A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION CAUSES GEAR SHIFT WHEN THE CONDITIONS FOR OVERDRIVE ARE MET. * O/D MAIN SW OFF WHEN THE O/D MAIN SW IS TURNED TO OFF, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE O/D OFF INDICATOR LIGHT FLOWS THROUGH THE O/D MAIN SW TO GROUND. CAUSING THE INDICATOR LIGHT TO LIGHT UP. AT THE SAME TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL OD2 OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) AND ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATION PREVENTS SHIFT INTO OVERDRIVE. 5. ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW CIRCUIT IF THE ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW IS CHANGED FROM NORMAL TO POWER, THE CURRENT FLOWING THROUGH THE POWER INDICATOR FLOWS TO GROUND, CURRENT FLOWS TO TERMINAL P OF THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU), THE ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ECU) OPERATES, AND SHIFT UP AND SHIFT DOWN OCCUR AT HIGHER VEHICLE SPEEDS THAN WHEN THE SW IS IN NORMAL POSITION. SERVICE HINTS E 7(C), E 8 (B), E10(A) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) (TURN ON THE IGNTION SW) S1, S2 –E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH SOLENOID ON 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH SOLENOID OFF P –E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW ON AND PATTERN SELECT SW AT POWER POSITION L– E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT L POSITION 2– E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT 2 POSITION R– E1 : 7.5–14.0 VOLTS WITH SHIFT LEVER AT R POSITION B/K– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED THW– E2 : 0.2–1.0 VOLTS WITH WITH ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. 60°C (140°F) –120°C (248°F) IDL– E2 : 0–1.5 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED 206 SERVICE HINTS VTA–E2 : 0.3–0.8 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY CLOSED 3.2–4.9 VOLTS WITH THROTTLE VALVE FULLY OPENED VC– E2 : 4.5–5.5 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION OD2– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH O/D MAIN SW TURNED ON 0–3.0 VOLTS WITH O/D MAIN SW TURNED OFF IGSW– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION +B– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION +B1– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION M–REL– E1 : 9.0–14.0 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION E 2(A), E 3(B) ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID (A)1, (A)3, (B)1–GROUND : EACH 11–15 Ω O 5 O/D MAIN SW 1–3 : CLOSED WITH O/D MAIN SW OFF, OPEN WITH O/D MAIN SW ON : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE C8 32 C11 32 E7 D1 30 E8 D3 32 E10 SEE PAGE E6 CODE SEE PAGE 32 N2 A 33 C 32 N3 B 32 O5 B 33 33 A 32 P1 31 E2 A 30 J1 33 S10 33 E3 B 30 J2 33 T1 31 30 J3 33 V5 31 E4 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1A 1D 1K 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 22 ENGINE WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1M 2B 2C 2D 3B 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) II1 42 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE IN1 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND SWITCH WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IP1 IP3 IQ1 : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION EB 40 (5S–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDER EC 40 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD RH ED 40 (5S–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD LH IF 42 LEFT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE E17 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 40 (5S–FE) (5S FE) ENGINE WIRE I1 44 COWL WIRE I6 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE E18 CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I13 44 COWL WIRE I18 44 ENGINE WIRE I23 44 COWL WIRE 207 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (5S–FE) 208 ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM) (TMC MADE) 209 ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM) (TMC MADE) 60A ABS FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) F18 FUSE BOX R–L R–L W–L 1 3 EC1 W–L W–L E4 6 A G–W W–L 7 EC1 A6 B , A7 A ABS RELAY 1 B 2 A 4 A A4 A , A5 B ABS ACTUATOR 2 A 5 A 3 B 1 A 13 A 26 A 14 A 18 A 6 A W–R E6 W–B W–B 23 A 24 A 11 A R– SR SFR W–B MR SFL SRR SRL AST A , A 14 B A13 ABS ECU FL+ FSS 10 A FR– FR+ 3 A 16 A BR 9 A R FL– 22 A G W–B GND 15 A W–B E 2 A (SHIELDED) E4 IR2 7 IR2 5 IR2 B 6 W BR I25 R G W–B (SHIELDED) 1 2 W–B A8 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH EA 210 1 2 A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH MT 1 B W–B 6 A W–R 3 A R–W W 4 A R 1 A G–R 4 B L–R 5 A G–W 1 A L–W 3 B GR–G GR–L W–R 2 B 4 B GR–R W–B M * 1 : USA * 2 : CANADA FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 10A GAUGE 15A STOP 15A ECU–IG 15A ECU–B R–L R–L LG–R B–R L–Y B A , N3 NOISE FILTER (FOR STOP LIGHT) 15 3C 2 3B 1 L–Y 2 19 3C 1 IR2 4 IR2 IR2 TC 15 B 13 B 6 B TS W L–Y G–W 5 A D/G 7 3C G–B LG–R 13 3C 4 B 11 3B B–R 2 12 3C 1 B 16 3C B–R G–B R–G 17 3C 3 3C 3 2G G–R C 9 A , C10 B LG–R G–B 4 B R–L 16 3D 15 1A 2 B G–R 6 1M 6 A 17 3D 7 1A 1 A G–W IP3 S10 STOP LIGHT SW 3 G–W IP1 2 A C ABS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 3 IP3 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L 22 8 3 1M G–W C WA R–Y TS 16 Y–B C TC 11 R–G Y–B C 6 1B SHORT PIN LG–R TC 4 D3 J3 DATA LINK JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2 CONNECTOR (TDCL) ABS 14 WB N2 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) 23 12 A 25 A STP A13 A , A14 IG1 BAT B ABS ECU RL+ RSS 7 B RR– RR+ 16 B PKB 8 B 14 B (SHIELDED) (* 2) W (* 1) Y (* 2) B BR 3 3B 8 3C 19 IJ1 6 IJ1 4 IS1 5 IS1 6 8 3D IS1 R–W Y BR R R–W (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) (1MZ–FE) IJ1 G 4 1 A19 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH 2 II1 1 A20 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH R–W 2 P2 PARKING BRAKE SW 12 1 1 P3 PARKING BRAKE SW BR I21 (* 1) BR BR I21 R G (SHIELDED) R–W BR 9 B (5S–FE) RL– 1 B 211 ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM) (TMC MADE) SYSTEM OUTLINE THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKEING. 1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU. (2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED. (3) PARKING BRAKE SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL PKB OF THE ABS ECU WHEN THE PARKING BRAKE IS OPERATED. 2. SYSTEM OPERATION DURING SUDDEN BRAKEING THE ABS ECU, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS. IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT ACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPLATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERBILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING. SERVICE HINTS A 4(A), A 5(B) ABS ACTUATOR (A)1, (A)3, (A)4, (A)6 – (A)2 : APPROX. 6 Ω (A)2–GROUND : APPROX. 5 Ω A 6(B), A 7(A) ABS RELAY (A)1–(B) 3 : 60 Ω–100 Ω (A)4–(B) 3 : 60 Ω–100 Ω (A)1, (B) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS (A)6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS A 8, A 9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH 1–2 : 0.8 K–1.3 KΩ A19, A20 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH, RH 1–2 : 1.1 K–1.5 KΩ A13(A), A14(B) ABS ECU (CONNECT THE ECU CONNECTORS) (A) 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TS–EI NOT CONNECTED (B)15–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TS–EI NOT CONNECTED (A) 1–GROUND, (A) 13–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF (A)14–GROUND, (A) 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF (A)26–GROUND, (A) 18–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND ABS WARNING LIGHT GOES OFF (A) 2–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY (A)15–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY (A)12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION (B) 6–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (A)25–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 212 : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A19 CODE 34 SEE PAGE A4 A 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) A5 B 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) 34 N2 A 33 A6 B 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) C9 A 32 N3 B 33 A7 A 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) C10 B 32 P2 33 A20 J3 33 A8 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) D1 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) P3 33 A9 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) D3 32 S10 33 A13 A 32 F10 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) A14 B 32 J1 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1A 1B 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1M 2G 3B 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EC1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE II1 42 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE IP3 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE IR2 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE IS1 44 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE EA SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT RIGHT FENDER : SPLICE POINTS CODE E4 E6 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS E6 40 (5S–FE) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE I21 44 COWL WIRE I25 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 213 ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM) (TMM MADE) F18 FUSE BOX 60A ABS FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 15A STOP 15A ECU–IG 1 3 1M 2 A 6 1M B–R G–R G–W 7 1A 1 A N2 A 16 3C ,N3 B NOISE FILTER (FOR STOP LIGHT) 2 B 1 B 15 3C B–R 2 G–W 7 3C 1 G–R W–L 19 3C S10 STOP LIGHT SW G–W G–W 15 1A 1 IR2 B–R IR1 G–W 19 W–L 7 EC1 1 B 9 A 2 B +BS STP IG A4 A , A5 B ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU FR+ FR– 11 A 5 A FL+ FL– 13 A 7 A R G (SHIELDED) I14 (SHIELDED) W–B W–B IR2 6 IR2 5 IR2 B W W–B 7 (SHIELDED) W–B R G I21 6 2 1 A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH 214 2 1 A8 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH IJ1 FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TS IP3 3 WA 23 R–G Y–B 8 C WB 16 LG–R 11 IP1 6 1B 22 3 EC1 3 R–L TC 4 IP3 C G–B J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C G–B I13 G–B Y–B LG–R C J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L TC SHORT PIN G–B ABS 10A GAUGE G–W 14 16 3D 6 A 3 3C C9 G–W R–G 17 3D A , C10 B ABS WARNING LIGHT (COMB. LIGHT) 13 3C 12 3C 4 B G–B LG–R 17 3C G–B 12 IR1 4 IR2 12 A 15 A 3 B 1 A TC TS LP W A4 G–B R–G IR2 LG–R 2 A ,A5 B ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU RR– GND 14 A 4 B (SHIELDED) W–B B R RR+ 6 A W RL– 2 A G RL+ 4 A (SHIELDED) W–B W–B 13 IR1 20 IR1 3 IR2 I13 8 IR2 (SHIELDED) W–B B R G W (SHIELDED) IJ1 12 IJ1 4 IS1 6 IS1 5 1 IS1 2 A19 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH B W (SHIELDED) G (SHIELDED) R 19 1 2 A20 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH EA 215 ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM) (TMM MADE) : PARTS LOCATION CODE A4 A5 SEE PAGE CODE A 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) C9 B 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) C10 SEE PAGE A 32 B CODE SEE PAGE J3 33 32 N2 A 33 A8 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) D1 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) N3 B 33 A9 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) D3 32 A19 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) F18 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) A20 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) J1 33 S10 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1A 1B 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1M 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EC1 IJ1 IP1 IP3 IR1 IR2 IS1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE EA SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT RIGHT FENDER : SPLICE POINTS CODE I13 I14 216 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE CODE I21 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS COWL WIRE 217 ABS (ANTI–LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM) (TMM MADE) SYSTEM OUTLINE THIS SYSTEM CONTROLS THE RESPECTIVE BRAKE FLUID PRESSURES ACTING ON THE DISC BRAKE CYLINDERS OF THE RIGHT FRONT WHEEL, LEFT FRONT WHEEL AND REAR WHEELS WHEN THE BRAKES ARE APPLIED IN A PANIC STOP SO THAT THE WHEELS DO NOT LOCK. THIS RESULTS IN IMPROVED DIRECTIONAL STABILITY AND STEERABILITY DURING PANIC BRAKEING. 1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL THE SPEED OF THE WHEELS IS DETECTED AND INPUT TO TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ AND RR+ OF THE ABS ECU. (2) STOP LIGHT SW SIGNAL A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL STP OF THE ABS ECU WHEN BRAKE PEDAL IS OPERATED. 2. SYSTEM OPERATION DURING SUDDEN BRAKEING THE ABS ECU, WHICH HAS SIGNALS INPUT FROM EACH SENSOR, CONTROLS THE CURRENT FLOWING TO THE SOLENOID INSIDE THE ACTUATOR AND LETS THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON EACH WHEEL CYLINDER ESCAPE TO THE RESERVOIR. THE PUMP INSIDE THE ACTUATOR IS ALSO OPERATING AT THIS TIME AND IT RETURNS THE BRAKE FLUID FROM THE RESERVOIR TO THE MASTER CYLINDER, THUS PREVENTING LOCKING OF THE VEHICLE WHEELS. IF THE ECU JUDGES THAT THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ACTING ON THE WHEEL CYLINDER IS INSUFFICIENT, THE CURRENT ACTING ON THE SOLENOID IS CONTROLLED AND THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS INCREASED. HOLDING OF THE HYDRAULIC PRESSURE IS ALSO CONTROLLED BY THE ECU, BY THE SAME METHOD AS ABOVE. BY REPEATED PRESSURE REDUCTION, HOLDING AND INCREASE ARE REPLATED TO MAINTAIN VEHICLE STABILITY AND TO IMPROVE STEERBILITY DURING SUDDEN BRAKING. SERVICE HINTS A 8, A 9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH 1–2 : 0.8 K–1.3 KΩ A19, A20 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH, RH 1–2 : 1.1 K–1.5 KΩ A 4(A), A 5(B) ABS ECU (CONNECT THE ECU CONNECTORS) (A)12–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TS–EI NOT CONNECTED (A)15–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) TS–EI NOT CONNECTED (B) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY (B) 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION (A) 9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED (B) 1–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 218 ABS ( ANTI – LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM) (TMM MADE) -Memo 37 ELECTRIC TENSION REDUCER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 15A ECU–IG B–R 7 1A 16 3C 14 3A B–R B–R 5 3D 3 IS1 B–R IJ1 B–R 1 2 2 T2 TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID LH 1 R 1 T3 TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID RH D25 DIODE (FOR TENSION REDUCER) G 1 R–Y 2 2 2 1 1 W–B BL 220 B10 BUCKLE SW RH W–B B 7, B 8 BUCKLE SW LH * 1 W/ POWER SEAT * 2 W/O POWER SEAT SERVICE HINTS B 7, B 8 BUCKLE SW LH 1–2 : CLOSED WITH DRIVER’S LAP BELT IN USE B10 BUCKLE SW RH 1–2 : CLOSED WITH PASSENGER’S LAP BELT IN USE T 2, T 3 TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID LH, RH 2–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE B7 32 B10 32 T2 35 B8 32 D25 32 T3 35 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1A 3A 3C SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE IS1 44 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND COWL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) (* 1) B7 (* 2) B 8 2 1 1 B10 D25 BLACK 1 2 1 2 T2 T3 2 1 2 1 2 X X 221 AUTO ANTENNA (S/D, C/P) * 1 : 6 SPEAKER * 2 : 4 SPEAKER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 20A DOME 15A CIG/RADIO 1 1L 9 1L S8 STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER 1 1C L–R B–R R 2 2G 15A ECU–IG ACC 12 1K 9 II2 9 II2 W L–R R 13 R2 RADIO AND PLAYER (* 1) B II2 B–R 3 J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B 8 R B 3 A J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A 1 IU1 RADIO SW B–R 8 R 1 OFF GR L–R IM2 ON PLAYER SW 2 IU1 (* 1) P–L (* 1) B–R L–R B–R R 9 IM2 R3 RADIO AND PLAYER (* 2) GR 3 B–R 8 RADIO SW OFF (* 2) P–L (* 2) IU1 B–R L–R B–R P–L 6 4 3 1 R–G B R–W W–B 1 4 5 7 8 6 R 5 Y 10 IU1 2 2 A21 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND CONTROL RELAY 222 IU1 L–Y 9 L M B W–B 3 W–B 3 9 ON PLAYER SW BM SERVICE HINTS A21 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY 9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 7–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON 3–GROUND : CONTINUITY (UPPER LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT UP STOP 2–GROUND : CONTINUITY (DOWN LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT DOWN STOP 4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT UPPERMOST POSITION 1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW OFF AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT LOWERMOST POSITION 1–2: CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT LOWERMOST POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A21 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) R2 33 J3 33 R3 33 CODE S8 SEE PAGE 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1C 1K 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1L 2G : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE IM2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE IU1 44 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE BM SEE PAGE 46 (S/D) GROUND POINTS LOCATION UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 48 (C/P) A21 1 J3 2 A A B 3 4 5 6 R2 R3 B A A B B B B (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) BLUE 3 1 8 3 8 9 X S8 X X 9 223 AUTO ANTENNA (W/G) * 1 : 8 SPEAKER * 2 : 6 SPEAKER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 20A DOME 15A ECU–IG 1 1L 9 1L S8 STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER 1 1C L–R B–R R 2 2G 15A CIG/RADIO ACC 6 1H 9 II2 9 II2 W L–R 13 R2 RADIO AND PLAYER (* 1) B B 3 B 8 B–R IM2 R 1 IG1 RADIO SW 8 OFF GR L–R R B–R J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR ON PLAYER SW 1 2 IG1 (* 1) P–L (* 1) B–R L–R B–R 9 IM2 R3 RADIO AND PLAYER (* 2) GR 3 B–R 8 RADIO SW OFF (* 2) P–L (* 2) B–R L–R B–R P–L 5 6 4 3 1 R–G B R–W W–B 1 4 5 7 8 6 R 2 Y 10 IG1 L–Y A21 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY 9 IG1 9 ON PLAYER SW W–B C J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C L M B 3 W–B 2 BL 224 SERVICE HINTS A21 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY 9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION 5–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION 7–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS 8–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON 3–GROUND : CONTINUITY (UPPER LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT UP STOP 2–GROUND : CONTINUITY (DOWN LIMIT SW ON) UNLESS ANTENNA AT DOWN STOP 4–3 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW ON AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT UPPERMOST POSITION 1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW AT ACC OR ON POSITION AND RADIO SW OFF AND PLAYER SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT LOWERMOST POSITION 1–2 : CLOSED WITH IGNITION SW OFF UNTIL ANTENNA AT LOWERMOST POSITION : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A21 36 (W/G) J5 36 (W/G) R3 33 J3 33 R2 33 S8 33 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1C 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1H 20 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 1L 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 2G 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE IM2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE IG1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) BL UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 50 (W/G) A21 1 J3 2 J5 B 3 4 5 6 R2 B B B B B C C C C C C C C 1 3 C C (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 8 X (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) R3 BLUE 3 S8 X X 9 8 9 225 RADIO AND PLAYER (S/D, C/P 6 SPEAKER) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) TO AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY 15A CIG/RADIO B–R 20A DOME 2 2G 9 1L B–R R 9 IU1 L–R 1 1C 8 IM2 B–R 12 1K R TO AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY R2 RADIO AND PLAYER 8 ANT II2 ACC 3 B MUTE FR 5 FL 7 RR 6 RL 15 14 BR B L G Y 3 A 9 A B AMP S8 R 1 A ACC 12 A 4 A 6 A 5 A 14 A 13 A (SHIELDED) I15 7 A 11 A W B R (SHIELDED) R R 10 B BEEP 13 I15 GR 3 IM2 L–Y GR B 4 IM2 SGND 12 A , S9 ACC 10 A GND SGND BEEP MUTE FR FL RR RL B STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER LG L 1 2 F10 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH IH 226 2 R12 REAR SPEAKER LH 1 L 9 LG 2 R13 REAR SPEAKER RH IT2 IT2 1 2 F13 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) RH 1 2 F11 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH L V F12 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) LH 1 4 LG B V P P BR 2 5 B L 17 IG1 W 7 IG1 R 18 IG1 Y 8 IG1 P 13 IH1 1 B LG W 5 IM2 W R 1 IM2 R Y 3 IM1 Y 1 IM1 B 6 IM1 1 4 B FR– 2 IM1 IH1 3 B FR+ 6 IM2 8 9 B RR– 2 IM2 7 IM2 8 B RR+ 2 B V 6 B RL– 7 B B RL+ V FL– P FL+ BR E (SHIELDED) 9 IM2 A GND 11 W B B 4 1 BR A AMP P–L L–R 9 R II2 L–Y J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 3 SERVICE HINTS S 8(A), S 9(B) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER (A) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION (B) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY (B)10–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE F10 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE J3 33 S8 A 33 S9 B 33 F11 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) R2 33 F12 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) R12 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) F13 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) R13 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1C 1K 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1L 2G : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IG1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IH1 42 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE IT2 44 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IU1 44 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IM1 IM2 : GROUND POINTS CODE IH SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH : SPLICE POINTS CODE I15 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 44 CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CONSOLE BOX WIRE F10, F11 BLACK F12, F13 J3 A A B R2 B A A B B B B 1 1 2 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 2 S8 A 1 X 3 R12, R13 BLUE 1 8 3 4 X 11 12 13 5 6 7 2 1 14 15 S9 B 4 5 6 7 X 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 227 RADIO AND PLAYER (S/D, C/P 4 SPEAKER) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 20A DOME 15A CIG/RADIO 9 1L R 2 2G L–R 1 1C R 12 1K A B J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IU1 BR IH 228 RR– W R 2 R12 REAR SPEAKER LH 1 2 R13 REAR SPEAKER RH FR– 1 B 5 B 4 L R 17 IG1 1 FR+ 3 A 7 IG1 B F10 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH RR+ 1 A 18 IG1 V 2 RL– 6 A 8 IG1 V P BR 1 RL+ 2 A 13 IH1 P IH1 A ACC Y FL– 6 B B , R4 RADIO AND PLAYER Y FL+ B R3 IT2 9 IT2 L ANP 2 B 8 3 B B E 7 B 4 B LG 9 B GR P–L 8 B B L–Y B–R A ANT II2 LG 10 9 W 9 IU1 II2 L–R P–L B–R 3 R TO AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY 1 2 F11 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH SERVICE HINTS R 3(B) RADIO AND PLAYER (B) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION (B) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (B) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE F10 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) R3 F11 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) R4 J3 33 SEE PAGE B 33 A 33 R12 CODE R13 SEE PAGE 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1C 1K 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1L 2G : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IG1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IH1 42 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE IT2 44 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IU1 44 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE IH SEE PAGE 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH F10, F11 BLACK J3 A A B R3 B B 1 2 5 6 BLUE 3 4 R4 A 1 BLUE R12, R13 2 A A B B B B 1 2 7 8 9 3 X 6 2 1 (HINT : SEE PAGE 7) 229 RADIO AND PLAYER (W/G 8 SPEAKER) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) TO AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY L–R 1 1C B–R B–R 8 IM2 R2 RADIO AND PLAYER 8 R 12 1K 9 IG1 B–R 9 1L R 2 2G 15A CIG/RADIO TO AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY 20A DOME ANT II2 B ACC 4 GND 3 11 B 5 FR FL 7 RR 6 15 RL 14 B L G Y 12 A 4 A 6 A 5 A 14 A 13 A (SHIELDED) 3 A AMP S8 BR 1 A ACC R 7 A 11 A W B R (SHIELDED) R I15 R 10 B MUTE I15 GR 3 IM2 L–Y GR B 4 IM2 BEEP 13 A ,S9 9 A B 10 A ACC GND SGND BEEP MUTE FR FL RR RL B STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER RL+ 7 IM2 8 IH1 2 IM1 6 IM1 Y Y 9 B 8 IG1 18 IG1 13 IH1 D Y 6 IM2 RL– 8 B B V 2 IM2 V 6 B B 2 B B 7 B P FL– P FL+ BR E J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR E D E B Y 4 Bc3 Y 1 Bc3 4 Bd1 1 Bd1 1 IH 230 2 F11 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH 1 2 R14 REAR TWEETER (SPEAKER) LH Y B V B F13 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) LH P Y 5 Bc3 10 Bc3 B 2 E Y 1 B V P BR D 1 2 R12 REAR SPEAKER LH (SHIELDED) 9 IM2 A SGND 12 W B 1 BR A AMP P–L L–R 9 R II2 L–Y J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 3 S8 A ,S9 B STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER RR– R 17 IG1 1 IM2 5 IM2 B L J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR LG W R IG1 A 5 B LG W 3 IM1 FR– 1 B W R 1 IM1 7 FR+ 4 B L RR+ 3 B B A 4 IT2 9 IT2 L LG W 1 Bb1 1 2 F14 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) RH W 2 Bd1 2 Bb1 R W L LG R 5 Bd1 R 3 Bc3 W 9 Bc3 R W B R A 1 2 R13 REAR SPEAKER RH 1 2 R15 REAR TWEETER (SPEAKER) RH 1 2 F12 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH 231 RADIO AND PLAYER (W/G 8 SPEAKER) SERVICE HINTS S 8(A), S 9(B) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER (A) 7–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION (B) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY (B)10–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE F11 36 (W/G) F12 F13 CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE J5 36 R15 36 (W/G) 36 (W/G) R2 33 S8 A 33 36 (W/G) R12 36 (W/G) S9 B 33 F14 36 (W/G) R13 36 (W/G) J3 33 R14 36 (W/G) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1C 1K 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1L 2G : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IG1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IH1 42 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE IM1 IM2 IT2 44 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE Bb1 50 (W/G) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bc3 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bd1 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE IH SEE PAGE 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH : SPLICE POINTS CODE I15 232 SEE PAGE 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CONSOLE BOX WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS RADIO AND PLAYER (W/G 6 SPEAKER) SERVICE HINTS R 3(B) RADIO AND PLAYER (B) 3–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON OR ACC POSITION (B) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS APPROX. 12 VOLTS (B) 7–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE F11 36 (W/G) R3 F12 36 (W/G) R4 J3 33 R12 36 (W/G) J5 36 R13 36 (W/G) CODE SEE PAGE B 33 R14 36 (W/G) A 33 R15 36 (W/G) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1C 1K 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 1L 2G : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) IG1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IH1 42 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE II2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND COWL WIRE IT2 44 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IU1 44 FLOOR NO. 2 WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE Bb1 50 (W/G) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bc3 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bd1 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE IH SEE PAGE 42 GROUND POINTS LOCATION INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH 233 RADIO AND PLAYER (W/G 6 SPEAKER) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 20A DOME 9 1L R 2 2G 15A CIG/RADIO L–R 1 1C R 12 1K A B J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 9 IU1 10 IU1 B B–R P–L 4 B GR B L–Y A P–L II2 B–R 9 L–R II2 R 3 TO AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY 3 B 8 B 9 B ACC R3 ANT B , R4 ANP A RADIO AND PLAYER RL+ RL– 8 IG1 18 IG1 D J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Y Y 6 A B 2 A B V FL– 6 B P FL+ 2 B BR E 7 B E D E 13 IH1 B Y 1 Bc3 10 Bc3 4 Bc3 B Y 4 Bd1 1 Bd1 B B 1 2 BR F11 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH IH 234 1 2 R14 REAR TWEETER (SPEAKER) LH Y Y 5 Bc3 Y E B D V P 8 IH1 1 2 R12 REAR SPEAKER LH R3 B ,R4 A RADIO AND PLAYER RR+ RR– A FR– 1 B 5 B J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IG1 L W 17 LG R IG1 R 7 FR+ 3 A W 1 A B B A 4 W 1 Bb1 2 Bb1 L IT2 W R 2 Bd1 9 R W 5 Bd1 IT2 LG R 3 Bc3 W 9 Bc3 R W B R A 1 2 R13 REAR SPEAKER RH 1 2 R15 REAR TWEETER (SPEAKER) RH 1 2 F12 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH 235 COMBINATION METER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 6 1D 6 1B R–L R–L 10A GAUGE FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(A/T) FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU)(M/T) FROM CRUISE CONTROL ECU C 2 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IP3 V–Y R–L B , C10 C 7 C 5 A 12 A 4 C 12 3C Y–G IP3 14 IP3 (* 6) G–B TAC (* 7) B A C14 COOLING FAN ECU (* 6) A ED 236 LG 2 3 6 I2 IGNITER J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR BR 4 F15 FUEL SENDER B IP3 R–L V5 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) 5 IP3 1 1 R–L 16 (* 6) 3 (* 7) 2 B BR 1 IP1 BR Y–L 12 3D 8 P W2 WATER TEMP. SENDER 13 3D 3 BX1 Y–R 2 BX1 BR Y–L Y–R 1 1 BX1 Y–B R–W 13 3C 11 Y–B IJ1 O1 OIL PRESSURE SW 18 TO INTEGRATION RELAY IJ1 12 1D B 11 IP3 I9 BR IJ1 10 B G–B G–B 6 5 7 B 13 1D BR Y–L Y–R I9 BR OIL ABS SPEED 11 B G 8 C Y–G 6 A SEAT BELT 4 A TACHO WATER TEMP. 7 A BR 8 A BR FUEL FUEL A ,C9 COMBINATION METER TO ABS ECU C8 6 B B R–L C I18 R–L TO BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T) TO PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW)(A/T) TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) 5 1M 8 1C 1 8 3D II1 2 8 3C I6 1 D E B B II1 (CANADA) E (USA) 1 C W–B D HIGH BEAM R–Y (CANADA) R–G (USA) FROM ” HEAD (UPR–RH)” FUSE FROM ” HEAD RH” FUSE W–R 2 C R–B SRS 9 B J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 8 B B–Y 10 A J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B–O 7. 5A IGN TO DIMMER SW [COMB. SW] 10 3A CHARGE (* 1) 3 1D TO CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY R–W Y (* 1) 10A STARTER B–Y 8 O/D OFF TO LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR B–W 1 TO GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) PKB Y R–Y G–O A (* 2) BRK G–O 12 B G–O G–O 18 D4 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) (CANADA) G–O A (1MZ–FE A/T) Y–G 3 B TO O/D MAIN SW 4 REAR LIGHT B–W B , C10 C 15 B P2 PARKING BRAKE SW A (USA) BULB CHECK BRAKE 20 3B FROM A/T INDICATOR LIGHT IE R–Y R–Y 2 3C R–W 2 R–W R–Y (* 3) COMBINATION METER (EX. 1MZ–FE A/T) F R–W F P3 PARKING BRAKE SW 19 3D B2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW 1 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 19 3B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 18 3D W–B (* 5) 3 C W–B 8 3B G–R (* 4) O CRUISE A ,C9 W–B (* 5) 9 A G–R (* 4) O G–L C8 TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(A/T) TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU)(M/T) TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU G–L * 1 : W/O A/T INDICATOR LIGHT * 2 : W/ A/T INDICATOR LIGHT * 3 : MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) *4 *5 *6 *7 : : : : TMC MADE TMM MADE 1MZ–FE 5S–FE FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 7. 5A SRS 4 3 1F 13 B 14 B IF 237 W–B TO RHEOSTAT R–Y C8 238 A ,C9 B , C10 C 13 A 11 A R 2 A 1 A 3 A 2 1D 6 3D 8 1L 18 3C 11 1C 1 1M IG OPEN DOOR G G–B L–R R FROM HAZARD SW (TL) FROM HAZARD SW (TR) I13 TURN LH 16 B L–R G–Y 4 3C 6 II1 (* 1) L–R 5 3D TURN RH 11 1D (* 1) G 10 1D POWER METER ILLUMINATION 20 3D R TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) FROM ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW 14 1D W–B B L–R G 15A TAIL TO DOOR COURTESY SW W–B B G COMBINATION METER * 1 : W/O A/T INDICATOR FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 20A DOME 2 2G 1 1C 5 1C 9 3D 14 3C 16 3A 4 B COMBINATION METER 5 B SERVICE HINTS B 2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW 1–2 : CLOSED WITH FLOAT DOWN C 8(A), C 9(B), C10(C) COMBINATION METER (A)2, (B)6, (B)9–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH IGNITION SW AT ON POSITION (A)3, (B)14, (C)8–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY F15 FUEL SENDER 2–3 : APPROX. 3 WITH FUEL FULL APPROX. 110.0 WITH FUEL EMPTY O 1 OIL PRESSURE SW 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH OIL PRESSURE BELOW 0.2 KG/CM2 (2.84 PSI, 19.61 KPA) P 2 PARKING BRAKE SW (1MZ–FE A/T) 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE PEDAL DEPRESSED P 3 PARKING BRAKE SW (EX. 1MZ–FE A/T) 1–GROUND : CLOSED WITH PARKING BRAKE LEVER PULLED UP : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE B2 CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) D4 32 P2 33 C8 A 32 F15 34 (S/D), 35 (C/P), 36 (W/G) P3 33 C9 B 32 I2 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) V5 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) C10 C 32 J2 33 W2 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) 32 O1 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) C14 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 1 SEE PAGE 25 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1B 1C 1D 1F 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1L 1M 2G 3A 3B 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) II1 42 COWL WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE IP1 IP3 46 (S/D) BX1 48 (C/P) FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE 50 (W/G) : GROUND POINTS CODE ED SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION INTAKE MANIFOLD LH IE IF IG 42 LEFT KICK PANEL 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I6 44 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE I13 44 COWL WIRE I9 44 COWL WIRE I18 44 ENGINE WIRE 239 COMBINATION METER 240 RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN (5S–FE) : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A1 30 E5 30 (5S–FE) A2 30 (5S–FE) R1 30 (5S–FE) CODE SEE PAGE : RELAY BLOCKS CODE 5 SEE PAGE 26 RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1A 2B 2E 3A 3C SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA1 SEE PAGE 40 (5S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE EB SEE PAGE 40 (5S–FE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT LEFT FENDER : SPLICE POINTS CODE E5 SEE PAGE 40 (5S–FE) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE 241 RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN (5S–FE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 15A ECU–IG 30A CDS FAN 30A RDI FAN 4 2B B–R 7 1A W 16 3C 15 3A B–O 2 M 6 2G 1 5 2E 1 L 3 2 4 8 2E 3 2B R RADIATOR FAN RELAY 5 1 2B B L A2 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW B–R L–B 5 6 2E 2 2 3 4 RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 2 1 B–R W–R B–W B–R FROM A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY 5 2 R1 RADIATOR FAN MOTOR 5 M 1 RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 3 1 2 3 E5 WATER TEMP. SW (FOR COOLING FAN) 5 W–B B–R W–B 5 1 EA1 2 5 B 5 W–B E5 W–B W–B 5 5 5 3 1 A1 A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR EB 242 W–B W–B 2 EA1 EB SYSTEM OUTLINE FAN MOTOR OPERATION WITH THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM ECU–IG FUSE TO RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 (COIL SIDE) AND RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 2 (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE WATER TEMP. SW → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, AND RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND NO. 2 ARE TURNED ON. ∗ RADIATOR FAN MOTOR OPERATION WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 IS TURNED ON. IF AT THIS TIME THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE IS APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR HIGHER, THE WATER TEMP. SW IS TURNED OFF, RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 IS TURNED OFF. AS A RESULT, CURRENT FROM THE RDI FAN FUSE TO RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, THUS ACTIVATING THE ROTATION OF THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR. ∗ LOW SPEED OPERATION WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON AND THE A/C ACTIVATED, RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 2 ARE TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY (POINT SIDE) TO RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 3 (COIL SIDE) → GROUND, AND RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 3 IS TURNED ON. AS A RESULT, CURRENT FLOWS FROM CDS FAN FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → RADIAOTR FAN RELAY NO. 2 (POINT SIDE) → RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 3 (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, FLOWING TO EACH FAN MOTOR IN SERIES, CAUSING THE FAN TO AT LOW SPEED. ∗ HIGH SPEED OPERATION OF THE FAN MOTOR DUARING A/C OPERATION WHEN THE A/C OPERATION, THE REFRIGERRANT PRESSURE BECOME HIGHER THAN OR DINARY LEVEL (APPROX. 15.58 KG/CM2 (221.2 PSI, 1527 KPA)) THE A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW IS TURNED OFF. AS A RESULT, RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 AND RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 2 ARE TURNED OFF, AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM RDI FUSE TO RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 1 (POINT SIDE) → TERMINAL 2 OF THE RADIATOR FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, AND CURRENT FLOWS FROM CDS FAN FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR → TERMINAL 1 → RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 2 (POINT SIDE) → GROUND, AND TO EACH FAN MOTOR IN PARALLEL, THUS CAUSING THE FAN MOTORS OPERATE HIGH SPEED. NOTE THAT, BECAUSE THE CURRENT FLOWS IN THE SAME MENNER EVEN IF THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE IS APPROX. 90°C (194°F) OR HIGHER, THE FAN MOTOR OPERATE AT HIGH SPEED. SERVICE HINTS A 2 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW 2–3 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 15.58 KG/CM2 (221.2 PSI, 1527 KPA) CLOSE BELOW APPROX. 15.56 KG/CM2 (178.4 PSI, 1231 KPA) A1 1 BLACK A2 BLACK 2 E5 1 2 R1 GRAY 2 3 1 2 243 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED HYDRAULIC COOLING FAN (1MZ–FE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 15A ECU–IG B–R 7 1A TO COMBINATION METER FROM THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 16 3C FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) L L I18 IP2 L W–R 7 B B–R 15 3A 1 6 IGB TAC 5 IDL SOL– 2 3 10 TH– TH+ HP 9 8 Y–L L–R BR L–W SOL+ L–Y E 4 Y C14 COOLING FAN ECU I18 L–W L–R 1 1 L–W 8 EC1 2 6 3 2 OPT S1 SOLENOID VALVE (FOR HYDRAULIC MOTOR) D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) A2 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW 2 BR W–B E5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) (FOR COOLING FAN) EC 244 EB SYSTEM OUTLINE THE COOLING FAN ECU RECEIVES VARIOUS SIGNAL, I.E., THE ENGINE RPM SIGNAL FROM THE IGNITER, COOLANT TEMPERATURE SIGNAL FROM THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR), A/C REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SIGNAL FROM A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW. THE COOLING FAN ECU JUDGES THE ENGINE BASED ON SIGNALS FROM ABOVE MENTION, DRIVES THE SOLENOID VALVE AND CONTROLS THE SPEED OF THE COOLING FAN STEPLESSLY FAIL–SAFE FUNCTION WHEN THE MALFANCTION IS DETECTED BY THE ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) OR SOLENOID VALVE, THE FAIL–SAFE FUNCTION OF THE COOLING FAN ECU JUDGES THE SITUATION TO ALLOWS THE COOLING SYSTEM TO CONTINUE OPERATION. SERVICE HINTS A 2 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW 2–3 : OPEN ABOVE APPROX. 15.58KG/CM2 (221.2PSI, 1527KPA) CLOSED BELOW APPROX. 12.56 KG/CM2 (178.4PSI, 1231KPA) C14 COOLING FAN ECU 1–GROUND : APPROX. 12 VOLTS WITH THE IGNITION SW ON 9–10 : 2.5 VOLTS AT 20°C (68°F) AND IGNITION SW ON 1.2 VOLTS AT 80°C (176°F) AND IGNITION SW ON 8– 4 : 10–14 VOLTS AT A/C PRESSURE SW ON (OPEN) 0–3 VOLTS AT A/C PRESSURE SW OFF (CLOSE) 4–GROUND : ALWAYS CONTINUITY E 5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) (FOR COOLING FAN) 1–2 : 1.5K AT 80°C (176°F) 0.7K AT 110°C (230°F) : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A2 28 D1 28 C14 32 E5 30 CODE S1 SEE PAGE 29 : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE 1A 3A 3C JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE SEE PAGE JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) EC1 38 (1MZ–FE) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE IP2 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION EB 38 (1MZ–FE) FRONT LEFT FENDER EC 38 (1MZ–FE) INTAKE MANIFOLD RH : SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE I18 44 A2 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS CODE SEE PAGE BLACK C14 GRAY 1 2 D1 BLACK E5 BROWN S1 1 3 4 5 6 X 8 9 10 2 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE WIRE 1 3 6 X X X X X 2 2 X X X X 245 AIR CONDITIONING (PUSH CONTROL SW TYPE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) B FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) 40A HEATER 10A GAUGE 4 4 L R–L 6 1B 4 5 R–L 4 1 R–L I5 HEATER RELAY R–L 2 4 3 4 C 4 R–L I7 C B 4 I7 R–L R–L B4 BLOWER MOTOR B W–B R–L J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L B I21 C 2 W–B L–W M R–L B–R 1 5 B5 BLOWER RESISTOR IK1 1 W–B 12 2 3 L–O L–B B–W 3 IK1 IK1 4 B–W W–B I13 W–B 1 2 W–B 4 M4 M3 M2 M1 LO OFF I14 7 L–W 5 W–B I13 W–B M5 L–B L–O B6 BLOWER SW W–B I12 B–W I14 HI IK1 W–B IK1 II 246 W–B 2 1 W–B B 6 IG W–B 1 H8 HEATER CONTROL SW W–B B R–L R–B 4 R–W 3 A16 AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR FRESH/RECIRC 10A A/C R–L M DEF F/D FOOT B/L FACE F L–Y 4 3 2 M R–L 4 A17 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR R R 4 DEF F/D FOOT B/L R–L R–L 7 IL1 W–B 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT FACE B 5 IL1 5 4 3 2 G–W R L–W 6 11 A/C RECIRC/FRESH IL1 FACE 3 10 2 BI–LEVEL FOOT L–O L–Y 5 L–B R–W 4 2 IL1 L–R R–B 8 1 3 IL1 L Y–G 4 IL1 7 1 R–Y 7 B–Y A L–B W–B 6 IL1 R R–L 9 FOOT/DEF DEF H8 HEATER CONTROL SW W–B W–B 247 248 W–B I2 IGNITER 8 TACH 4 G 2 8 9 13 14 12 2 4 4 12 1D IP1 6 TAC C14 COOLING FAN ECU IP3 B–W(* 2) B–W R–L L–Y R–L R–L R–W 5 5 3 5 5 7 G I19 L–Y (* 2) B–W R–L B–Y L–Y (* 2) L–B(* 1) TO RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 3 W–L(* 2) 4 TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(A/T) OR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU)(M/T) 1 1B LG–B 10 L–W(* 1) W–L W–R IR1 FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(A/T) OR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU)(M/T) 5 B W–R IP3 (* 1) B 9 (* 2) B A11 A/C EVAPORATOR TEMP. SENSOR W–R L–W 1 R–B R–L B W–B 2 R–W AIR CONDITIONING (PUSH CONTROL SW TYPE) E6 * 1 : 1MZ–FE * 2 : 5S–FE R–B 5 1 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY 2 5 B–W (* 1) W–R 4 EC1 1 4 A3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR A2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 1 4 IR1 6 A10 A/C AMPLIFIER 1 IR1 SYSTEM OUTLINE 1. AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION (FOR PUSH SW TYPE) (SWITCHING FROM FRESH TO RECIRC) WITH THE IGNITION SW ON, CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE FLOWS TO TERMINAL 1 OF THE SERVO MOTOR. WHEN THE RECIRC SW IS TURNED ON, THE CURRENT FLOWS FROM SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 3 → TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE RECIRC SIDE. WHEN IT IS IN THE RECIRC POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION. WHEN THE CIRCUIT FOR THE INDICATOR LIGHT, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE → TERMINAL 12 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → INDICATOR LIGHT → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND AND THE INDICATOR LIGHT CONTINUES TO LIGHT UP WHILE THE RECIRC SW IS ON. (SWITCHING FROM RECIRC TO FRESH) WHEN THE IGNITION IS ON AND THE FRESH SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 2 OF THE SERVO MOTOR → TERMINAL 6 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, THE MOTOR ROTATES AND THE DAMPER MOVES TO THE FRESH SIDE. WHEN THE DAMPER IS IN THE FRESH POSITION, THE CIRCUIT IS CUT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR AND THE DAMPER STOPS IN THAT POSITION. 2. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR WHEN THE IGNITION SW ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW, TERMINAL 6 OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR. WHEN THE DAMPER IS IN FACE POSITION AND THE BI–LEVEL OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW IS THEN TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 3 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 4 OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR SO THAT A SINGAL THAT THE GROUND CIRCUIT IS ACTIVATED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL “B” OF THE CONTROL CIRCUIT INSIDE THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR. SIMULTANEOUSLY, A SIGNAL THAT THE GROUND CIRCUIT IS NOT ACTIVATED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL “A” OF THE CONTROL CIRCUIT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THESE TWO SIGNALS ACTIVATE THE CONTROL CIRCUIT SO THAT CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO THE SERVO MOTOR, CAUSING THE SERVO MOTOR TO OPERATE AND THE DAMPER TO MOVE TO BI–LEVEL POSITION. WHEN THE DAMPER REACHES BI–LEVEL POSITION, A GROUND CUT SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL “B” OF THE CONTROL CIRCUIT, THE CONTROL CIRCUIT OPERATES, THE SERVO MOTOR STOPS ROTATING AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT BI–LEVEL. WHEN ANOTHER MODE POSITION IS SWITCHED TO, INPUT OF SIGNALS TO TERMINAL “A” AND TERMINAL “B” OF THE CONTROL CIRCUIT THAT GROUND IS MADE OR GROUND IS NOT MADE (AS EXPLAINED ABOVE) ACTIAVTES THE CONTROL CIRCUIT AND MOVES THE SERVO MOTOR TO THE DESIRED POSITION. 3. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION WHEN THE IGNITION SW ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 12 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW, TERMINAL 6 OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR. WHEN THE BLOWER SW IS ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE → HEATER RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 7 OF THE BLOWER SW → TERMINAL 5 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. THIS CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM THE HEATER FUSE TO THE HEATER RELAY (POINT SIDE) → A/C FUSE → TERMINAL 7 OF THE HEATER CONTROL SW (A/C SW). IF THE HEATER CONTROL (A/C SW) IS THEN TURNED ON AT THIS TIME, A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIRE. THIS ACTIVATES THE A/C AMPLIFIER AND A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY (POINT SIDE) → A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH, CAUSING THE COMPRESSOR TO OPERATE. THE VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) IS TURNED ON SIMULTANEOUSLY TO PREVENT A DECREASE IN ENGINE SPEED DUE TO A/C OPERATION. SERVICE HINTS HEATER RELAY (4)5– (4)4 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY (4)5– (4)3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON AND A/C SW ON A 2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 1–4 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE 2.1 KG/CM (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 KG/CM (384 PSI, 2646 KPA) B 5 BLOWER RESISTOR 6–2 : APPROX. 1.12 Ω 2–3 : APPROX. 0.5 Ω 3–1 : APPROX. 0.2 Ω 249 AIR CONDITIONING (PUSH CONTROL SW TYPE) : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A2 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) A17 32 CODE SEE PAGE H8 33 A3 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) B4 32 I2 30 (5S–FE) A10 32 B5 32 J1 33 A11 32 B6 32 A16 32 C14 32 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 4 25 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 5 26 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1B 1D SEE PAGE 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EC1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE IK1 42 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE IL1 42 COWL WIRE AND SERVO MOTOR SUB WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE IP1 IP3 IR1 : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH II 42 RIGHT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE E6 I5 I7 250 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE COWL WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I12 I13 I14 I19 44 COWL WIRE 251 AIR CONDITIONING (LEVER CONTROL SW TYPE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 64) R–L B 40A HEATER 10A GAUGE 4 R–L 4 5 4 1 2 A17 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR HEATER RELAY 4 3 6 4 IL1 B 4 M FACE L–W B DEF F/D FOOT B/L B I21 W–B R–L I5 R–L 4 I7 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L C C R–L R–L 6 1B L 4 R–L 6 CONTROL CIRCUIT B5 BLOWER RESISTOR B DEF F/D FOOT B/L A 2 2 6 1 3 G L Y FACE B4 BLOWER MOTOR B M IK1 4 L–B L–O B–W W–B I12 W–B 4 M1 LO 3 G–W R IL1 IL1 4 5 IL1 IL1 4 5 6 7 8 OFF I14 L–W W–B 1 DEF F/D FOOT B/L FACE W–B B6 BLOWER SW I13 W–B W–B 2 I13 1 252 IL1 W–B 8 M2 W–B 5 HI 3 II 1 W–B IL1 B–W I14 L–B IK1 7 B–W 5 L–W 2 4 L IK1 3 L–R 3 L–B IK1 2 L–O 1 1 B–Y W–B 7 R–Y 1 IG H8 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SW W–B I19 2 13 8 I2 IGNITER 4 4 1 1B 12 1D IP1 W–B 4 6 FACH TAC C14 COOLING FAN ECU G 2 4 A3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR 14 7 A2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW B–W (* 2) 5 G W–R (* 2) L–Y R–L 4 L–Y 2 B–W(* 2) TO RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 3 B–W R–L 4 B–Y 5 IP3 L–B(* 1) 10A A/C W–L(* 2) R–L IR1 TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(A/T) OR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU)(M/T) 9 LG–B L–W(* 1) W–R Y–G 4 FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(A/T) OR ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU)(M/T) W–L W–R 9 B B A11 A/C EVAPORATOR TEMP. SENSOR A12 A/C SW (* 1) B 8 B 10 5 OFF ON 2 L–W 1 R–B R–W R–L (* 2) W–B * 1 : 1MZ–FE * 2 : 5S–FE R–L B E6 1 5 5 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY 5 1 3 2 B–W 5 5 (* 1) W–R 4 EC1 1 1 4 IR1 6 IR1 1 IP3 12 2 A10 A/C AMPLIFIER 1 253 AIR CONDITIONING (LEVER CONTROL SW TYPE) SYSTEM OUTLINE CURRENT ALWAYS FLOWS FROM THE HEATER FUSE TO TERMINAL 5 OF THE HEATER RELAY. WHEN THE IGNITION SW IS TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM GAUGE FUSE TO TERMINAL 2 OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR AND A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 12 OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER, TERMINAL 1 OF THE A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW → TERMINAL 4 → TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C AMPLIFIER, HEATER RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE BLOWER SW. 1. OPERATION OF AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR WHEN THE DAMPER IS IN FACE POSITION AND THE BI–LEVEL OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SW IS THEN TURNED ON, CURRENT FLOWS FROM TERMINAL 7 OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SW → TERMINAL 5 OF THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR SO THAT A SIGNAL THAT THE GROUND CIRCUIT IS ACTIVATED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL “B” OF THE CONTROL CIRCUIT INSIDE THE AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR. SIMULTANEOUSLY, A SIGNAL THAT THE GROUND CIRCUIT IS NOT ACTIVATED IS INPUT TO TERMINAL “A” OF THE CONTROL CIRCUIT INSIDE THE SERVO MOTOR. THESE TWO SIGNALS ACTIVATE THE CONTROL CIRCUIT SO THAT CURRENT FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO THE SERVO MOTOR, CAUSING THE SERVO MOTOR TO OPERATE AND THE DAMPER TO MOVE TO BI–LEVEL POSITION. WHEN THE DAMPER REACHES BI–LEVEL POSITION. A GROUND CUT SIGNAL IS INPUT TO TERMINAL “B” OF THE CONTROL CIRCUIT, THE CONTROL CIRCUIT OPERATES, THE SERVO MOTOR STOPS ROTATING AND THE DAMPER STOPS AT BI–LEVEL. WHEN ANOTHER MODE POSITION IS SWITCHED TO, INPUT OF SIGNALS TO TERMINAL “A” AND TERMINAL “B” OF THE CONTROL CIRCUIT THAT GROUND IS NOT MADE (AS EXPLAINED ABOVE) ACTIVATES THE CONTROL CIRCUIT AND MOVES THE SERVO MOTOR TO THE DESIRED POSITION. 2. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION WHEN THE BLOWER SW IS ON, CURRENT FLOWS THE GAUGE FUSE → HEATER RELAY (COIL SIDE) → TERMINAL 3 OF THE BLOWER SW → TERMINAL 1 → GROUND, ACTIVATING THE HEATER RELAY. THIS CAUSES CURRENT TO FLOW FROM THE HEATER FUSE TO THE HEATER RELAY (POINT SIDE) → A/C FUSE → TERMINAL 2 OF THE A/C SW. IF THE A/C SW IS THEN TURNED ON AT THIS TIME. A SIGNAL IS INPUT TO THE A/C AMPLIFIER. THIS ACTIVATES THE A/C AMPLIFER AND A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY SO THAT CURRENT FLOWS FROM THE GAUGE FUSE TO THE A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY (POINT SIDE) → A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH. CAUSING THE COMPRESSOR TO OPERATE. THE VSV (FOR A/C IDLE–UP) IS TURNED ON SIMULTANEOUSLY TO PREVENT A DECREASE IN ENGINE SPEED DUE TO A/C OPERATION. SERVICE HINTS HEATER RELAY (4)5– (4)4 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY (5)5– (5)3 : CLOSED WITH THE IGNITION SW ON AND BLOWER SW ON AND A/C SW ON A 2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 1–4 : OPEN WITH PRESSURE 2.1 KG/CM (30 PSI, 206 KPA) OR ABOVE 27 KG/CM (384 PSI, 2646 KPA) B 5 BLOWER RESISTOR 6–1 : APPROX. 3.17 Ω 6–3 : APPROX. 1.38 Ω 2–6 : APPROX. 0.38 Ω : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE A2 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) A17 32 CODE SEE PAGE H8 33 A3 28 (1MZ–FE), 30 (5S–FE) B4 32 I2 30 (5S–FE) A10 32 B5 32 J1 33 A11 32 B6 32 A12 32 C14 32 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 4 25 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 5 26 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE 1B 1D 254 SEE PAGE 20 JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. NO 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EC1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE IK1 42 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE IL1 42 COWL WIRE AND SERVO MOTOR SUB WIRE 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE 44 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND COWL WIRE IP1 IP3 IR1 : GROUND POINTS CODE SEE PAGE GROUND POINTS LOCATION IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH II 42 RIGHT KICK PANEL : SPLICE POINTS CODE E6 I5 I7 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 44 WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE COWL WIRE CODE SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS I13 I14 44 COWL WIRE I19 255 * 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMM MADE * 3 : W/ POWER WINDOW GROUND POINT HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] W–B LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] W–B * 4 : W/O POWER WINDOW * 5 : AIR CONDITIONING (PUSH CONTROL SW TYPE) * 6 : AIR CONDITIONING (LEVER CONTROL SW TYPE) 4 IK1 W–B W–B W–B W–B I12 W–B I5 BLOWER SW 7 IL1 W–B I13 W–B W–B W–B KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID I5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3 W–B W–B J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B I7 W–B I7 W–B REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW W–B 6 3C F 6 3D 13 COMBINATION METER W–B W–B 6 W–B CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) (CANADA) 14 3B W–B CRUISE CONTROL CLUCH SW 8 1C 18 3C 5 1M W–B 6 IV2 (* 2) W–B (* 2) (* 1) 6 IV1 W–B 6 1I W–B W–B I13 CRUISE CONTROL ECU CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] W–B W–B 5 W–B 3B W–B W–B 2 1F B 4 : S/D B30 : W/G B20 : C/P W–B 12 3A W–B W–B VANITY LIGHT RH W–B I7 W–B CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY (E2) 3A W–B W–B 1 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER STARTER RELAY F I7 W–B BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW 1 2F W–B I7 W–B CIGARETTE LIGHTER A/C AMPLIFIER F W–B CLOCK W–B I13 10 W–B 1C DEFOGGER RELAY VANITY LIGHT LH I 7 : *5 I14 : * 6 W–B W–B AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR HEATER CONTROL SW (PUSH CONTROL SW TYPE) OR AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SW (LEVER CONTROL SW TYPE) W–B WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] BLOWER RESISTOR I5 W–B DIMMER SW [COMB. SW] W–B W–B 11 1C I13 (W/G)(S/D, C/P) NOISE FILTER IE MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY W–B POWER MAIN RELAY B 5 : S/D B21 : C/P B32 : W/G INTEGRATION RELAY W–B MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND PERSONAL LIGHT W–B W–B 4 W–B B 4 : S/D B21 : C/P B31 : W/G MOON ROOF LIMIT SW 1G W–B MOON ROOF MOTOR W–B W–B 1 1M 1 1F W–B UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW] W–B CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY (E1) W–B RADIO AND PLAYER STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER BK : S/D, C/P BP : W/G BR (W/O CD PLAYER) BR 7 IM2 BR (W/ CD PLAYER) IH 256 W–B IG II 4 HEATER RELAY W–B B B W–B 19 W–B W–B DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW RH W–B DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH W–B DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH IT1 W–B RHEOSTAT B11 : EX. C/P B27 : C/P A/T INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] W–B B GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW W–B B REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW W–B B11 : EX. C/P B27 : C/P W–B B W–B B W–B BACK DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW W–B W–B W–B W–B DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT AND SW DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH W–B B1 W–B POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH B W–B W–B (W/G) IJ BUCKLE SW 16 W–B IH2 B 1 : * 4 EX. C/P B 2 : * 3 EX. C/P B18 : * 3 C/P B W–B W–B DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY POWER SEAT SW B 1 : EX. C/P B18 : C/P W–B SHIFT LOCK ECU B W–B O/D MAIN SW J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IF 5 W–B DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH W–B IO1 C C W–B (W/O POWER SEAT) W–B C W–B C W–B (W/ POWER SEAT) LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR W–B C REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH W–B C BUCKLE SW AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY REAR WIPER RELAY J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C W–B BX1 3 W–B W–B FUEL PUMP 5 W–B Bb1 W–B W–B REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH W–B BL (W/G) BQ (W/G) W–B 3 Bc1 W–B REAR WIPER MOTOR 4 Bd3 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH W–B W–B B38 W–B B38 W–B W–B B38 W–B REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH W–B HIGH MOUNT STOP LIGHT W–B LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW B W–B W–B W–B W–B LICENSE PLATE LIGHT BR (W/G) REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER(–) BS (W/G) 257 GROUND POINT W–B FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT RH W–B FRONT SIDE MARKER RH W–B W–B (* 1) E4 W–B FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH W–B (* 1) E6 W–B (* 1) I25 W–B W–B W–B W–B W–B (* 1) E4 W–B W–B (* 2) FRONT SIDE MARKER LH W–B E4 W–B (CANADA) 5 EB1 W–B HEADLIGHT LO LH W–B 7 7 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT NO. 4 W–B E4 7 W–B (5S–FE) 2 4 W–B 2B 2E W–B E3 W–B W–B EFI MAIN RELAY EB W–B (5S–FE) W–B E5 (5S–FE) W–B OXYGEN SENSOR RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 2 5 RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 3 2 EA1 W–B W–B (5S–FE) WATER TEMP. SW (FOR COOLING FAN) W–B E5 NOISE FILER (FOR IGNITION SYSTEM) 5 W–B W–B E5 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGIN AND ELECTRONIC (E1) CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) (A/T) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU) (M/T) CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR ENGINE MAIN RELAY W–B HEADLIGHT LO RH (GND) ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 W–B RADIATOR FAN MOTOR W–B W–B FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH ABS ECU (GND) 7 W–B E4 (E) EA W–B W–B W–B FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT LH ABS RELAY E4 W–B FRON WIPER MOTOR ABS ACTUATOR BR W–B E5 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW (1MZ–FE) BR (5S–FE) BR 3 3D E17 BR 13 BR I9 BR I9 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) BR BR BR 3D BR DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) COMBINATION METER 12 3D W–B BR EC 258 (5S–FE) ED 3 BX1 BR W–B IP3 BR BR BR BR 16 IJ1 BR BR 18 (5S–FE) W–B FUEL SENDER ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE (E01) AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(A/T) (E02) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE ECU)(M/T) NOISE FILTER (FOR IGNITION SYSTEM) IGNITER HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) W–B W–B 3 3D E14 I7 BR 3 3D BR BR I9 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) BR DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 BR DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3 BR I9 BR BR BR HEAD OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 2 SENSOR 1) BR BR COMBINATION METER 12 3D IJ1 BR BR BR 18 3 BR BX1 A A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR A (E01) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ENGINE (E02) AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ( ECU) (E03) BR W–B BR BR BR BR BR ED (1MZ–FE) BR BR EC (1MZ–FE) BR BR I18 5 IQ1 5 BX1 W–B HIGH MOUNT STOP LIGHT (W/ REAR SPOILER) BUCKLE SW W–B B16 COOLING AFN ECU BUCKLE SW RH W–B W–B ENGINE CONTROL MODULE ENGINE (E1) AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION (ECU) BR HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 2) W–B FUEL PUMP FUEL SENDER W–B REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH W–B REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH W–B HIGH MOUNT STOP LIGHT W–B (W/O POWER SEAT) W–B W–B 5 IO1 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY W–B BL W–B B25 W–B B25 W–B 7 BZ1 W–B B28 (S/D, C/P) B28 (S/D, C/P) W–B W–B B BN (S/D, C/P) W–B LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR W–B REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH W–B LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH W–B W–B BM REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER(–) (W/O REAR SPOILER) W–B BUCKLE SW LH 4 Ba1 W–B (W/ POWER SEAT) W–B BUCKLE SW W–B B16 W–B POWER SEAT SW BO B28 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH (S/D, C/P) 259 GROUND POINT * 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMM MADE : PARTS LOCATION CODE SEE PAGE CODE SEE PAGE J1 33 J5 36 (W/G) J2 33 J7 33 : RELAY BLOCKS CODE SEE PAGE RELAY BLOCKS (RELAY BLOCK LOCATION) 1 25 R/B NO. 1 (LEFT KICK PANEL) 4 25 R/B NO. 4 (RIGHT KICK PANEL) 5 26 R/B NO. 5 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 6 26 R/B NO. 6 (BEHIND GLOVE BOX) 7 27 R/B NO. 7 (NEAR THE BATTERY) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR CODE SEE PAGE JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) 1C 1F 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 20 (*1) ROOF WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL) TMC MADE 20 (*2) COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL) TMM MADE 20 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 1 (INSTRUMENT PANEL LEFT) 22 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 22 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO. 2 (ENGINE COMPARTMENT LEFT) 24 COWL WIRE AND J/B NO NO. 3 (BEHIND COMBINATION METER) 1G 1I 1M 2B 2E 2F 3A 3B 3C 3D : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS CODE EA1 EB1 SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS (CONNECTOR LOCATION) ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND ENGINE ROOM NO. 3 WIRE ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE AND RELAY WIRE IH2 42 FRONT DOOR LH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IJ1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND COWL WIRE IK1 42 COWL WIRE AND A/C SUB WIRE IL1 42 COWL WIRE AND SERVO MOTOR SUB WIRE IM2 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE AND CONSOLE BOX WIRE IO1 42 FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND SEAT WIRE IP3 44 ENGINE WIRE AND COWL WIRE IQ1 44 ENGINE WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IT1 44 FRONT DOOR RH WIRE AND INSTRUMENT PANEL WIRE IV1 44 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE IV2 44 ROOF WIRE AND COWL WIRE MADE IN USA 46 (S/D) BX1 48 (C/P) FUEL GAUGE WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE 50 (W/G) BZ1 Ba1 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE AND LUGGAGE ROOM NO. NO 2 WIRE Bb1 50 (W/G) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bc1 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND FLOOR NO. 1 WIRE Bd3 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 1 WIRE AND BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE 260 CODE SEE PAGE : GROUND POINTS CODE EA EB EC ED IE SEE PAGE 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) GROUND POINTS LOCATION FRONT RIGHT FENDER FRONT LEFT FENDER INTAKE MANIFOLD RH INTAKE MANIFOLD LH 42 LEFT KICK PANEL IG 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE LH IH 42 INSTRUMENT PANEL BRACE RH 42 RIGHT KICK PANEL IF II IJ BK 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) ROOF LEFT 46 (S/D) BL 48 (C/P) 50 (W/G) BM BN BO UNDER THE LEFT QUARTER PILLAR 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) 46 (S/D) 48 (C/P) UNDER THE RIGHT QUARTER PILLAR LEFT QUARTER PILLAR BP 50 (W/G) BACK PANEL CENTER BQ 50 (W/G) LOWER BACK PANEL CENTER BR 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR CENTER BS 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR RIGHT : SPLICE POINTS CODE E3 E4 E5 SEE PAGE WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS 38 (1MZ–FE) B2 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) 40 (5S–FE) 38 (1MZ–FE) CODE B4 ENGINE ROOM MAIN WIRE B5 B11 40 (5S–FE) SEE PAGE 46 (S/D) 50 (W/G) 46 (S/D) 46 (S/D) 50 (W/G) WIRE HARNESS WITH SPLICE POINTS FRONT DOOR LH WIRE ROOF WIRE FRONT DOOR RH WIRE 38 (1MZ–FE) B16 46 (S/D) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 2 WIRE 40 (5S–FE) B18 48 (C/P) FRONT DOOR LH WIRE E14 38 (1MZ–FE) B21 48 (C/P) ROOF WIRE E17 40 (5S–FE) 48 (C/P) FLOOR NO. NO 1 WIRE B27 48 (C/P) FRONT DOOR RH WIRE B28 48 (C/P) LUGGAGE ROOM NO. 1 WIRE 50 (W/G) ROOF WIRE 50 (W/G) BACK DOOR NO. 2 WIRE E6 ENGINE WIRE I5 B26 I7 I9 44 COWL WIRE I13 B30 I14 I18 B1 B25 B31 44 46 (S/D) 50 (W/G) ENGINE WIRE FRONT DOOR LH WIRE B32 B38 261 OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 262 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL System Title Indicates the wiring color. Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code. B = Black L = Blue R = Red BR = Brown LG = Light Green V = Violet G = Green O = Orange W = White GR = Gray P = Pink Y = Yellow Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No. and connector code is shown beside it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts (different junction blocks are shaded differently for further clarification.). Example: The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the second letter indicates the color of the stripe. Indicates the connector to be connected to a part (the numeral indicates the pin No.) The position of the parts is the same as shown in the wiring diagram and wire routing. Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for female and male connectors. Indicates related system. Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is shown with arrows Outside numerals are pin numbers. is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different. Indicates a shielded cable. The numbering system for the overall wiring diagram is the same as above. Indicates a Relay Block. No Shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B. Indicates and located on ground point. The same code occuring on the next page indicates that the wire harness is continuous. 263 1994 Model (Location No. 1 to 36) 3–1 (1MZ–FE) 4–1 (5S–FE A/T and California M/T) 5–1 (5S–FE Ex. A/T and California M/T) Rear Window Defogger 24–4 (W/G) 28–1 (S/D,C/P) Rear Wiper and Washer 22–2 8–3 (for USA) 10–1 (for Canada) Remote Control Mirror 20–1 Horn 18–4 Shift Lock Illumination 15–2 SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Interior Light 11–1 (S/D, C/P w/ Key Illuminated Entry) 12–1 (W/G w/ Key Illuminated Entry) 13–1 (S/D, C/P w/o Key Illuminated Entry) 14–1 (W/G w/o Key Illuminated Entry) ABS (Anti–Lock Brake System) 25–2 (TMC Made) 26–2 (TMM Made) Engine Control Air Conditioning 35–1(Lever Con– trol SW Type) 36–1(Push Con– trol SW Type) Front Wiper and Washer 18–2 Headlight Auto Antenna 27–3 (W/G) 28–3 (S/D,C/P) Back–Up Light Back Door Lock (w/o Power Window) Charging 6–7 (1MZ–FE) 7–7 (5S–FE) 22–4 (W/G) 2–4 Cigarette Lighter and Clock 22–3 Combination Meter 33–1 Cruise Control 24–2 Power Seat 21–3 Door Lock 19–1 Power Source 1~36–1 Electrical Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator 6–2 (1MZ–FE) 7–2 (5S–FE) Power Window 20–2 Electrically Controlled Hydraulic Cooling Fan 27–2 (1MZ–FE) Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan Electric Tension Reducer 36–7 Radio and Player Light Auto Turn Off Moon Roof 34–2 23–2 23–3 Starting and Ignition 1–2 (1MZ–FE) 2–2 (5S–FE) Stop Light 8–1 (W/G) 9–1 (S/D, C/P) Taillight 16–1 (S/D, C/P) 17–1 (W/G) Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light 9–3 (S/D, C/P) 18–2 (W/G) Unlock and Seat Belt Warning 34–1 21–1 34–3 (5S–FE) 29–1(S/D, C/P 6 Speaker) 30–1(W/G 8 Speaker) 31–1(S/D, C/P 4 Speaker) 32–2(W/G 6 Speaker) OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 264 SYSTEM INDEX 1 CAMRY ELECTRICAL W IRING DIAGRAM Starting and Ignition (1MZ–FE) Power Source 1 3 2 4 IGNITER I 2 A DARK GRAY 2 2H B–W (A/T) From Diode (for Cruise Control) <24–1> 8 1G 1 ST1 7 B–W 6 1G W–R 5 1E B–W 10A STARTER 1 EF1 4 5 S4 2 1 2 2 1 2 B–O B–O B–O 1 I21 IGNITION COIL NO. 6 2 1 B–O I20 IGNITION COIL NO. 5 1 B–O 1 2 1 A 2 A 3 A 4 A 5 A 6 A 7 A COIL1 COIL2 COIL3 COIL4 COIL5 COIL6 IGT4 IGT5 IGT6 3 B 2 B 1 B G–R IGT3 4 B R–B IGT2 5 B L–B IGT1 6 B GR–B IGF 8 B Y–R TACH 8 A W–G GND B–O B–O B W–B W–B W–B 1 A To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector)<3–3> To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU)<3–7> S 3 A BLACK A , I15 IGNITER 1 1M STARTER BATTERY 8 P I2 11 1C +B 1 B B–R 7 LG–B 2 N1 NOISE FILTER (for Ignition System) 7 B FL MAIN 2. 0L 6 G 1 W–B B–R To Bulb Check Relay [COMB. METER] To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) To Circuit Opening Relay<3–2> 100A ALT B 5 W B–O FUSE BOX 1 B 1 B 4 GR B–O B F10 A FUSE BOX 3 B–O 6 18 3C B B–O B–O 2 2C B–O 6 3C B–R F10 A , F16 2 L W–B B–W B–R B–W W 1 A P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW (NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T) N 5 2C 1 2F 20 3B 1 16 IP1 I17 IGNITION COIL NO. 2 2 2 3C 2 3D 8 5 P 3 3 EF1 7 I15 B BLACK I16 IGNITION COIL NO. 1 W 1 STARTER RELAY 17 IP1 6 B S3 A ,S4 STARTER B F16 B 1 1 Instrument panel brace LH IG EC Intake manifold RH OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM B–W 1 5 W–R 1 1 1E 4 B–O To Injector <3–2> W–R I12 IGNITION SW 3 B–W 40A AM1 40A MAIN 5 W–R ST2 W–R 2 30A AM2 1 B–O IG2 9 B–O 2 6 1A B 10 AM2 9 1G 14 1A B–O 1 2G B–R I19 IGNITION COIL NO. 4 IG1 I18 IGNITION COIL NO. 3 4 AM1 B–W W B ACC Starting and Ignition (5S–FE) From Diode (for Cruise Control) <24–1> B–W 8 1G 14 1A 6 1G 1 7. 5A ALT–S 2 3C 2 2 5 2C 1 2F B–R W W 1 B (5S–FE) 20 3B B–W B–W W 2 3D 1 A (1MZ–FE) 6 3C B (M/T) B–R 6 B (A/T) B–O B–R W–R 1 2 G2 (*1) NE–(*2) 1 2 4 3 (*1) 1 4 3 2 (*2) B–R IG– 1 2 4 R–L E Y (Canada) E 1 B L L B A B STARTER Instrument panel brace LH IG EC Intake manifold RH G1 To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <4–7><5–3> To Tachometer To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU)<4–8> To Engine Control Module (Engine ECU)<5–4> W–B W–B A , S4 E S B S4 B S3 2 IP3 10 IP3 B BATTERY 1 8 IG B STARTER S 3 A BLACK B R 11 A Y 1 FL MAIN 2. 0L IGF IGT 3 +B I2 IGNITER B F16 C 5 C– W 2 D2 DISTRIBUTOR NE G1 G– NE+ G+ G– W–R B–R 1 N1 NOISE FILTER 1 1M 9 Y W–B 11 1C W–R B 1 B I3 IGNITION COIL P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW(NEUTRAL START SW) (A/T) To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU)<4–7> To Engine Control Module (Engine ECU)<5–4> (5S–FE) F10 B B–R FUSE BOX To Bulb Check Relay F16 C 1 C (*3) B , To Circuit Opening Relay <4–3><5–1> F10 A , W–R N 1 EF1 18 3C 100A ALT P W–B 3 EF1 2 2C 16 IP1 5 6 1D Y W 1 17 IP1 3 1 EF1 C9 CHARGE WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] B–W FUSE BOX (1MZ–FE) F10 A 1 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 5 10A GAUGE 3 1D B–W (A/T) 1 1 1 1E 7. 5A IGN B–W 4 C7 CLUTCH START SW(M/T) B–W B (M/T) (M/T) I12 IGNITION SW 5 1E 10A STARTER W–R 40A AM1 *1 : California *2 : Ex. California *3 : One Body Assembly Ex. California R–L ST2 W–R 2 40A MAIN W–R 5 IG2 9 B–O W–R 10 AM2 9 1G 3 1G 6 1A ST1 7 B–W 30A AM2 W W 6 2C To Daytime Running Light Relay(Main) <10–2> W 2 2H Y 1 2G B–R B–W B–Y W IG1 2 B ACC 4 AM1 W 4 3 2 B–Y 1 C harging W Power Source 1 2 3 A , G2 B GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) GENERATOR (ALTERNATOR) G1 A G 2 B BLACK 1 1 2 3 OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 2 C AM RY (Cont. next page) 3 C AM R Y Engine Control (1MZ–FE) P o w e r S o urce 1 1 1 1 1 OX1 B–O R–L C9 BR 18 3D WA 4 22 19 A A (SHIELDED) BR R–L G–R G–R B–O G R L GR Y W (SHIELDED) BR 1 EB Instrument panel brace LH IG GR Y W R L W–B W–B Front left fender BL Under the left quarter piller 7 3D 19 IP1 G 1 1M G–R A , C10 B BR (SHIELDED) BR 3 B BR 16 E1 3 G–R TS 11 16 IP1 OX2 J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR TC 6 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP(CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L R–L To ABS ECU<25–2> <26–3> B–Y R–L G–W 15 B BR 2 12 6 A G–R 2 G–R 2 B–O B–O 2 I9 INJECTOR NO. 6 B–O 2 I8 INJECTOR NO. 5 B–O B–O B–O B–O I7 INJECTOR NO. 4 1 B–O I6 INJECTOR NO. 3 W–B BATTERY 11 1C 2 B–O B–O I4 INJECTOR NO. 1 W–B 18 3C I5 INJECTOR NO. 2 FL MAIN 2. 0L B–O 9 IP1 TE2 12 3D BR B–O 2 TE1 B W–B B 11 IP1 8 (Short Pin) FP OPT L–B 13 3A WB From Igniter <1–3> W–B 4 BX1 W–B 1 B B L–B 1 C 1 IP1 23 AB 5 BX1 FUSE BOX 5 R–G B 15 IP3 16 IJ1 G–R B–O B–O B–O F10 A , F16 5 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 (CHECK CONNECTOR) B–Y L–B 4 M 1 A L–B L–B 2 F15 FUEL PUMP 3 3 2C 2 2B 2 2H 6 G–R LG–R 6 To Center Airbag Sensor Assembly<23–4> To ABS ECU<25–3><26–3> To Cruise Control ECU<24–2> 6 From Center Airbag Sensor Assembly <23–4> 1 C 3 3D L–W 1 4 12 To ABS ECU <25–3><26–3> B–O B–O To Igniter <1–3> 5 6 BR AB CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY W–B 15A EFI EFI MAIN RELAY 2 2D W 30A AM2 7. 5A OBD 1 1E 10A GAUGE 6 1B 3 E1 From Cooling Fan ECU <27–2> 4 2D 2 IM1 B G–L 10 A/D 2 B–O W–R 1 2G B–O B 3 2D 18 IP1 G–W GR–B TC 9 1D 1 W 4 Y–B 3 1G R–Y 3 100A ALT From Cruise Control ECU<24–3> 6 B–Y B–O 6 G–B 14 ABS From ABS ECU <25–3><26–3> 6 1A 2 3 EF1 From ABS ECU <25–2><26–2> From Center Airbag Sensor Assmbly<23–4> B–O B–O From ABS ECU <25–2><26–3> (SHIELDED) 9 1G 4 IP1 B–W W–G 7. 5A IGN I12 IGNITION SW B–O B W–R W 8 1G B–O D3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2 (TDCL) R–L B–O From ” STARTER” Fuse<1–1> IG2 9 ST2 40A AM1 R–L W–G B–W BR B B–O GR–B G–W BR BR B–O W–G IG1 2 ST1 7 10 AM2 4 B–Y ACC 4 AM1 3 2 B–W B * Engine Control Module(Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) * Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Warning Light) Intake manifold LH ED Intake manifold RH EC For the connectors of the parts listed below, see the next page. * Fuse Box Engine Control (1M Z–FE) * Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Warning Light) BR 12 3D BR 16 IP3 BR 2 BR L–W Y–L W–L R NE NE– B 17 1 2 4 EE1 EE1 EE1 2 C 21 A A 16 34 A 33 28 3 F A A BR A A 1 K1 KNOCK SENSOR 2 W 1 2 1 8 1C 5 1M BR 2 BR K2 KNOCK SENSOR 1 W 1 5 3D W–B A A F W–B A 5 3C W–B A J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B BR A A G (SHIELDED) J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G 3 EE1 D 6 5 W–B 16 NC2+ ELS E1 EO1 EO2 EO3 B B–R 14 (SHIELDED) 1 2 9 B BR 15 A 1 R–B From Stop Light SW <8–2><9–2> L–B B–Y B B R 10 (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) B–R J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A B–O 4 B G G D6 DIODE (for Idle–Up) B L 9 L–W L–R B 8 G22+ G22– KNKR KNKL A G A 2 To Cooling Fan ECU<27–2> To Cruise Control ECU<24–2> To Cooling Fan ECU<27–2> To Tachometer BR B–W E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR 7 C W–B BR 6 A 7 8 B From ’ TAIL’ Fuse <16–2><17–2> 5 IQ1 5 A 21 B BR 1 BR 6 A 24 D O6 O/D DIRECT CLUTCH SPEED SENSOR 1 2 5 G B–O 12 A 22 B 2 (SHIELDED) 4 IQ1 B–O A 25 A 32 A B–O B–O 12 C 7 B 3 TACO VTA1 E2 STP THA VG VG– NC2– VCC IDL1 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) W 3 22 C , E10 D ACIS #60 #50 #40 #30 #20 #10 C 1 B W 1 B–O G–R 4 E1 A 2 V4 VSV(for Intake Control) 3 3D OX FPU D 11 IM1 B–O H9 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (Bank 1 Sensor 2) 1 2 B–O HT +B SP1 A 23 THG B ,E9 V–Y 22 THW A , E8 To Combination Meter<33–2> 23 BATT E7 EGR RSC A V3 VSV(for Fuel Pressure Up) 12 D Y–B 29 D I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE(ISC VALVE) From Igniter <1–4> 30 A G–B 26 NSW ACT RSO +B +B1 A B–O 15 A B–O 16 IGF IGT6 A G–R 3 BR A V2 VSV(for EGR) 20 IP1 P–B B 9 II1 8 II1 (SHIELDED) 10 II1 24 IGT5 IGT4 A Y–R G–R B P–B 18 W–G 3 G–R 25 26 (SHIELDED) IGT3 IGT2 A G–R B W–R FC C L–B W D GR–B HTS D R–B IGT1 OXS B–W A/C ACV 13 D THA VG VG– (SHIELDED) TE1 14 C G–W B–W TE2 20 B E2 4 L STA 14 D 4 3B L SDL BR B–W HTR 14 A L L C18 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR OXR 5 D 2 C17 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR HTL 20 D 3 W OXL 1 C 2 4 M6 MASS AIR FLOW 1 (AIR FLOW METER) B W C 1 W D 2 Y A L D 1 GR C R B W–L 5 C LG–B 12 IP3 G 11 B T1 THROTTLE POSITION 1 SENSOR G–Y W–L 13 W–G To A/C Aeplifier <35–4><36–5> GR–B 1 EF1 18 IP3 28 2 E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR(EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) B–O V1 VSV (for A/C Idle–Up) W–B 11 13 From STARTER Fuse<1–2> B BR 15 5 1E B–L 10 6 1G R–Y 19 1 B–Y R–L V–R R–L (SHIELDED) 1 SDL G–W 3 13 SG CG B–W HT 12 BATT B–W 1 OX 1 (SHIELDED) 3 2 +B W HT 4 E D24 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3 OX B–O 2 +B (SHIELDED) L–B B–O 4 E H11 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (Bank 1 Sensor 1) R–L B–R H12 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (Bank 2 Sensor 1) B–R R–L A G–B A B–O B–O BR B–W J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR A R–L BR R–L G–R G–R B–O G R L GR Y W 8 G–W R–L W–G B–W BR B B–O GR–B G–W BR 7 W–B B–O 6 BR 5 (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) (SHIELDED) BR BR Intake manifold LH ED Left kick panel IE OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM (Cont. next page) 3 CAMRY (Cont’ d) 3 CAMRY (Cont’ d) Engine Control (1MZ–FE) 9 11 10 FUSE BOX F10 A F16 B 1 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) E 7 A DARK GRAY E 8 B DARK GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 15 16 7 8 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 31 32 33 34 18 19 20 21 22 E 9 C DARK GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) [COMB. METER] C9 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C10 B GRAY 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 E10 D DARK GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 12 Engine Control (5S–FE A/T and California M/T) P ower Source 1 *1 : California *2 : Ex. California 3 2 4 B–Y ACC 2 2H B–O 18 IP1 B–O 2 2D 40A AM1 1 B–O 1 5 B–O 4 IP1 B–O EFI MAIN RELAY 1 1E W FUSE BOX F10 A B–O C 3 F16 B B–W 6 2 C 2 3 1 3 EF1 W–B L–B G–R 13 3A 15 IP3 B–O L–B Y G–R 7 3D L–B 16 IJ1 19 3D L–B W–B R–L (*1) G–R L–B Y 4 BX1 R–B(*1) Y (*2) 4 R–B (*1) F15 FUEL PUMP M W 18 3C Y W–B I7 INJECTOR NO. 4 2 1 W–R 6 R–L(*1) 11 1C R–B(*1) 5 W–B W–B BATTERY W–B 5 BX1 Front right fender EB Under the left quarter pillar BL C9 A 1 1M MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) [COMB. METER] C10 B GRAY W–B FL MAIN 2. 0L I5 INJECTOR NO. 2 2 1 W–R 3 B 18 3D Y (*2) W–R B 6 W (*2) W–R R–L(*1) W (*2) A , C10 B 6 G–R B 1 B 4 6 W W FUSE BOX I6 INJECTOR NO. 3 2 1 W–R 1 L–B B C9 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) [COMB. METER] G–R B–O W 100A ALT F10 A , F16 I4 INJECTOR NO. 1 2 1 W–R 6 A CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY 9 IP1 W–R 1 A J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 6 3 2C 2 2B 1 B–O W–R I12 IGNITION SW 6 1B From ” STARTER” Fuse<2–1> 9 1D R–L 9 1G 6 1A B–W R–L 4 2D 1 2G B–W B–O ST2 10A GAUGE 7. 5A IGN B–W IG2 9 15A EFI W–R W 30A AM2 W–R 10 AM2 2 3 1G B–O ST1 7 B 8 1G W–G IG1 2 W–G 4 AM1 B–W (Ex. California M/T) B–W IG Instrument panel brace LH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM (C ont. next page) 4 C AM R Y 4 CAMRY (Cont’ d) *1 : *2 : *3 : *4 : Engine Control (5S–FE A/T and California M/T) 8 7 6 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 5 B Y–G BR–B (A/T) L–B B–O G–R BR–B GR G–W R–W R–L W W 12 2 17 8 9 13 15 4 1 EC Intake manifold RH TE2 VF1 TC OX2 OX1 IG– 11 19 1 IDL L R L B VTA IDL E02 26 A 2 From Distributor <2–3> 1 K1 KNOCK SENSOR W–B BR 5 B TE1 LG–R 16 TT From SRS Warning Light [COMB. METER] <23–4> To Cruise Control ECU<24–2> To Center Airbag Sensor Assembly<23–4> To ABS ECU <25–3><26–3> From Igniter <2–3> 3 W B–Y E1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 TS(CHECK CONNECTOR) AB To ABS ECU <25–3><26–3> G–O To O/D Main SW<7–5> B D1 R–G G–B FP BR 9 From ABS ECU <25–2><26–3> Intake manifold LH W–B 14 Y–B ED 16 IP3 ECT 4 G–L 12 3D W–B TT 10 From Cruise Coutrol ECU <24–3> To Center Airbag Sensor Assembly<23–4> To ABS ECU <25–2><26–3> 3 3D B–Y W–B R–B(*1) 12 From SRS Warning Light [COMB. METER] <23–4> R–L(*1) W D3 ENG TE2 TE1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL) AB A/D TC ABS R–L G–W 1 O2 OXYGEN SENSOR (Sub) R–W 5 O3 OXYGEN SENSOR (Main) G–R (*4) 1 VTA BR R (SHIELDED) 2 E1 VC R–L 7 3 Y PIM 15 IP1 8 To Cruise Control ECU <24–2> 11 B 12 B 1 B G1 (*1) NE G2 G– G+ (*2) E01 NE+ NE– G– 4 A 5 A 17 A 18 A 13 A KNK 13 B 19 IP1 W E2 (SHIELDED) (A/T) G–R L–B 2 B THG B–O G–R 9 B 2 EC Intake manifold RH ED W–B W E1 14 A 10 B 3 L W–B OX2 6 B 4 W–B OX1 7 B THA VC R (SHIELDED) 13 IP3 THW VC 3 (SHIELDED) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE ECU)(M/T) 1 IP1 E21 2 PIM 2 Y B , E14 C TT IGT 3 B E2 1 B–Y W E11 A , E12 19 IP3 IGF 4 B ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU)(A/T) 15 B B/K 16 B B , E10 C 14 B SPD 3 A 20 A FPU 8 B ACA W–R 4 C A ,E8 TE1 ACT 9 C E7 TE2 ELS G–W B–Y B–R 21 C 10 C V–Y 4 3B 2 2 1 B 2 T1 THROTTLE 1 POSITION SENSOR E2 BR 19 3C 1 BR M1 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (VACUUM SENSOR) L 1 W G–W 15 1A BR BR BR (*2) E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) LG BR From Igniter <2–3> To Combination Meter <33–2> To A/C Amplifier <35–4><36–5> To A/C Amplifier <35–4><36–5> P 6 1M BR I10 INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR (IN–AIR TEMP. SENSOR) L–B BR BR E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR BR GR From Stop Light SW<8–2><9–2> From ” MIR–HTR” Fuse<24–4><28–1> G 1 LG–B B–W (*3) B–W (*4) W–L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 W G–R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 BR G–R(*3) G–R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 R–L Y R–L (*1) 25 A 24 A 3 2 C NSW (A/T) E10 C DARK GRAY (M/T) E14 C DARK GRAY EGR VF BATT (A/T) E 8 B DARK GRAY (M/T) E12 B DARK GRAY 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 (A/T) #40 5 3C 22 C BR–B #30 1 C GR # 20 ISCV 14 1A 1 G–W #10 ISCC 5 1E 12 IP3 8 A R–W ISCO 2 D6 DIODE (for Idle–Up) G V2 VSV(for EGR System) LG 23 A W G–R V1 VSV (for A/C Idle–Up) G–R 7 A 5 C 14 C 12 A 11 A G–R 1 9 A +B1 FC 2 R–B (*1) W 3 G–Y B–O I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE(ISC VALVE) +B 1 2 10 A B–O B–O B–W 11 C 12 C 13 C 1 5 3D B–R (*1) V3 VSV(for Fuel Pressure Up) 6 1G 2 (A/T) E 7 A DARK GRAY (M/T) E11 A DARK GRAY G–W 11 IP1 STA From ” TAIL” Fuse<16–2><17–2> G B–O B–O B–W B–O B–O B–O (*1) B–O B–O B–O B–O W–G W–G (Ex. California M/T) BR 5 B–W California Ex. California for Canada in TMM Made Ex. *3 Intake manifold LH Power S o u rce For the connectors of the parts listed below, see the next page. * Fuse Box * Engine Control Module(Engine ECU) * Malfanction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine Warning Light) Engine Control (5S–FE Ex. A/T and California M/T) 1 3 2 4 R–W From ” TAIL” Fuse<16–2><17–2> 6 C 3 10 B C 12 B OX2 E1 1 B 24 A A , C10 B MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT) [COMB. METER] R–L C9 G–R (*1) Y L 19 3D 7 3D G–R G–R G–R 12 8 C C ELS W 4 17 A A 18 A 5 A NE+ NE– G– G+ IGT KNK IGF B A W 5 B R IDL P From ” MIR–HTR” Fuse<24–4> <28–1> D6 DIODE(for Idle–Up) G L B B B–Y B–Y B 6 18 3D 1 2 R–L OX1 B P R BR E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR VTA G–R 3 6 1B From Distributor <2–3> 3 B 5 3C THA THG E2 PIM VC ACT ACA VTA IDL B , E14 C ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE ECU) VF 8 L L–B BR I10 INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR (IN–AIR TEMP. SENSOR) BR LG L R To A/C Amplifier <35–4><36–5> 11 2 B B 5 3D E01 SPD A 3 E02 C 22 A 11 A 13 26 Under the left quarter pillar Intake manifold RH EC 11 5 Intake EC manifold RH BR 3 W–B V–Y W–B To Combination Meter <33–2> From Igniter <2–3> W W–R G–R(*2) G–W Y–G W R–W 12 B–Y BR 2 14 3 3D 12 3D W–B 1 19 4 W–B 2 16 10 BR 3 Y 1 16 IP3 BR I7 INJECTOR NO. 4 1 G–B 1 1 From ABS ECU <25–2><26–3> From SRS Warning Light[COMB. METER] <23–4> 2 1 12 8 9 13 2 4 15 FP B TE1 TE2 VF1 W OX1 OX2 D 1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 CHECK CONNECTOR) E1 TS IG TC AB 1 2 8 7 TE1 TE2 ENG W D 3 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 2(TDCL) A/D TC ABS AB E1 G–L Y (*1) From Cruise Control ECU<24–3> From Center Airbag Sensor Assembly<23–4> From ABS ECU <25–2><26–3> W–R O2 OXYGEN SENSOR(Sub) R–L L–B W–R 4 BX1 GR 1 I5 INJECTOR NO. 2 R–G 2 L–B W B–O (*1) W–R 19 IP3 Y–B 1 I6 INJECTOR NO. 3 L–B 13 IP3 BR 2 (*1) 19 IP1 W G–R(*3) 1 IP1 W–R K1 KNOCK SENSOR W–R 15 IP3 R–W G–W GR Y L–B G–R GR W G–R L–B F15 M FUEL PUMP 5 5 W–B BX1 BL TE2 7 B 2 3 2 B From Igniter G–W <2–3> To Cruise Control ECU<24–2> R–W To ABS ECU LG–R <25–3><26–3> To Center G–R Airbag Sensor Assembly W <23–4> From SRS B–Y R–L Warning Light [COMB. METER] O3 <23–4> OXYGEN SENSOR(Main) W IG 25 To ABS ECU <25–3><26–3> Instrument panel brace LH TE1 W–B W–B W–B EB E21 THW E11 A , E12 15 B I4 INJECTOR NO. 1 4 W–B BATTERY Front left fender 2 9 B 3 10A GAUGE G–R 16 IJ1 1 1M BATT A 12 6 11 1C EGR 4 13 3A 18 3C BR V2 VSV(for EGR System) B–O ISCV A 1 6 L–B FL MAIN 2. 0L 4 6 W–B From STARTER Fuse <2–1> B 6 1 16 C 4 3 1G R–L C 6 A VC E2 PIM VC W ISCO ISCC 23 A #10 #20 W–R B–W 2 FUSE BOX B–W B B F10 A , F16 3 6 13 B 1 G 1 A FC CIRCUIT OPENING RELAY W W–B 6 3 B 2 9 A C 1 A 4 B 1 R–W 10 A 2 Y W–R W–B B–O 3 2 T1 THROTTLE POSITION 1 SENSOR E2 BR BR M1 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR(VACCUM SENSOR) E4 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (EFI WATER TEMP. SENSOR) BR 1 C STA +B +B1 3 EF1 1 1 2 G–W 7 C V1 VSV(for A/C Idle–Up) B–O B–O B–O W 2 A 4 IP1 2 1 BR B–W B–O B–O 1 1E B–O 1 2 G–R 2 3 2C 2 2B 1 B–O I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE(ISC VALVE) G–Y 3 11 IP1 B–O 40A AM1 *1 : SHIELDED *2 : TMC Made *3 : TMM Made W–R B–O B–O 1 W–L 9 IP1 B–O EFI MAIN RELAY 5 2 6 1A B–O W–R 9 1G 9 1D LG B–O 12 IP3 4 2D 18 IP1 2 2D 100A ALT BR ST2 I12 IGNITION SW 1 B BR B–R W–G 7. 5A IGN BR W 15A EFI To Cruise Control ECU <24–2> BR 30A AM2 IG2 9 W–G B–O ST1 10 AM2 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C 8 1G LG–B 2 2H BR 1 2G BR IG1 2 R 4 AM1 BR W–R B B–Y B–Y ACC Intake manifold LH ED ED Intake manifold LH OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM (C ont. next page) 5 CAMRY 5 CAMRY (Cont’ d) Engine Control (5S–FE Ex. A/T and California M/T) 5 7 6 8 FUSE BOX F10 A F16 B 1 1 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE ECU) E11 A DARK GRAY E12 B DARK GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP (CHECK ENGINE WARNING LIGHT)[COMB. METER] C9 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 C10 B 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 E14 C DARK GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 P ow er S o u rc e Electronic Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1MZ–FE) 1 3 1 2G 8 1G 3 1G R–L 2 2H 6 1D ST2 2 R–L R–L W–G B–O R–Y B–O 18 IP1 15 16 12 IP3 +B OD1 12 D 14 A SP1 B ,E9 L–R V–Y 7 D BATT A , E8 C , E10 D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) 3 D NSW 2 D 10 D 15 D L P 2 6 D R OD2 9 10 11 SLN– 4 3 6 2 TE2 VC 11 D 1 B VTA 7 B E2 22 B IDL 32 A L See Engine Control System<3–5> See Engine Control System<3–8> FUSE BOX To Cruise Control ECU<24–2> F10 A F16 B B–O W–B E10 D DARK GRAY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 To Cruise Control ECU<24–2> E2 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID BATTERY 1 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 TE1 5 C 1 12 13 14 15 16 11 E1 16 C P–L 8 9 10 11 9 10 E03 28 A BR 7 E02 33 A W–B 5 6 E01 34 A W–B 1 2 3 4 SL W–B A E 9 C DARK GRAY S2 17 A 27 A L–Y B S1 3 A 11 A P–L A 20 21 22 P–L 18 19 J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 12 13 14 15 16 17 FL MAIN 2. 0L +B1 V 7 8 1 B 6 IP1 L–R To Combination Meter <33–4> E7 23 D 22 D 14 D 1 2 3 4 5 6 Y–G FUSE BOX B W–L B–O E 8 B DARK GRAY F10 A , F16 Y–B B–O B–O W 31 32 33 34 1 A 13 IP1 6 II1 11 IP1 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 R–B G–O 13 14 L–R O E6 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW 3 L–R IN1 L–R 11 12 3 EF1 W–B W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 Y–L R–L L–R 4 2D B–O E 7 A DARK GRAY 6 POWER B–O 3 2 2D 3 2C 4 II2 See Engine Control System <3–6> 1 2 2B R–L To Cruise Control ECU<24–2> 1 8 1K EFI MAIN RELAY ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) 1 1E 5 From Combination Meter <33–2> 2 I12 IGNITION SW 6 IN1 R–L 9 1D 40A AM1 R–L C R–B 9 1G 100A ALT 10A GAUGE O B–O 7. 5A IGN NORMAL IG2 9 15A EFI L–R J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C C W 10 AM2 30A AM2 B B W–R ST1 Y–L B–Y 4 L–R IG1 2 B–Y ACC 4 AM1 B–O 2 25 26 27 28 EB Front left fender Intake manifold LH ED OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM (Cont. next page) 6 C AM RY 6 CAMRY (Cont’ d) Electronic Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1MZ–FE) Back–Up Light (1MZ–FE) *1 : S/D, C/P 5 8 7 6 R–L R–L L–R 2 IP3 Y–L O R–L R–L P1 A/T INDICATOR SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] (NEUTRAL START SW) (M/T) (A/T) R–L 2 2 B1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T) R–B 7 O R–B R R–B (M/T) R–B (W/G) 6 Bc2 R–B 3 Bd2 O 8 IQ1 14 IQ1 R–B (W/G) Y–L 7 IQ1 13 IQ1 5 II1 9 IQ1 L–R Y–L O B–O R R–B G–W 13 11 10 7 5 4 3 BACK–UP LIGHT [REAR COMB. LIGHT] 3 A (*1) 4 B (W/G) R11 A , B B 3 A (*1) 4 B (W/G) C11 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] W–B W–B (*1) W–B (W/G) 1 2 3 4 B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B R11 RH W–B (*1) W–B (*1) 6 BACK–UP LIGHT [REAR COMB. LIGHT] R9 LH W–B (W/G) 9 G–O 4 A (*1) 3 B (W/G) P R N D 2 R9 A , B L O/D OFF POWER R–L 8 4 A (*1) 3 B (W/G) 1 2 3 4 W–B 3 R–B (*1) R–B R–B 10 IJ1 R–B G–O O5 O/D MAIN SW 1 From Combination Meter<33–4> R–B (A/T) 3 Ba1 R–B (*1) G–W 1 IP3 B–O O G–O G–O 1 IP3 Y–L II1 G–O 2 1 R–B (W/G) P 8 R–B (*1) R 9 R–B N 10 (M/T) D 3 R–B 2 4 G–O D L Y–L D J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–O IF W–B (*1) W–B 4 Ba1 Left kick panel Back door center BR Under the left quarter pillar BL Electronic Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (5S–FE) P o w er So urc e *2 : w/o A/T Indicator Light 1 3 2 B 4 W–R B–Y ACC W 4 AM1 IG1 2 1 2G 2 2H B–Y R–L 3 1G 8 1G ST1 R–L L–R W–R 10 AM2 IG2 9 7. 5A IGN B–O 15A EFI 30A AM2 10A GAUGE R–L 6 1D Y–L ST2 9 1G 2 9 1D 8 1K R–L C C R–L C R–L 2 2D 12 C B 13 IP1 6 IP1 6 II1 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW E 2 A BLACK W–G E 3 B BLACK L–R L–R (*2) 1 2 1 2 3 13 C +B 20 C 1 C +B1 BATT 22 C 9 C OD1 SPD B , E10 C 6 C NSW 19 C 18 C P L 2 G–O A , E8 O E7 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) Y–L B–O B–O B E10 C DARK GRAY NOMAL L–R 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 B L–R 12 IP3 W–L F10 A , F16 11 IP1 3 IN1 L–R 4 2D B–O B 100A ALT 2 2B 3 2C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 FUSE BOX 1 A 3 Y–B W 2 To Cruise Control ECU<24–2> EFI MAIN RELAY See Engine Control System<4–6> 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 3 EF1 E 8 B DARK GRAY From Combination Meter <33–2> 5 6 POWER 3 V–Y 1 R–L J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 6 IN1 L–R 4 II2 E 7 A DARK GRAY L–R R–L G–O E6 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW To Combination Meter<33–4> ENGINE CONTROL MODULE(ENGINE AND ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION ECU) 1 1E O 18 IP1 B–O 1 B–O I12 IGNITION SW 40A AM1 7 C OD2 1 A E01 P–L EB E02 7 B TE1 15 B TE2 14 B VF VC 8 B 1 B See Engine Control System (5S–FE, A/T)<4–6> B E2 NO. 2 NO. 1 LOCK–UP W BATTERY Front left fender 14 A BR 3 A TT 26 A W–B 1 B E1 13 A To Cruise Control ECU <24–2> S2 15 A P–L S1 2 A V SL 1 A L–Y W–B 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 W–B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 FL MAIN 2. 0L A ,E3 VTA 11 B E2 9 B See Engine Control System (5S–FE, A/T)<4–6> B ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW FUSE BOX F16 B F10 A Intake manifold LH ED EC Intake manifold RH IDL 12 B 1 1 OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM (Cont. next page) 7 C AM R Y 7 CAMRY (Cont’ d) Electronic Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (5S–FE) 5 Back–Up Light (5S–FE) 8 7 6 R–L *1 : w/ A/T Indicator Light *2 : w/o A/T Indicator Light *3 : S/D, C/P R–L L–R 2 IP3 R–L O (M/T) (A/T) P1 A/T INDICATOR SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] (NEUTRAL START SW) R–L R–L Y–L BACK–UP LIGHT [REAR COMB. LIGHT] 2 R9 A 2 B1 BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T) G–O 2 D N R P 4 3 10 9 8 7 R R–B G–W R–B (A/T) R 7 5 5 II1 3 Bd2 9 G–O (*1) B B L 2 D N 6 4 R 3 P 4 A (*3) 3 B (W/G) 4 A (*3) 3 B (W/G) BACK–UP LIGHT [REAR COMB. LIGHT] R9 LH R11 RH 4 A (*3) 4 A (*3) 3 B (W/G) 3 B (W/G) C11 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] W–B (*3) W–B (*1) W–B (W/G) W–B B Left kick panel R–B (W/G) W–B (W/G) W–B 3 POWER O/D OFF O5 O/D MAIN SW R–B R–B B–O (*1) 10 6 Bc2 G–W (*1) O (*1) 11 R–B (W/G) R–B (*1) Y–L (*1) 13 (*1) L–R (*1) 8 10 IJ1 R–B R–B (*3) 9 IQ1 W–B 1 IP3 W–B (*3) 13 IQ1 Back door center BR 4 Ba1 W–B 14 IQ1 R–L (*1) 1 IF B 1 2 3 4 R–B (*3) 8 IQ1 3 Ba1 R–B (*3) R–B (M/T) 7 IQ1 R–B O G–O G–O From Combination Meter<33–4> G–O (*1) J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR , 1 IP3 Y–L II2 G–O From Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)<4–6> R11 A 1 2 3 4 1 O O 2 B R–B (M/T) L Y–L Y–L G–O G–O D J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B–O D D , Under the left quarter pillar BL S top L ight (W /G ) P o w e r S o u rc e 1 Headlight (for USA) 3 2 4 W W B FUSE BOX ACC 3 1G 1 2E 2 2H 40A AM1 G–W HS BL 3 BQ DIMMER SW G–R 4 H T R R R–Y R–Y W–B H3 HEADLIGHT LO LH H1 HEADLIGHT HI LH R–B H4 HEADLIGHT LO RH W–B R–B ED HF HI R–B TAIL HEAD 8 ED1 LOW R–B HIGH FLASH NOISE FILTER 11 9 N2 A 2 Lower back panel center 2 12 OFF W–B 4 2 2 W–B 2 H10 HIGH MOUNT STOP LIGHT 2 1 N3 B W–B 1 R10 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] G–R 6 Bb1 R11 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] G–R G–R LIGHT CONTROL SW 1 5 Bd2 14 2 1 R–B C12 COMBINATION SW W–B W–B C G–R 13 2 1 W–B 1 14 1 BR Back door center IE Left kick panel 1 1 2 W–B 7 +STP H2 HEADLIGHT HI RH 4 4 Bd2 13 R–B R W–B W–B C C J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B 3 R8 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] G–R 1 BATTERY I13 INTEGRATION RELAY EL 4 Bc2 C9 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] 5 Bc2 2 G–R R–Y R–B 3 1 R–B –TR B L2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR F16 C G–W 9 3C R 9 +TR –STP R–Y G–W 3 E R–B 17 1H R LG Y–G B 14 1L 5 ED1 4 11 8 (5S–FE) F10 B 1 15 1A 1 WRN Under the left quarter pillar 6 1M 2 To ABS ECU<25–4><26–4> To Cruise Control ECU<24–2> To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–8><4–7> To Shift Lock ECU<23–2> FUSE BOX FL MAIN 2. 0L 6 2A 5 2A 2 B To Taillight [REAR COMB. LIGHT]<17–3> F16 C B B G–R 17 IJ1 F10 A , B , 1 C A , N3 G–R Y–G To License Plate Light <17–3> S10 STOP LIGHT SW W 3 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) 100A ALT Y C9 REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] W 2 A 1 2A NOISE FILTER G W 3 2 2A N2 1 B 4 15A HEAD (LH) 1 R–B R–L 1 A 6 EF1 15A HEAD (RH) 7 2G W–B W 1 1E 2 G–R 6 1B 9 1H J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C R–L C 4 3 G–W 3 1M 1 EF1 HEADLIGHT RELAY I12 IGNITION SW 40A MAIN 15A STOP G–W 2 10A GAUGE R9 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] W B ST1 9 1G 2 2E 4 1E R–Y B–Y W–B IG1 2 R–Y 4 AM1 W (1MZ–FE) F10 A Front left fender EB OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 8 C AM R Y 9 CAM RY Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (S/D, C/P) S to p L ig h t (S /D , C /P ) P ow er S o urc e 1 3 2 4 B NOISE FILTER N3 B W N2 A ACC IG1 2 4 1E B–Y 2 15A STOP G–W W G–Y G–B 8 G–Y 5 Back panel center BO Under the left quarter pillar BL C12 TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW] 5 2 LH RH W–B 23 1 ED1 W–B 18 3C 1 11 1C 2 1 1M W–B 5 1 1 6 3D G–Y G–Y 1 G–Y C8 TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] G–Y G–Y G–B 11 BZ1 R10 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] W–B G–Y 2 16 1H 10 BZ1 G–B G–B G–B 1 1A R8 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] W–B G–B 4 ED1 1 W–B B 9 IJ1 F 5 1M B G–B F 8 1C W–B J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–B 1 3 RH L G–W G–R W–B 2 2 W–B G–R G–R 2 1 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER W–B W–B 3 6 G–Y LH TR W–B 7 BZ1 4 Ba1 2 1 3 F7 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH W–B G–B HS R10 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 5 W–B 1 TB 5 1 W–B +STP G–R W–B 2 W–B W–B 1 Ba1 R9 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] G–R G–R W–B 5 R10 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] G–R 2 9 BZ1 TL 1 W–B G–W G–W 1 2 W–B W–B R8 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] BATTERY 7 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B L2 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR G–R B2 R R (w/o Rear Spoiler) –TR 8 BZ1 4 BZ1 H10 HIGH MOUNT STOP LIGHT +TR 1 2 W–B WRN 5 Ba1 G–W (w/ Rear Spoiler) 8 G–W H10 HIGH MOUNT STOP LIGHT Y 9 –STP F 1 G–W 9 17 1H R LG G Y–G To ABS ECU<25–4><26–4> To Cruise Control ECU<24–2> To Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–8><4–7> To Shift Lock ECU<23–2> 3 E 14 1L G–W Y G–W 9 3C 4 11 8 7 1 1 C FL MAIN 2. 0L 10 ON 15 1A F16 C 1 G–W G–R Y–G 2 BZ1 2 2F OFF 6 1M B 3 BZ1 2 1A B1 To Taillight [REAR COMB. LIGHT]<16–3> F16 C FUSE BOX H7 HAZARD SW 2 S10 STOP LIGHT SW W Y–G To License Plate Light <16–3> 17 IJ1 B G–W W W C9 REAR LIGHT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] F10 A , B , A , N3 2 B 1 B 3 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) N2 2 A NOISE FILTER 6 3 EF1 FUSE BOX (1MZ–FE) F10 A G–R 1 A R–L J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C R–L C 1 W 2 (5S–FE) F10 B 3 1M 6 1B 9 1H 1 1E 10A HAZ 7. 5A TURN FUSE BOX 40A AM1 100A ALT 1 F8 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH W–B G–Y I12 IGNITION SW 2 B 1 G–B 10A GAUGE 9 1G 4 EF1 2 2H ST1 W W B 4 AM1 3 1G Left kick panel IE Front left fender EB Back panel center BO EA Front right fender IG Instrument panel brace LH H ead lig ht (fo r C an ada) 2 2E FUSE BOX 5 2A W 17 3A 11 3B 2 EB1 18 3A 9 3A R 7 (5S–FE) F10 B 8 ED1 5 3 2 2 1 R–B 4 R–B HRLY F16 C 3 7 7 7 1 4 3 EF1 1 From Generator (Alternator) <2–4> 1 1M To Parking Brake SW<33–3> To Brake Fluid Level SW<33–3> 9 11 R–G 2 14 7 1 4 W–B 2 1 7 3 7 R–B HEAD 13 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 4 TAIL 1 H2 HEADLIGHT HI RH OFF H1 HEADLIGHT HI LH HIGH 2 W–B 7 EL 4 EB1 5 EB1 R–B W–B W–B 11 1C R–Y H LOW C12 COMBINATION SW R–W T R–B A HL HU ED W–B 8 A 18 3C HF FLASH R–B HI W–B W–B J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR H PKB 2 W–B 5 ED1 R–G R–Y 13 W–B R–Y 12 C9 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER] R–B 14 W–B 12 3A W–B 16 R–W 18 R–Y W–B BRK D4 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) 11 5 DRL CHG– Y B 13 +B 17 DIMMER LIGHT CONTROL SW SW IG E R–Y 15 R–B 2 1 C 1 W–B 3 EB1 R F16 C FUSE BOX BATTERY 5 R–G F10 A , B FL MAIN 2. 0L W–B L–Y R–L R–B W–R R–G 2 W–B W 100A ALT 1 A (*1) 1 B (*2) 4 5 7 1 H I13 INTEGRATION RELAY 15A HEAD (LWR–RH) 7 2 2A R–L R–B (1MZ–FE) F10 A W W 1 5 R 1 1E B 2 5 15A HEAD (LWR–LH) 7. 5A DRL FUSE BOX 1 B L–Y 40A AM1 3 2G R–L I12 IGNITION SW 3 15A HEAD (UPR–RH) 3 R–W 7 1B R–B 2 1 7 2G 1 2E 15A HEAD (UPR–LH) 5 1 R 3 ST2 9 1G DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 2 HEADLIGHT RELAY 40A MAIN 5 2 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY NO. 3 IG2 15A ECU–B 1 W–R 10A GAUGE 2 R W AM2 7 5 4 H3 HEADLIGHT LO LH 2 2H 3 1G R IG1 2 ST1 4 W 1 EB1 W B B B–Y ACC 4 AM1 W W 3 6 EC1 B W 2 R–L 1 *1 : 1MZ–FE *2 : 5S–FE H4 HEADLIGHT LO RH P ow e r S ou rce W–B IG Instrument panel brace LH IE Left kick panel Front left fender EB OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 10 CAMRY IG Instrument panel brace LH Left kick panel IE 1 1 1K 1 2 7 1K 15 1K 9 1K INTEGRATION RELAY 3 1 DIODE 2 R–Y 1 16 IU1 1 2 D7 DIODE (for Courtesy) 6 IU1 BATTERY R–W 15 II2 R–G 1 17 IJ1 6 II2 2 2 II2 R–W Left kick panel B 1 1 IF L3 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT (w/ Moon Roof) R R R D16 DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT AND SW R R Interior Light (S/D, C/P w/ Key Illuminated Entry) LH BK RH 4 2 1H 5 BZ1 B Roof left M3 PERSONAL LIGHT R–B G–R From Door Lock Control Relay<19–3> R–B 16 IH2 W–B 19 1H 9 IH1 G–R R–Y (*2) R C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER] R V9 VANITY LIGHT RH R R 3 L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 3 1B 11 IH1 W–B 8 II2 2 R–W(S/D) R–Y(C/P) 5 1M 2 1B 4 W–B 1 1M 5 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B (*2) 1 From Door Lock Control Relay <19–3> 6 1I 15 IJ1 3 R–W 6 IV2 2 R (*2) W–B (*1, S/D) 1 R–Y (*1, S/D) 2 I11 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT W–B 4 R–W 4 IV2 G–R W–B 2 16 3A R–B 4 1I 14 3D R–W 6 (*2) 1 14 3C R–W 4 V8 VANITY LIGHT LH R 1 D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH R–G 1 1 G–R 5 1C OFF ON 2 D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH R–G R–Y 10 12 1K 2 (S/D) FL MAIN 2. 0L R–Y R–L (*2) 6 1H DOOR R 1 D15 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH R–Y (S/D) R–W (S/D) 1 1I I14 INTERIOR LIGHT 3 II2 R–W (*2) 1 IV2 R–W (*1, S/D) A R A J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Power S o u rc e D14 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH 1 1C R R (*2) 2 2H R R R (*1, S/D) 2 2G W–B R–W (*2) R (*2) R B 20A DOME W–B B 11 CAM RY *1 : TMC Made *2 : TMM Made B R 4 R 10 IH1 W–B 1 P ow er S o u rc e Interior Light (W/G w/ Key Illuminated Entry) *1 : LE and GL Grade in Canada 1 3 2 4 B 10 IH1 R R B R R (*1) 1 M3 PERSONAL LIGHT 6 II2 2 DIODE 2 II2 R–W R–Y W–B W–B R–W D7 DIODE (for Courtesy) 1 2 B R–W R–W R–Y R–W D9 DIODE (for Courtesy) 2 1H R–G 1 1K 4 2 R–Y 19 1H 1 2 RH B 6 IV1 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B 1 1 1M R–W R–Y 2 3 4 W–B B R–W 9 1K 10 R–W LH W–B (*1) R–W R–W 3 INTEGRATION RELAY 2 Bc3 2 Bd2 From Door Lock Control Relay <19–3> 2 2 FL MAIN 2. 0L 1 Back door center BR Instrument panel brace LH IG 1 W–B W–B 6 1I 1 5 1M W–B 1 D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH R–W 1 6 IU1 D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH R–G W–B W–B 1 16 IU1 D15 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH R–Y L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW D14 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH R–W 2 BATTERY W–B (*1) 15 1K 1 V9 VANITY LIGHT RH 7 1K R–G 4 1I R (*1) R–B 15 II2 R–W G–R 8 II2 G–R R–W 4 IV1 16 IH2 V8 VANITY LIGHT LH From Door Control Relay <19–3> R–B 9 IH1 11 IH1 R (*1) R (w/ Moon Roof) 2 R W–B W–B 4 G–R OFF ON DOOR R 2 1B L3 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT 1 1 2 15 IJ1 1 3 R–W 5 1C 6 1H 5 1 G–R R–W R 1 1I 4 R–Y R R R R 12 1K I11 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT R C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER] 1 Bc2 A I14 INTERIOR LIGHT 2 3 II2 1 1C 14 3D A R J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 16 3A 2 2G R R R R 20A DOME R 1 IV1 14 3C D16 DOOR KEY CYLINDER LIGHT AND SW 2 2H Left kick panel IF BP Roof right Left kick panel IE OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 12 CAMRY 13 CAMRY Power Source *1 : *2 : *3 : *4 : Interior Light (S/D, C/P w/o Key Illuminated Entry) 1 3 2 TMC Made TMM Made w/ ABS w/o ABS 4 B 2 2H 20A DOME R 2 2G 1 1C 6 1H 5 1C R (*1, S/D) 14 3C R R (*2) R 1 IV2 R (*1, S/D) R 14 3D C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER] FL MAIN 2. 0L 3 1I R–G R–Y (*2) 7 IJ1 R–L (*2) 3 1B 6 II2 I11 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT 2 L3 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT 2 1B 2 6 1K DIODE 1 2 R–W 3 IV2 5 IJ1 R (*2) R–Y (*1, S/D) R–W (*2) 5 R–W (*2) 4 R–W (*1, S/D) B RH 1 1 1 LH R R 4 G–R DOOR M3 PERSONAL LIGHT 16 3A R–W 2 1 From Door Control Relay<19–3> R (*2) (*2) OFF ON I14 INTERIOR LIGHT R (*1, S/D) R (*2) 1 1I INTEGRATION RELAY 2 5 BZ1 From Door Lock Control Relay <19–3> 6 IU1 16 IU1 R–Y (*3, S/D) 1 IG Instrument panel brace LH R–W 1 D15 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH R–W(S/D) R–Y(C/P) R–W R–W (*3) R–G 1 W–B 1 R–Y (*3, S/D) R–Y R–W (*4) D7 DIODE (for Courtesy) 1 2 1 1M D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH 1 2 II2 R–G R–W (*4) D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH R–W R–W (S/D) R–Y D15 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH R–W (S/D) BK D14 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH Roof left 1 2 1H R–G 1 1K From Door Lock Control Relay <19–3> 19 1H (S/D) BATTERY From Door Lock Control Relay <19–3> W–B 10 1 D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW BP Roof right 1 FL MAIN 2. 0L 1 R–W 1 1 1K 2 II1 1 2 1 6 IU1 R–W R–W 6 II2 5 I11 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT 1 3 D9 DIODE (for Courtesy) 2 1H 2 16 IU1 R–W 1 Instrument panel brace LH IG R R R–W 14 3D 1 2 L3 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT 16 3A R–W G–R R–Y C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER] From Door Lock Control Relay<19–3> 4 R–Y R–W 9 1K R–W From Door Lock Control Relay<19–3> R R R 3 L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW DIODE R–W 3 1I R–W 3 IV1 W–B BATTERY I14 INTERIOR LIGHT W–B R–W 19 1H R–G 2 D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH 4 OFF ON 2 D7 DIODE (for Courtesy) M3 PERSONAL LIGHT R–W 1 R–G R–Y 1 1I D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH R–G R–Y 1 IV1 DOOR R (w/ Moon Roof) 20A DOME D15 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH R–Y 1 R–W 5 1C R R R B B 1 R–W 6 1H R–W 1 1C R R 2 2G D14 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH W–B B P ow er S o u rc e Interior Light (W/G w/o Key Illuminated Entry) 4 2 2H 14 3C 1 Bc2 15 IJ1 2 Back door center 1 2 R–W 2 Bc3 2 2 1B 2 Bd2 INTEGRATION RELAY 1 1H 10 R–Y 2 1 BR OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 14 CAM RY 15 C AM RY Power Source *1 : *2 : *3 : *4 : Illumina tion 1 Push Control SW Type A/C Lever Control SW Type A/C w/ CD Player w/o CD Player 3 2 4 COMBINATION METER W BLOWER SW C9 B C 8 A BLUE B6 A , 4 1E 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 TAILLIGHT RELAY (*1) H 8 A BLACK 7 1L 4 1B G 12345 G G G B 12 II2 B R 3 B BLUE 1 2 4 2 5 6 3 7 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 R 4 C BLUE 1 G G–W G3 GLOVE BOX LIGHT G 4 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 IN1 C C C C C B B F16 C 1 (A/T) G B RADIO AND PLAYER 1 1 2 5 IM1 1 R 2 A BLUE 2 G4 GLOVE BOX LIGHT SW 8 1L 1 B 1 1D B 2 2 IN1 B (A/T) 1 3D (5S–FE) F10 B BATTERY A B (A/T) 5 1B A B (A/T) 2 1D B (*3) 11 3D A E6 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION PATTERN SELECT SW G B B B 9 A (*3) 5 C (*4) B (*4) 11 3C A 2 A (*3) 10 B (*4) RADIO AND PLAYER B B G (*3) G (*4) 3 B (*2) B FL MAIN 2. 0L J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A O5 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT (Shift Lever) To Clock <22–3> FUSE BOX 7 8 17 18 15 A (*1) B 1 C 10 IM2 (A/T) B (1MZ–FE) F10 A 5 6 11 12 13 14 15 16 G G (*3) 7 B (*2) G 14 A (*1) 4 B (*2) W–G (*3) C11 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] 8 A (*1) A HEATER CONTROL SW 6 B (*2) A12 B A/C SW A , B 13 A BLOWER SW 16 B B6 B A , C9 COMBINATION METER 4 C8 G R5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW G 1 5 B 2 2 6 A (*1) 3 4 9 10 16 II2 H8 G G G G G 1 C5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION A18 ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION B H7 HAZARD SW 3 B 100A ALT 2 FUSE BOX F10 A , B , F16 C G 4 3C 1 2 W–B 11 1D J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B 2 3 4 5 6 Left kick panel IF J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 21 3D HEATER CONTROL SW W–B 21 3C A/C SW (*2) A12 B BLACK W–B 20 3C G 5 3D 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) 6 7 8 G 9 3D 10 1D R7 RHEOSTAT 20 3D G 14 1D G To Integration Relay <34–2> W 4 EF1 2 3 5 G G W 1 3 G–R 8 1B 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 15A TAIL 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 (A/T) 1 B BLACK Power Source T a illig h t (S/D, C/P) 1 3 2 4 FUSE BOX W (1MZ–FE) F10 A (5S–FE) F10 B F16 C 4 1E 1 5 TAILLIGHT RELAY 1 15A TAIL 3 W 2 14 1D G G 5 3D 12 BZ1 To Diode(for Idle–Up) <3–8><4–6><5–4> From Light Failure Sensor<9–1> LG LG 13 BZ1 LG I13 INTEGRATION RELAY F10 A , B , F16 C FUSE BOX 2 Ba1 1 4 LG 6 TAILLIGHT LH W–B 5 R8 [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] W–B W–B W–B 4 Ba1 W–B W–B W–B Left kick panel IE Front left fender EB 3 W–B W–B R10 [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] REAR SIDE MARKER LH TAILLIGHT RH 5 7 BZ1 W–B 4 W–B W–B REAR SIDE MARKER RH 1 W–B 2 L1 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT 2 W–B BATTERY 2 W–B W–B 11 2 2 EA Front right fender BL Under the left quarter pillar BO Back panel center W–B 1 3 R9 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] 6 1 F6 FRONT SIDE MARKER RH HEAD 1 W–B TAIL 1 F4 FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT RH OFF H W–B EL LG R11 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 1 G LG 1 G G G G G G G G 2 T LIGHT CONTROL G F5 FRONT SIDE MARKER LH C12 COMBINATION SW F3 FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT LH B G 1 C FL MAIN 2. 0L G 3 ED1 LG 2 W–B 100A ALT 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) G G 4 3D LG G–R 4 EF1 From Light Failure Sensor<9–1> 7 1H G 8 1B W 1 OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 1 6 C AM R Y 17 CAM RY Power S o u rc e T a illig h t ( W / G ) 1 3 2 4 FUSE BOX W (1MZ–FE) F10 A (5S–FE) F10 B F16 C 4 1E 1 5 TAILLIGHT RELAY 1 1 15A TAIL 3 W 14 1D G G G 5 3D G–R 4 EF1 From Light Failure Sensor<8–1> LG To Diode(for Idle–Up) <3–8><4–6><5–4> 4 3D W From Light Failure Sensor<8–1> 7 1H LG 2 8 1B LG G F16 C FUSE BOX 7 Bb1 LG LG LG 2 Bc2 3 ED1 I13 INTEGRATION RELAY F10 A , B , 6 Bd2 1 G LG G G G 1 C G 1 LG 4 W–B 1 4 R9 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] 3 R8 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] W–B 3 R10 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] R11 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 1 W–B W–B 1 W–B 2 L1 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT F6 FRONT SIDE MARKER RH 2 2 W–B BATTERY 2 2 2 W–B W–B 11 2 1 W–B G G G HEAD 1 F4 FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT RH TAIL H W–B EL OFF W–B W–B C Left kick panel IE Front left fender EB EA J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B W–B C W–B LIGHT CONTROL T FL MAIN 2. 0L 1 2 F5 FRONT SIDE MARKER LH C12 COMBINATION SW F3 FRONT CLEARANCE LIGHT LH B 1 Bd2 LG G 100A ALT 2 G G 3 Bc2 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) Front right fender BQ Lower back panel center BL Under the left quarter pillar BR Back door center OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 18 CAM RY P ower S ource Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light (W/G) F ro n t W ip e r a n d W a s h e r 1 Horn 3 2 4 B FUSE BOX ACC IG1 2 (5S–FE) F10 B B–Y F16 C ST1 1 20A WIPER ST2 W OFF OFF MIST ON TL TB TR 5 6 RH B2 5 8 1 5 2G B 16 1H 2 IJ1 4 Bb1 4 4 Front right fender EA Left kick panel W–B IE Front left fender EB Under the left quarter pillar BQ Lower back panel center EA G–W HORN G–Y 11 1C 1 1M Front right fender IG Instrument panel brace LH 1 H6 RH (1MZ–FE) F10 A W–B 2 C BL 1 H5 LH W–B F9 FRONT WIPER MOTOR 10 FUSE BOX 18 3C W–B W–R 1 C J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 3 3 1 W–B W–B 5 1M 3 RH 6 3D F8 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH G–Y M R10 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 8 1C 2 L 6 1 ED1 W–B W–B L–O 2 1 W–B 3 F R8 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] 5 L–B L–Y FL MAIN 2. 0L J1 4 ED1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR F7 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH G–B 16 IR1 W–B 15 IR1 G–B LH F 14 IR1 2 C12 HORN SW [COMB. SW] J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 W–B W–B B B G–B 1 1 C 3 2A G–B G–Y G–Y TURN SIGNAL FLASHER C8 TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] 3 FUSE BOX 4 1A G–Y L–W L–W G–Y 16 1 1 G–B 8 W–B 13 L–B L–Y 7 L–O 4 11 IR1 F10 A , B , 2 3 G–B L–W 1 WIPER RELAY 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) BATTERY HORN RELAY C12 TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW] LOW WASHER F16 C F 7 HIGH W B1 LH E INT 3 EF1 100A ALT W 1 G–B W W1 M WASHER MOTOR 1 +2 9 G–W 2 +1 8 G–W 1 1E +S 2 10 G–Y B H7 HAZARD SW G–W G–W 18 G–R 1 2 2F C13 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] L L G–W L L L L I12 IGNITION SW 17 IR1 L 40A AM1 15A HORN 2 1A 2 1M 2 G–B 9 1G B 10A HAZ IG2 G–Y AM2 1 7. 5A TURN G–B 4 AM1 W 2 2H 3 1G 19 CAMRY Power Source 3 2 D20 B , D21 B 10A GAUGE 1 12 9 13 6 4 3 L–W L LG–R L–R L–R L–B LG G L–W 4 IH2 L–R L–B Y L–R L–B 19 IH2 6 IT1 11 IT1 16 IT1 L–R(W/G) IG W–B W–B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B 2 A (*1) 5 B (*2) 4 M 2 1 2 3 4 D19 B IF 12345 L–R L–B 4 Bc1 3 Bd1 L–B (*1) 1 Bd1 M 2 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Left kick panel 2 Bc1 L–B (*1) L–R (*1) 4 D28 B , C B W–B D19 A Instrument panel brace LH 8 BY1 19 IT1 W–B P12 A DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH 3 BY1 L–B 4 B 8 BW1 12345 16 IG1 L–B 1 A L–B (*1) L–R (*1) 3 BW1 M 6 IG1 L–R W–B 4 B (*1) 15 IU1 L–R 2 A (*1) 5 B (*2) 7 A (*2) 3 B 5 IU1 B9 BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR 4 B 6 A 15 IG1 L–B (*1) D23 DOOR LOCK MOTOR REAR RH L–R (*1) 1 A 5 IG1 L–B D22 DOOR LOCK MOTOR REAR LH L–R (*1) M W–B 16 IH2 W–B W–B IJ L–B(W/G) L–R Y 7 A (*1) DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH 4 B (*2) 6 A L–B 3 B D21 B , D27 A D20 B , D26 A 2 L–R L–R LG–R UNLOCK 1 W–B W–B 3 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH 2 9 IH2 1 1M Right kick panel L–B(*1) L–R(*1) W–B W–B 1 2 IT1 W–B 6 C (*2, *3) 3 1 IT1 L UNLOCK D18 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW RH L–W LOCK 4 A (*3) 3 B (*4) 3 IH2 W–B 2 A (*3) D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW LH L–W LOCK G 1 B (*4) 3 A UNLOCK UNLOCK 2 A (*1, *3) 3 B (*4) 5 B LOCK 3 A (*1, *3) D19 A , B 4 A DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH 1 C (*2, *3) 1 B (*4) 5 4 1G LG G LG 5 B LOCK P12 A , B , C I12 UNLOCK WARNING SW [IGNITION SW] W–B R–L 1 BATTERY 14 IH2 L–B L–R L–R (*1) G 12 IT1 L–W LG 5 IT1 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH 100A ALT 2 1G FL MAIN 2. 0L 5 R–L From Integration Relay<34–2> W W 13 IH2 2 C 1 C LSWP L–R 10 IH2 1 Y LSWD L–B ACT– 11 14 1K B C FUSE BOX F10 A , B , F16 R–G ACT+ 10 19 II2 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) F16 C 1 7 4 EF1 3 EF1 W (5S–FE) F10 B DSWD D8 DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY L2 UL3 UL2 UL1 5 7 2 DSWP G W–B L1 14 RLY 2 4 6 LG KSW 16 R–L 15 +B 3 R–L E W W 1 1E 5 II2 8 IG R–W L–R 1 1 4 1 10 II2 40A AM1 R–L R–L 4 II2 W–L J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C R–L C 8 1K I12 IGNITION SW 2 2 3 D26 A , D27 A GRAY 2 1K 9 1G 1 L–B (*1) IG2 ST2 W–L AM2 30A POWER FUSE BOX (1MZ–FE) F10 A L–R (*1) ST1 To Door Courtesy SW Front RH <11–4><12–4><13–2> <13–4><14–3> 2 3 1G To Door Courtesy SW Front LH <11–3><12–3><13–2> <14–3> 2 1E To Power Main Relay <20–2> B–Y IG1 2 W ACC 4 AM1 S/D, W/G C/P w/ Power Window w/o Power Window 4 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH, RH L–B (*1) 1 W W *1 : *2 : *3 : *4 : Door Lock 4 M 2 Pow er Source Remote Control Mirror 1 F16 C L–R I12 IGNITION SW 40A AM1 From Door Lock Control Relay<19–2> W 9 1G FUSE BOX 1 2 11 1K 17 II2 L 5 1I 3 L C V2 H2 6 IH2 L L L P12 A , B (*3) 8 A (*4) 9 B B L To Moon Roof Control Relay <21–2> 10 1K 8 V1 3 4 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 L(*1) L(*2) L W H1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 POWER MAIN RELAY 1 1M R6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW E P12 B P12 A 3 2 1 L 1 1E POWER WINDOW MASTER SW (*1) R20 B , R21 B 1 1 J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B L–R L–R B 9 II2 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH, RH (*2) R20 A , R21 A 30A POWER 1 (*5) F10 A 4 1 2 3 IG2 9 1L *4 : S/D, W/G *5 : 1MZ–FE *6 : 5S–FE 2 1 ST2 W 2 1E (*6) F10 B 15A CIG/RADIO 2 W FUSE BOX ST1 AM2 R–L 10 1G IG1 6 1L R–L P–L 4 AM1 3 2 ACC 3 *1 : TMC Made *2 : TMM Made *3 : C/P Power Window 7 A POWER WINDOW MASTER SW Left kick panel IF R20 A , B R21 A , B REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH Instrument panel brace LH IG Left kick panel IF (*4) (*3) 1 2 1 2 M P13 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH 1 DOWN UP DOWN 1 M 2 4 P14 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH 2 M 1 R–Y G–Y 1 L 6 BW1 5 BW1 P16 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR RH 2 3 L 7 BW1 R–B(S/D) R–Y(W/G) L R–Y 13 IG1 R–Y G–Y 12 IG1 G–Y R–B 4 4 IG1 5 1 4 2 M DOWN P10 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR LH B 2 IH2 R M G M R M W–B M W–B W–B B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–B 3 B 3 R 2 B G–B 2 B G–B 3 B UP 1 B 3 A (*1) 1 B (*2) R (*4) 1 A (*3) 2 A P9 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FRONT RH LG–B 2 A G LG–R 1 A W–B LG–R 3 A 2 5 5 7 IH2 G–B 3 6 BY1 UP LG BR–Y B BR–W J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BATTERY B 7 BY1 G 8 IT2 12 IU1 5 BY1 R (*3) 6 IT2 L 7 IT2 4 IU1 L R 5 IH1 13 IU1 9 A (*4) (*3) 10 A DOWN P11 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR RH UP G L 2 W–B LG 6 IH1 R–B 4 IT1 12 IH2 R–B 10 IT1 11 IH2 L 16 IH2 4 IH1 UP 9 IT1 G–B 1 IH2 L 14 A G–B R–L 5 IH2 R–L 7 R–L 3 11 A G–W 5 LG–B LG–R BR–Y FL MAIN 2. 0L BR–W W–B B 1 C 7 B G–W 6 4 B 5 A 10 B G–W 1 13 A 3 B LG–R 2 6 A 6 B W–B FUSE BOX W–B LEFT F16 C 2 A 12 A L 1 A RIGHT B , G DOWN LH F10 A , LG–R 100A ALT 1 A (*5) 1 B (*6) DOWN W LOCK SW UP G (*4) POWER WINDOW RELAY L LEFT UP RIGHT W UP RH DOWN 18 II2 DOWN 3 EF1 W 4 EF1 DOWN UP 1 P15 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR LH OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 20 C AM R Y 21 CAM RY P ower S o urc e Moon Roof 1 Power Seat *1 : TMC Made *2 : TMM Made 3 2 4 W B FUSE BOX 2 2H 2 1E (1MZ–FE) F10 A 2 20A DOME (5S–FE) F10 B F16 C 1 30A POWER 1 1 R–W 20 1H R W 2 2G 1 1C 4 IO1 From Power Main Relay<20–3> R–W 4 EF1 L (*2) B 5 IV1 (W/G) 5 IV2 (S/D, C/P) M M5 MOON ROOF MOTOR 4 2 R–G (EX. C/P) R–B (EX. C/P) REAR RECLINING 7 R FRONT 4 L–Y DOWN 6 L–W UP 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 P8 POWER SEAT MOTOR (for Slide Control) C J5 JUNCTION CONNCTOR W–B (W/G) W–B REAR 11 M C Roof left(S/D) Roof right(W/G, C/P) SLIDE FRONT 12 5 IO1 W–B BP : S/D BK : W/G, C/P 8 L–R R 3 5 MTR+ W–B (W/G) G 1 2 MTR– W–B R–W TILT DOWN 4 R–L R–Y TILT UP 4 5 1 W–B M3 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW 2 LS2 9 NO. 2 G–Y CLOSE 5 LS1 8 W–B P 6 E 11 G–W 7 3 DOWN NO. 1 3 W–B UP 2 M4 MOON ROOF LIMIT SW CLS 1 OPEN BATTERY OPN B2 L–B 6 B L 12 W–B(S/D, C/P) B M2 MOON ROOF CONTROL RELAY W–B L (*2) FUSE BOX 1 C FRONT VERTICAL 9 R (*2) (S/D, C/P) DOWN (W/G) REAR VERTICAL 1 IV1 1 IV2 L (*1) F10 A , B , F16 C FL MAIN 2. 0L P4 POWER SEAT CONTROL SW 10 R (*2) R (*1) 100A ALT 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) UP W 1 1I BL Under the left quarter pillar M P5 POWER SEAT MOTOR (for Front Vertical Control) M P6 POWER SEAT MOTOR (for Rear Vertical Control) M P7 POWER SEAT MOTOR (for Reclining Motor Control) Power Source Rear Wiper and Washer 1 3 2 B W B–Y P–L IG1 2 B–Y 4 AM1 4 FUSE BOX P–L ACC 3 Back Door Lock (W/G w/o Power Window) Cigarette Lighter and Clock 3 1G 10 1G 2 2H 2 1E (1MZ–FE) F10 A B W ST1 AM2 20A WIPER IG2 15A CIG/RADIO 20A DOME 30A POWER ST2 9 1G 40A AM1 7 1D 2 1M 17 IR1 L 2 2G 2 1K 15 1H L W–L W1 WASHER MOTOR 3 2 L–O M I12 IGNITION SW L–R 18 IR1 10 II2 W 4 EF1 3 EF1 OFF W INT E L R L–R L L–O L C 6 W 2 C4 CIGARETTE LIGHTER L 4 3 C6 CLOCK 1 1 W B3 BACK DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW 2 LOCK W C13 REAR WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] L–R 1 1 1E UNLOCK 2 2 5 L L–W L–Y L–Y L L–W 6 3 8 4 1 2 8 Bd1 6 Bd1 7 Bd1 (5S–FE) F10 B 1 1 4 L–B W–B L–R L–R L–B 1 Bd3 3 Bd3 5 1M F16 C W–B W–B W–B W–B Under the left quarter pillar 1 B9 BACK DOOR LOCK MOTOR M J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R18 REAR WIPER MOTOR M 1 2 W–B W–B C BL 4 Bc1 2 3 C 2 Bc1 L–R 7 Left kick panel G W–B From ” TAIL” Fuse <15–2> FUSE BOX 8 1C L–Y R19 REAR WIPER RELAY IE 16 IG1 L–B 4 IJ1 BATTERY 6 IG1 L–B 8 IJ1 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–R 14 IJ1 L–O 7 Bc3 P–G 8 Bc3 P–B B FL MAIN 2. 0L W–B L–W 6 Bc3 1 C F W–B FUSE BOX 3 F L–W F16 C 1 10 L F10 A , B , P–B(USA) P–G(Canada) W–B 1 P–G 16 L WASHER 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) 100A ALT L–O W ON BR Back door center IE Left kick panel Right kick panel IJ OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 22 CAM RY 23 CAM RY 4 4 1L B W 1 2 FUSE BOX G–W L–B FL MAIN 2. 0L 1 2 CONNECTION DETECTION A B PIN 1 E1 5 To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL) <3–3><4–5><5–3> Y–B Y–B E2 6 1 1F 2 1F 1 1M 5 1M 2 CONNECTION DETECTION A B PIN SPIRAL CABLE 2 1 3 II1 L–B (5S–FE) F10 B 2 1 K3 KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID B B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR F1 FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR LH F2 FRONT AIRBAG SENSOR RH A22 AIRBAG SQUIB (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly) A15 AIRBAG SQUIB (Steering Wheel Pad) 8 IP3 1 W–B F16 C 1 Left kick panel IE W–B BATTERY From Stop Light SW <8–2><9–2> 16 3D LG–R 3 B P+ LG–R 2 W P– From Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3><4–7><5–3> 1 W–B D– 9 W –SL W–B D+ 8 6 1M 17 3D W–B –SR 10 E 5 B–Y B–Y B–Y +SR 11 W–B B 4 7 TC P2 KLS+ C C3 CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY B P C LA W G–W P1 C 12 IG2 B G B J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (for SRS) G–W F16 C C10 SRS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] W–R 13 ACC +SL G–R 1 C G–W 20 II2 SL– SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW B Y–B 14 6 STP L FUSE BOX B–Y SL+ SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID W B ACC B–Y IG 12 IP1 B 1 3 L–R B , 1 L–R W W S5 SHIFT LOCK ECU 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) 100A ALT 3 1F J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B W B P–L L–R B–R 1 1 1E B 1 2G 9 1F 2 B F10 A , 7. 5A SRS 9 II2 40A AM1 3 EF1 5 1F (1MZ–FE) F10 A L–R B–R I12 IGNITION SW FUSE BOX 9 1L 11 II2 4 EF1 30A AM2 B–O 2 1L 2 7. 5A IGN W–R W W–R IG2 9 15A CIG/RADIO To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3><4–6><5–3> 15A ECU–IG ST2 9 1G 4 1E B–Y ST1 10 AM2 2 2H W–B IG1 2 8 1G B–O 4 AM1 10 1G 4 B–O P–L 3 1G ACC 3 W 3 2 W 1 B SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) S hift Lo ck W–R P o w e r S o urce IF Left kick panel Instrument panel brace LH IG IE Left kick panel B–Y L–B L R–B R–G G–B 17 15 3 14 3B 3 IR1 2 IR1 4 R–G MAIN 3 2 1 7 6 To Park/Neutral Position SW (Neutral Start SW)<2–3> W–B IG 4 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 A R16 A , R17 B REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER 1 B 8 2E C9 B 6 2B 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Be1 8 1C 5 1M 10 1A 2 Bd3 J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 W–B C 8 A BLUE F W–B W–B 1 1M Instrument panel brace LH CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] 11 1C 19 3B 5 18 3C C2 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR 10 1 1M 8 3B F M BATTERY 6 9 3B C13 CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SW [COMB. SW] 5 3B 2 G–L R–B W–B 20 10 1 Bc1 O(*1) G–Y(*2) 1 IR1 CANCEL 9 A W–B FL MAIN 2. 0L 7 IR1 L W–B (M/T) B–W 2 8 IR1 L–B 2 9 IR1 5 10A MIR HTR 10 (5S–FE) 1H P (5S–FE) 12 3 1C NOISE FILTER 11 1 To Engine Control Module (Engine ECU(M/T), Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU(A/T)) <4–6><5–4> 24 PI DEFOGGER RELAY W–B 25 L–R D5 DIODE(for Cruise Control) R–L B–R 26 SET/ COAST W–B 1 C15 CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SW(M/T) B (M/T) 1 FUSE BOX L 4 B , F16 C 1 C B MO RESUME/ ACCEL 17 3B B F10 A , PKB MC To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL) <3–2><4–5><5–4> 7 3B BATT VR1 L–R W–B 18 STP+ R5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW 3 6 B B ECT STP– C16 CRUISE CONTROL ECU CCS CMS VR3 VR2 W–L 13 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) 100A ALT IDL W 2 B W W OD GND 14 W–B W–B SPD 18 3B B W TC 3 B 15 1 5 B 1 2 W–B G–R 16 C F16 C Y–L G–R 22 1 8 1D R–L G–W 23 16 3B R–L V–R (A/T) 9 1 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR O(*1) G–L(*2) L 20 (5S–FE) F10 B C B Y–B (A/T) 8 N&C W W G–W V–Y W 3 EF1 LG–R W 4 EF1 16 3C 13 3B 1 1E 2 W–B 5 IP1 FUSE BOX 6 1D 6 1B A ,C9 15 3B 19 3C 40A DEFOG 7 1A C8 17 IP3 1 1 10A GAUGE CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER] (1MZ–FE) F10 A 12 1A *1 : TMC Made *2 : TMM Made 2 1E R17 B BLACK R–Y 1 15 1A 15A ECU–IG B–R FUSE BOX 15A STOP 6 1M R–Y 16 3D REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER R16 A BLACK To Parking Brake SW<33–3> 40A AM1 I12 IGNITION SW 3 1G G–R LG–R 2 4 4 1E G–W ST2 9 1G From Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU)<6–2><7–2> 8 IP3 To Combination Meter <33–2> IG2 From Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) <6–3><7–2> LG–R W AM2 P–L (A/T) B–Y From Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU)<3–8><4–8><5–3><6–4> IG1 2 ST1 From Stop Light SW <8–2><9–2> L From Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3><4–7><5–3> ACC 3 W B 2 R–W 1 4 AM1 Rear Window Defogger (W/G) C ru is e C o n tr o l S10 STOP LIGHT SW P ow er S ource 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Front left fender EB Left kick panel IE Back door right BS IG Instrument panel brace LH OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 24 CAMRY 25 CAM RY ABS (Anti–Lock Brake System) (TMC Made) Power Source 1 2 *1 : 1MZ–FE *2 : 5S–FE 3 B–Y 4 W–L 16 3D G–B LG–R 4 A 5 A B 15 3C 2 3B C , R– D/G 15 B 13 B TC TS W G–W J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , C10 B ABS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 15 6 19 G–W G–W 1A 1M 3C 7 3C 6 B STP A13 A , A14 1 IR2 4 IR2 12 A 25 A 14 B IG1 BAT PKB B B 1 G A ,A5 B ABS ACTUATOR 3 B 1 2 A8 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH W–B C10 B GRAY 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 BR 4 IS1 5 IS1 6 IS1 (SHIELDED) 1 2 A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH ABS ACTUATOR A 4 A GRAY W–B R 2 1 A19 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH Front right fender EA 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 1 A20 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH ABS RELAY A 6 A GRAY A 7 B GRAY A 5 B BLACK 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 6 IJ1 1 B 1 ABS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 19 IJ1 GND W–B W A4 W–B +BM 4 B W–R +BS G (SHIELDED) F18 D C 9 A BLUE 12 IJ1 (SHIELDED) 1 BATTERY 5 IR2 M F17 E R FL MAIN 2. 0L (SHIELDED) W 7 IR2 G 6 IR2 MT RR+ 8 B Y AST (SHIELDED) B SRL RR– 16 B BR SRR RSS 7 B BR (SHIELDED) W SFL RL+ 9 B BR SFR W–B RL– 1 B BR 5 A FR+ 16 A BR 2 A FR– 3 A R 6 A FSS 10 A BR 3 A FL+ 9 A R R–W 4 A GND FL– 2 A 22 A G R 1 A GND 15 A W–B G–R F16 C L–R W–B W–R FUSE BOX 1 G–W SFR SFL SRR SRL AST MT 1 A 13 A 26 A 14 A 18 A 6 A (*2) F10 B L–W D ABS ECU F17 E , F18 F10 A , B , F16 MR G–B GR–R W 100A ALT 23 A SR B B 24 A W W–L (*2) 60A ABS (*1) 1 C C C R–W C9 R–L L–Y 13 3C 6 A L–Y 4 B G–B From Stop Light SW <8–2><9–2> 12 3C LG–R To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)<3–2> <4–6><5–4> R–G W–R GR–L GR–G W W 17 3C 11 A 3 2G 2 A 2 IR2 1 B (*2) 1 E 11 3B 3 3C 1 A (*1) 1 D 16 3C 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 3 EF1 (*2) 7 1A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 1E W 6 1B To Parking Brake SW<33–3> R–Y 17 3D A14 B DARK GRAY L–Y R–G C 15A ECU–B B–R 4 A 3 IP3 15A ECU–IG B–R 1 B 3 IP1 G–B A ,A7 A6 5 B 1 ABS RELAY W–B (*1) F10 A 8 IP3 C 1 A 6 B FUSE BOX 40A AM1 3 A B I12 IGNITION SW 2 4 B 10A GAUGE v 2 B J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Y–B Y–B ST2 9 1G 2 2H 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 W–L GR–R IG2 G–W W–L W W–L AM2 3 1G B–R To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL)<3–2> <4–5><5–4> 3 EC1 R–L 7 EC1 ST1 ABS ECU A13 A DARK GRAY To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3> LG–R IG1 2 From Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3><4–7> <5–3> From Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector)<3–3> LG–R 4 AM1 R–L W–L B–Y ACC B–Y B B 1 2 3 4 3 2 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 16 3D 2 IR2 G–B LG–R R–G 15 A 3 B 1 A TS LP W FR+ 11 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 From Stop Light SW<8–2><9–2> ABS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] A4 C , D J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A , C10 B FR– 5 A FL+ 13 A FL– 7 A A ,A5 G–W 15 3C 7 3C 1 IR2 19 IR1 2 B 9 A IG B ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU GND 4 B RL+ 4 A STP RL– 2 A RR+ 6 A RR– 14 A 20 IR1 B G 13 IR1 W R (*3) 1 C (*3) FUSE BOX W–B 100A ALT B , F16 F17 E , F18 C9 19 3C C R–L 3 IR2 8 IR2 W–B B 5 IR2 FUSE BOX (*2) F10 B W B (*3) G 6 IR2 R 7 IR2 W–B G (*3) R 1 B F16 C B (*1) F10 A (*3) FL MAIN 2. 0L (*3) 1 E F10 A , G–B 4 IR2 TC +BS C10 B GRAY 12 IR1 12 A W W–L 60A ABS (*1) (*2) 1 B 1 A (*1) 1 B (*2) 1 D 15 1A C 6 A G–B 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 W–L W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4 B 13 3C 3 EF1 W (*2) 6 IS1 5 IS1 1 6 IJ1 19 IJ1 12 IJ1 4 IS1 F17 E Y–B Y (*3) G R (*3) W–B R G BATTERY (*3) W (*2) 12 3C 17 3C C 9 A BLUE 7 EC1 3 3C LG–R W ABS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] 7 1A 16 3C R–G 1 1E 6 1B G–W R–L 17 3D 1 G–B R–Y C 6 1M G–W 4 3 IP3 G–W 3 3 EC1 15A ECU–IG R–L 2 3 IP1 10A GAUGE G–B 1 8 IP3 C G–W 40A AM1 R–G I12 IGNITION SW LG–R A 5 B BLACK 9 1G Y–B J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR ST2 LG–R Y–B IG2 B–R 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 AM2 3 1G B–R W W–L 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 B–R A 4 A BLACK ST1 To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3> From Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3> ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU IG1 2 From Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–3><4–7><5–3> To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL) <3–2><4–5><5–4> B–Y ACC 4 AM1 4 B–Y 3 2 To Data Link Connector 2 (TDCL) <3–3><4–5><5–4> 1 2 *1 : 1MZ–FE *2 : 5S–FE *3 : SHIELDED ABS (Anti Lock Brake System) (TMM Made) P o w e r S o urce F18 D 1 1 2 1 A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH 2 1 A8 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH 1 EA Front right fender 2 A19 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH 1 2 A20 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 26 C AM R Y 27 CAM RY Power Source Auto Antenna (W/G) Electronically Controlled Hydraulic Cooling Fan (1MZ–FE) 1 3 2 4 ACC 3 P–L P–L B 4 AM1 W B–Y B IG1 2 B–Y 3 1G 10 1G 2 2H ST1 AM2 FUSE BOX R L–R 13 II2 B–R TH+ HP 2 3 9 8 L–W 10 L–Y BR R SOL+ Y 4 Y–L E C 1 IG1 2 IG1 5 6 IG (5S–FE) F10 B BR EC Intake manifold RH B–R P–L 9 IG1 10 IG1 P–L L–R 4 3 Front left fender C A2 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW C 2 EB BL 3 J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR From Radio and Player <30–1><32–2> W–B BATTERY 2 W–B 1 1 E5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR (WATER TEMP. SENSOR) (for Cooling Fan) To Data Link Connector 1 (Check Connector) <3–2> 2 S1 SOLENOID VALVE (for Hydraulic Motor) L–W L–W 1 F16 C 1 B–R E B A21 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY ANT AMP W–B B 8 EC1 1 2 ACC 1 C FL MAIN 2. 0L J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–R IGB C14 COOLING FAN ECU SOL– TH– L–R W–R 1 IDL B–R L 5 TAC B 6 1 B (5S–FE) FUSE BOX B 7 IP2 W 1 A (1MZ–FE) 6 1H B B–R B W 8 IP1 3 EF1 1 1C 9 II2 15 3A (1MZ–FE) F10 A F10 A , B , F16 9 1L 16 3C L–R 1 1E 1 1L L–R 1 2 2G 7 1A B–R I12 IGNITION SW B–R 40A AM1 From Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU)<3–8> From Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU)<3–7> 2 B 20A DOME ST2 9 1G 100A ALT 15A CIG/RADIO 15A ECU–IG IG2 Under the left quarter pillar Power Source Rear Window Defogger (S/D, C/P) 1 Auto Antenna (S/D, C/P) 3 2 4 W B–Y 2 1E 2 2H 1 40A DEFOG IG2 FUSE BOX 10A GAUGE 15A ECU–IG 20A DOME 15A CIG/RADIO (1MZ–FE) F10 A ST2 9 1G 10 1G 3 1G ST1 AM2 B P–L IG1 2 P–L ACC 3 4 AM1 W B–Y B 2 2 W–B L–R R 2 R L–R IG 1 4 P–L E 9 IU1 10 IU1 8 1C B R16 A BLACK B A21 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY ANT AMP P–L REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER W–B 2 W–B 1 B J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 6 ACC B–R F 5 R 1 B–R REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER 3 1 BATTERY 5 1M R17 B BLACK Instrument panel brace LH IG BN Left quarter pillar From Radio and Player <29–1><31–2> W–B 1 IE J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A 2 IU1 B–R F16 C F 1 A To Engine Control Module (Engine ECU(M/T), Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU(A/T)) <4–6><5–4> A 3 IU1 W–B 1 C B 3 II2 W–B 1 1M R16 A , R17 B B J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 1 IU1 FUSE BOX FL MAIN 2. 0L 12 1K L–R C 6 W–B B , F16 (5S–FE) F10 B 10 P (5S–FE) 10 1A B 1C 10 B W 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) 100A ALT NOISE FILTER 10A MIR HTR W 1H II2 B (5S–FE) 4 EF1 1 1C R 3 1 R5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW B–R W W DEFOGGER RELAY 3 9 P–L 13 II2 2 Y–L 5 1 1E F10 A , L–R R 8 1D 1 3 EF1 9 1L W–B 40A AM1 1 1L B–R 2 2G 6 1D I12 IGNITION SW Left kick panel BM Under the right quarter pillar OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 28 CAMRY 29 CAMRY Power Source Radio and Player (S/D, C/P 6 Speaker) 1 3 2 4 B STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER ACC 3 4 AM1 P–L S8 A IG1 10 1G 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 W 15A CIG/RADIO IG2 1 2 ST2 9 1G 1 3 II2 R W (1MZ–FE) F10 A 9 II2 J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A R A L–Y L–R B B GR 4 IM2 L–Y 10 B B 3 IM2 GR 7 A ACC R W (SHIELDED) B 100A ALT 1 B (5S–FE) F10 A , B , F16 ACC C GND 1 C SGND (5S–FE) F10 B B–R R B 4 B B 3 A B 3 W W 9 A ACC R 1 A AMP 1 R 11 BR 12 W W 11 A SGND 13 R R 12 A BEEP 5 BR BR 4 A MUTE 7 B B 6 A FR 6 L L 5 A FL 15 G G 14 A RR 14 Y Y 13 A RL AMP FUSE BOX 8 ANT BEEP R 10 A GND (SHIELDED) 1 F16 C B–R FL MAIN 2. 0L 8 IM2 P–L MUTE 9 IM2 FL To Auto Antenna Motor and Relay<28–4> 1 BATTERY FR RR RL R2 RADIO AND PLAYER 2 LG 1 IM2 4 IT2 LG F12 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH L 1 FR+ B 3 EF1 1 A (1MZ–FE) B LG LG 1 5 FR– B L 5 IM2 L 9 IT2 L 3 RR+ B R 1 IM1 R 7 IG1 R L 2 F14 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) RH 1 4 RR– B W 3 IM1 W 17 IG1 W 9 RL– B Y 6 IM1 Y 18 IG1 Y 2 R13 REAR SPEAKER RH 2 8 RL+ B B 2 IM1 B 8 IG1 B 6 FL– B V 6 IM2 V 13 IH1 V 1 R12 REAR SPEAKER LH V 2 2 FL+ B P 2 IM2 BR 7 IM2 8 IH1 P P P 7 E B 1 F13 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) LH V 12 1K FUSE BOX A , S9 STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER 1 1C 1 1 1E S8 LG 40A AM1 L–R I12 IGNITION SW 2 2G P 9 1L 2 1 BR 2 B 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 20A DOME R B AM2 S9 B 2 2H ST1 IH Instrument panel brace RH F11 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH Power Source Radio and Player (W/G 8 Speaker) 1 3 2 B 4 (5S–FE) F10 B ACC 3 4 AM1 P–L IG1 S8 10 1G STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER 2 2H ST1 A ,S9 IG2 20A DOME 1 FR+ B 9 1L 2 2 2G LG 1 IM2 4 IT2 LG LG 2 LG 5 FR– B L 5 IM2 F14 FRONT TWEETER (Speaker)RH 9 IT2 L L L 2 Bb1 R 3 4 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 R 1 R15 REAR TWEETER (Speaker)RH L–R FUSE BOX 1 12 1K 3 II2 W R 1 1E 9 II2 L–R J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A L–Y R A L–R B B GR L–Y 10 B B 3 IM2 GR 7 A ACC R (SHIELDED) 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) B ACC 1 Bb1 W 4 IM2 W 3 EF1 4 B B 3 A B 3 W W 9 A ACC 1 R R 1 A AMP BR 10 A GND W 11 A SGND 3 RR+ B R 1 IM1 7 IG1 R A R B A A R 9 Bc3 R W 5 Bd1 2 R 1 J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 4 RR– B W 3 IM1 W 17 IG1 W B B W 3 Bc3 W 2 Bd1 W 8 RL+ B B 2 IM1 B 8 IG1 B D D B 10 Bc3 B 4 Bd1 B 2 F16 C AMP FUSE BOX 8 P–L 9 IM2 FL MAIN 2. 0L B–R 8 IM2 B–R B R 1 C ANT GND SGND BEEP MUTE BATTERY To Auto Antenna Motor and Relay<27–4> FR FL RR RL 11 12 BR W (SHIELDED) 13 R R 12 A BEEP 5 BR BR 4 A MUTE 7 B B 6 A FR 6 L L 5 A FL 15 G G 14 A RR 14 Y Y 13 A RL R2 RADIO AND PLAYER R13 REAR SPEAKER RH 1 F10 A , B , 9 RL– B Y 6 IM1 18 IG1 Y Y E E E D Y B 4 Bc3 Y 5 Bc3 1 Bd1 Y 2 R12 REAR SPEAKER LH B 1 Y 6 FL– B V 6 IM2 13 IH1 V V 1 Bc3 Y 2 R14 REAR TWEETER (Speaker)LH V 2 2 FL+ B P 2 IM2 BR 7 IM2 8 IH1 P F13 FRONT TWEETER (Speaker)LH P P 1 V 7 E B 2 BR 100A ALT L F12 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH 1 S9 B 1 1C (1MZ–FE) F10 A B 1 R I12 IGNITION SW 40A AM1 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 ST2 9 1G B 1 F16 C STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER S8 A 15A CIG/ RADIO W B AM2 LG FUSE BOX P IH Instrument panel brace RH 1 F11 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 30 CAM RY 31 CAMRY Radio and Player (S/D, C/P 4 Speaker) Power Source 1 3 2 4 B B ACC 3 4 AM1 P–L IG1 10 1G 2 2H ST1 RADIO AND PLAYER W FUSE BOX AM2 IG2 15A CIG/RADIO 20A DOME R 3 A BLUE R 4 B BLUE (1MZ–FE) F10 A ST2 9 1L 9 1G 1 2 R 3 4 5 6 2 1K 1 3 II2 R B A 1 B (5S–FE) F10 A , B , A 3 A 4 A ACC P–L B L–Y 1 A (1MZ–FE) (5S–FE) F10 B GR W J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR To Auto Antenna Motor and Relay <28–4> B–R 3 EF1 9 II2 L–R W R 1 1E 1 R3 8 A B A , R4 B RADIO AND PLAYER 9 A ANT AMP F16 C F16 A FUSE BOX FR– LG L 9 IT2 LG L W 5 A 4 IT2 18 IG1 R B FR+ 1 A 17 IG1 Y 13 IH1 RR– 3 B 7 IG1 8 IG1 Y 8 IH1 RR+ 1 B W RL– 6 B R RL+ 2 B B FL– 6 A P FL MAIN 2. 0L FL+ 2 A V BR B 7 A V E 1 C P 100A ALT 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 1C L–R 40A AM1 BATTERY 1 BR B 1 2 2 2G I12 IGNITION SW 2 IH 2 F11 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH Instrument panel brace RH 1 2 R12 REAR SPEAKER LH 1 2 R13 REAR SPEAKER RH 1 2 F12 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH 1 Power Source Radio and Player (W/G 6 Speaker) 1 3 2 4 B ACC 3 4 AM1 P–L R3 IG1 10 1G 2 2H A , R4 1 FR+ A 15A CIG/ RADIO W B AM2 IG2 9 1L 2 4 IT2 LG 1 5 FR– A 2 2G L 9 IT2 2 L R I12 IGNITION SW W 1 1C 1 Bb1 1 1 12 1K 1 1E FUSE BOX W 3 RR+ B R (1MZ–FE) F10 A 9 II2 W A R R 2 Bb1 R15 REAR TWEETER (Speaker)RH R 9 Bc3 B A A 2 R R 5 Bd1 R 1 J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A 1 A (1MZ–FE) 1 B (5S–FE) 100A ALT R 7 IG1 3 II2 L–R 3 EF1 B B L–Y 4 A B GR 3 A ACC 4 RR– B W 17 IG1 W B B W 3 Bc3 W 2 Bd1 W 2 RL+ B B 8 IG1 B D D B 10 Bc3 B 4 Bd1 B 2 F16 C FUSE BOX 1 C B To Auto Antenna Motor and Relay <27–4> B–R 8 A ANT P–L 9 A AMP 6 RL– B Y 18 IG1 Y E E E D Y 4 Bc3 B 5 Bc3 Y 1 Bd1 Y 2 1 Y RADIO AND PLAYER 7 A E R 3 A BLUE 6 FL– A V 13 IH1 1 Bc3 Y 2 1 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 BR BATTERY 2 FL+ A R 4 B BLUE 1 2 3 4 5 6 R14 REAR TWEETER (Speaker)LH V F16 C 1 2 R12 REAR SPEAKER LH B (5S–FE) F10 B 1 R13 REAR SPEAKER RH 1 F10 A , B , FL MAIN 2. 0L F12 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH W L–R 40A AM1 B LG 20A DOME ST2 9 1G B RADIO AND PLAYER ST1 IH Instrument panel brace RH P 8 IH1 P 2 F11 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 32 CAMRY V5 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (SPEED SENSOR) 1 3 2 1 2 3 F15 FUEL SENDER A A ED 1 Intake manifold LH (1MZ–FE) F10 A 1 2 FUSE BOX 5 IP3 F F R–L 5 1M Left kick panel IE R–Y (USA) 1 R–Y 8 3D 8 1C 1 See Stop Light System <8–1><9–1> R–W 10 3A 12 3B 3 3B 8 3C D 10 A 3 A D 18 3C 4 II1 P2 PARKING BRAKE SW Instrument panel brace LH IG 1 A HIGH BEAM 2 A SRS 11 A TURN LH L–R (*4) 2 C 1 C 11 1C See Headlight System <8–4><10–3> See SRS System <23–3> See Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light System<9–4><18–4> From Electronic Controlled Transmission Pattern Select SW<6–4><7–4> 3 See Headlight System <8–4><10–3> (*4) See Illumination System<15–2> See Interior Light System<10–3><11–2> <13–2><14–4> See Charging System<2–4> C ombin ation M ete r See SRS System <23–3> 13 A TURN RH POWER 16 B W–B (*4) METER ILLUMINATION B , C10 C W–B G–O (*4) 5 B G–O (*4) J 2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 8 B 4 B See Illumination System<15–2> 3 B OPEN DOOR 9 B See Interior Light System<10–3><11–2> <13–2><14–4> 15 B CHARGE From ” STARTER” Fuse<1–2><2–2> See Charging System<2–4> 1 (*4) O/D OFF C9 B To O/D Main SW <6–5><7–5> A A (*4) B–W 6 1B R–W 12 B REAR LIGHT COMBINATION METER R–W 10 B BULB CHECK BRAKE C J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C R–W J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–Y R–Y 3 C B2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SW 3 EF1 OIL 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 W–B 8 IP1 9 A 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 R–W 12 1D 7 B (*5) C 8 A BLUE From ABS ECU<25–4> 6 IP3 4 C A , C9 See Engine Control System <3–3><4–4><5–4> 2 From Cruise Control ECU<24–3> 16 IP3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 R–W 13 1D C8 CRUISE 6 1D From Daytime Running Light Relay<10–2> 12 3D 11 B SEAT BELT B–Y P3 PARKING BRAKE SW 13 3D R–L Power Source J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B W–B 18 IJ1 6 B See Cruise Control System <24–3> 7 C See Unlock and Seat Belt Warning System <34–2> 8 C ABS From Cruise Control ECU<24–2> See ABS System <25–3><26–3> R–L IG2 W–B 3 BX1 TACHO 1 2 3 4 5 6 Y–B A B IG1 2 Y–B 2 BX1 V–Y B(*2) 11 IJ1 B 1 O1 OIL PRESSURE SW 1 BX1 WATER TEMP. From Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–6><4–6><6–3><7–2> From Engine Control Module (Engine ECU)<5–4> B(*3) BR BR R–L From Igniter <2–3> From Engine Control Module(Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU) <3–6> 5 IJ1 6 A BR 1 1E Y–G BR ST1 W2 WATER TEMP. SENDER BR BR 7 A BR 8 A V–Y Y–G 11 IP3 FUEL 4 A 10 3D 10 3B J7 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 14 IP3 22 3D BR (*2) BR 5 A Y–L I12 IGNITION SW Y–L FUEL ST2 BR (*2) Y–L 12 A Y–R 2 Y–R 40A AM1 V–Y W AM2 G–B SPEED W 4 AM1 BR (*3) Y–R 2 IP3 P R–L 1 A (*2) 1 B (*3) G C W 9 1G LG 100A ALT F10 A , B , F16 FUSE BOX B 1 C BATTERY FL MAIN 2. 0L 33 C AM RY *1 : Canada *2 : 1MZ–FE *3 : 5S–FE *4 : w/o A/T Indicator *5 : Malfunction Indicator Lamp(Check Engine) COMBINATION METER C10 C GRAY 4 ACC 3 1G 10A GAUGE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 13 B 14 B 6 3D 1 1M (5S–FE) F10 B FUSE BOX 1 1 F16 C 1 P ow er S ou rce Light Auto Turn Off U nlo ck a nd S ea t B e lt W a rning 1 Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan (5S–FE) 3 2 4 B W ACC 4 AM1 1 2H 3 1G 2 2H IG1 2 B–Y 1 20A DOME AM2 ENGINE MAIN RELAY W ST1 15A ECU–IG 10A GAUGE IG2 9 1G 5 3 2 30A RDI FAN 30A CDS FAN 4 ST2 2 4 2B 1 3 L R 3 Under the left quarter pillar RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 2 L B–R 4 5 B–R M 1 5 5 3 1 5 W–B B 1 2 5 5 IO1 W–B (W/G) 5 1 RADIATOR FAN RELAY NO. 3 E5 WATER TEMP. SW (5S–FE) F10 B 5 5 5 2 W–B 2 EA1 W–B (S/D, C/P) W–B C BL B–R W–B See Headlight System<8–3><10–2> See Taillight System <16–1><17–1> 1 5 3 W–B W–B (W/G) C 2 2 R1 RADIATOR FAN MOTOR W–B W–B (S/D, C/P) W–B (W/G) C J5 JUNCTION CONNCTOR 1 EA1 R–G 2 W–B (*1) 1 L–B 4 2 1H D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH B7 BUCKLE SW LH BATTERY W–B 2 R–Y (*1) 1 B8 BUCKLE SW LH 6 2E W–B FUSE BOX B–R 1 1M R–Y 2 8 2E 3 2B From A/C Magnetic Clutch Relay <35–4><36–5> 6 2 IO1 R–Y (*2) FL MAIN 2. 0L 1 2B (1MZ–FE) F10 A 1 1 C 2 2B 5 W–B 5 10 5 1H 3 A1 A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR B–W 7 C FUSE BOX 6 2B W–R 8 6 2G 1 2 9 F10 A , B , 1 15 3A A2 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW 1 4 7 1C W–B 100A ALT 1 B (5S–FE) M 2 G–R R–W W W INTEGRATION RELAY 1 A (1MZ–FE) 2 RADIATOR FAN RELAY 16 3C B–O 7 1 1C F16 See Headlight System <8–2><10–2> R W C9 SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER] *1 : w/ Power Seat *2 : w/o Power Seat B B W 6 3 EF1 B C R–L 1 1E From Taillight Relay <15–1> 1 To Unlock Warning SW<19–1> C J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W 5 2E B–O R–L I12 IGNITION SW 40A AM1 7 1A 6 1B B 2 2G F16 C IG Instrument panel brace LH 1 EB Front left fender Front left fender EB OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM 3 4 C AM R Y 35 C AM R Y Power Source Air Conditioning (Lever Control SW Type) 1 *1 : 1MZ–FE *2 : 5S–FE 3 2 4 W B–Y R–L 3 1G 6 FACE BI– LEVEL FOOT FOOT/ DEF DEF L G FUSE BOX 1 5 1 8 10 4 IP3 4 IK1 8 4 3 2 1 1 7 6 5 4 1 1B W–B Right kick panel IG W–B Instrument panel brace LH 12 2 6 IR1 12 1D B (*1) H8 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SW W–B II 8 1 B W–B W–B W–B 14 G 5 7 B–Y 7 4 LG–B IL1 B IL1 W–B IL1 L–O IL1 L–B IL1 L–R OFF 1 IL1 L 3 L–W B6 BLOWER SW BATTERY 5 LO W–B 5 HI 13 A10 A/C AMPLIFIER M2 M1 B–W 9 R–Y 7 B–Y 6 L–B 4 5 G–W 4 W–B 8 W–B FL MAIN 2. 0L L–W L–O B 1 R 2 IK1 L–B 5 IR1 8 IP1 B (*2) From Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU)<3–6><4–6> From Engine Control Module (Engine ECU)<5–3> From Igniter <2–3> 4 A2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 1 R–L R–L L–B(*1) B–W(*2) 1 1 C 3 IK1 B–W B–W B–W(*1) W–R(*2) ON CONTROL CIRCUIT 3 M F16 C 4 A3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR 2 2 L–Y B OFF 5 G B–W 1 IK1 4 EC1 L–W(*1) W–L(*2) B–W F10 A , B , W–R R–L B5 BLOWER RESISTOR 1 Y M 1 A (*1) 1 B (*2) 9 IP3 A17 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 2 B4 BLOWER MOTOR R–W B W W 2 A11 A/C EVAPORATOR TEMP. SENSOR 1 2 W–R A12 A/C SW 2 L–W W Y–G 6 IL1 B W–R 4 L–W 3 2 W–L R–L R–L HEATER MAIN RELAY 4 W–B C 2 B–W To Radiator Fan Relay No. 3<34–4> R–B W 4 1 4 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L 4 C 3 5 DRIVE CIRCUIT 1 1 R–L 5 1 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY 4 R–L R–L 4 1 1E 6 1B F16 C L I12 IGNITION SW 5 100A ALT 5 2 4 3 EF1 10A A/C 4 40A AM1 W 10A GAUGE IG2 9 1G 7 IP3 5 B W 1 40A HEATER 2 R–L 4 1 ST1 ST2 R–L (*2) F10 B (*1) F10 A 4 B–Y L–Y IG1 2 3 AM2 R–L FUSE BOX ACC 4 AM1 4 IR1 Power Source Air Conditioning (Push Control SW Type) 1 2 B–R *1 : 1MZ–FE *2 : 5S–FE 3 4 B–R W R–L B–Y B R–B ACC R–W B–Y 4 4 3 ST2 10A A/C 15A ECU–IG 40A HEATER IG2 4 R–L L C R–L R–L J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR M C 6 IL1 2 HEATER MAIN RELAY R–L R–L W B 4 3 2 L 3 IL1 8 4 7 L–W 1 R Y–G 12 L–Y R–W L–R R–B 2 6 5 11 1 2 IL1 4 IL1 1 W–B 6 B–W R–L 1 IK1 5 5 IL1 L–W L–B 1 IL1 3 L–B W–B B–W 100A ALT B–W 7 7 IL1 W–B 4 B5 BLOWER RESISTOR 1 A (*1) 1 B (*2) 3 10 2 9 B–W 1 C 4 IK1 B6 BLOWER SW FL MAIN 2. 0L 2 L–W 3 W–B IK1 1 L–O BATTERY 2 IK1 4 L–B 5 W–B 7 L–W II Right kick panel HI W–B A/C OFF LO M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 W–B FUSE BOX 4 B F10 A , B , F16 C W B4 BLOWER MOTOR 1 2 B M 6 R–L 3 L–O W 4 R–Y 4 4 1 R–L W–B 3 EF1 4 C 7 1A L–O 5 R–L R–L 4 W W 1 1E 7 IP3 3 B–Y 1 R M L–B I12 IGNITION SW 4 RECIRC FRESH A17 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR BI– FOOT/ FACE FOOT DEF LEVEL DEF 4 6 1B 4 Y–G 40A AM1 2 L–Y R 2 10A GAUGE AM2 9 1G R–L 3 DRIVE CIRCUIT W ST1 A16 AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR 3 1G G–W IG1 2 W–B 4 AM1 IG FRESH/RECIRC H8 HEATER CONTROL SW Instrument panel brace LH FACE BI–LEVEL FOOT FOOT/DEF DEF OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM (Cont. next page) 36 C AM R Y 36 CAMRY (Cont’ d) Electric Te nsion R educer Air Conditioning (Push Control SW Type) 5 R–L R–L R–B R–W 5 B–R R–L 8 7 6 4 IR1 R–L B–R 5 5 1 3 2 FUSE BOX A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH RELAY (*1) F10 A B–R B–R B–R 2 T2 TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID LH T3 TENSION REDUCER SOLENOID RH 1 12 2 G F16 C 1 D25 DIODE (for Tension Reducer) 1 2 R–Y 14 Instrument panel brace LH 4 12 1D 1 From Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU)<3–6> B (*1) 8 IP1 B (*2) From Igniter <2–3> BL B10 BUKLE SW RH W–B 1 1 1B W–B B–Y From Engine Control Module (Engine and Electronic Controlled Transmission ECU)<3–6><4–6> From Engine Control Module (Engine ECU)<5–3> 2 B8 BUKLE SW LH B 1 2 B W–B IG 7 LG–B A10 A/C AMPLIFIER 5 (*2) F10 B 1 R 6 IR1 G 13 5 IR1 L–Y 9 2 1 W–L 8 3 IS1 1 4 IP3 10 1 IJ1 G L–Y 4 5 3A B–R R–L A2 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW L–B(*1) B–W(*2) 4 1 L–W(*1) W–L(*2) A3 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR L–W R–B W–R 2 R–W 14 3A 4 EC1 9 IP3 B–W(*1) W–R(*2) A11 A/C EVAPORATOR TEMP. SENSOR 1 2 W–R 16 3C 5 L–Y B–W (*2) B–W 5 To Radiator Fan Relay No. 3<34–4> *1 : 1MZ–FE *2 : 5S–FE Under the left quarter pillar
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.5 Linearized : No Page Count : 307 Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : XMP toolkit 2.9.1-13, framework 1.6 About : uuid:f1d9796f-eae6-4bdd-885f-be905d3ea69b Producer : Acrobat Distiller Command 3.02b for HP-UX A.09.01 and later (HPPA) Create Date : 2003:09:04 01:02:58Z Creator Tool : Interleaf, Inc. Modify Date : 2004:04:18 21:39:50-04:00 Metadata Date : 2004:04:18 21:39:50-04:00 Document ID : uuid:3ddfe546-f56d-4592-a3cd-cf1d2ca9b84b Format : application/pdf Title : Document: Creator : wvpress6 Author : wvpress6EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools